Document:

Telecom Share Rights Scheme relating to allocations made prior to August 2007

Table of Contents

 Exhibit 4.7 
 THE TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS 
 SCHEME - 2007 

 
  

(amended August 2011) 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
			
		  	PART I - PRELIMINARY AND INTERPRETATION	  	 	1	  
			
	1	  	Preliminary	  	 	1	  
			
	2	  	Interpretation	  	 	1	  
			
		  	PART II - OPERATION OF THE SCHEME	  	 	4	  
			
	3	  	Grants	  	 	4	  
			
	4	  	Rejection Of Grant	  	 	4	  
			
	5	  	Exercise of Options	  	 	4	  
			
	6	  	Procedure for Exercise and Lapse	  	 	4	  
			
	7	  	Rights on Exercise	  	 	6	  
			
		  	PART III - TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT	  	 	7	  
			
	8	  	Termination of Employment	  	 	7	  
			
		  	PART IV - CORPORATE EVENTS	  	 	8	  
			
	9	  	Application of clause 10	  	 	8	  
			
	10	  	Early Exercise	  	 	8	  
			
	11	  	Capital Changes	  	 	8	  
			
	12	  	Other Adjustment	  	 	9	  
			
	13	  	No Divestment	  	 	10	  
			
	14	  	Administration of Scheme	  	 	10	  
			
	15	  	Amendment	  	 	10	  
			
	16	  	Miscellaneous	  	 	10	  

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
 Date: 2 August 2007 (last amended in August 2011) 

PART I - PRELIMINARY AND INTERPRETATION 
  

	1	Preliminary 

  

	1.1	This is the Telecom Share Rights Scheme 2007. 

  

	1.2	This document applies to grants to Executives made after 2 August 2007. 

 

	2	Interpretation 

  

	2.1	In this document unless the context otherwise requires: 

 Board means the board of directors of Telecom from time to time 

Bonus Issue means: 
  

	 	(a)	any distribution or allocation of securities or other benefits (other than cash) to Shareholders for which Shareholders are not to provide consideration, including by
way of dividend, capital return, capital reduction, otherwise or any combination thereof; or 

  

	 	(b)	any cash dividend, capital return, capital reduction, other distribution or allocation or any combination thereof, to the extent that it is mandatory that the cash
entitlement arising as a result be applied to the purchase of securities or other benefits (other than cash) from Telecom 

 Breach means a breach of Telecom’s constitution, the listing and/or other rules governing the Exchange or any other stock exchange on which Shares are quoted, and/or any statute,
regulation or Telecom’s internal procedures for insiders 
 Business Day means a day on which the Exchange is
open for trading 
 Business Sale means, in respect of an Executive: 

 

	 	(a)	the Subsidiary by which that Executive is employed ceases to be a member of the Group; or 

 

	 	(b)	the business in which that Executive is employed is disposed of to a person not a member of the Group, or to a person who ceases to be a member of the Group, and the
Executive, as a result of that disposal, becomes an employee of that person or of an associate of that person. 

Capital Change means a Rights Offer, Bonus Issue, Capital Return, or any other reconstruction of, or adjustment to, the
capital or capital structure of Telecom of any nature 
 Capital Return means any payment of cash to Shareholders
which is, or is to be, accompanied by a reduction in the number of Shares, or the proportion of economic interest in Telecom, held by Shareholders to which the Capital Return applies, but does not include a payment of cash which is covered by
paragraph (b) of the definition of Bonus Issue 
 Commencement Date means the date from and including which an
Executive is entitled to participate in the Scheme, specified in the Grant; 
 Complete Acquisition means any
transaction or arrangement which has one of the following results: 
  

	 	(a)	any person becomes entitled to exercise a right of compulsory acquisition in respect of Shares; or 

 

	 	(b)	all of the Shares are acquired by a person, or by a person and that person’s associates; or 

 

	 	(c)	all of the Shares are cancelled, cease to exist, or are transferred or exchanged, and in substitution for Shares Shareholders receive or are to receive cash,
securities, or other benefits 

 Employment means employment by Telecom or a Subsidiary 

Event has the meaning in clause 12 
 Exchange means New Zealand Exchange Limited’s NZSX 

Excluded Options means at any date (subject to clause 10.3) Options: 

 

	 	(a)	the Grant of which took place less than one year before that date; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Qualifying Date of which is more than one year after that date 

  
 1 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
 Executive means an executive who is Employed

 Exercisable Option means an Option that the Board has determined pursuant to clause 6.1 may be exercised or an
Option in relation to which no Performance Hurdle applies 
 Exercise Date means, in respect of an Option, the
later of: 
  

	 	(a)	the Notification Date after which an Option, to which a Performance Hurdle applies, is determined by the Board pursuant to clause 6.1 be an Exercisable Option; or

  

	 	(b)	the Qualifying Date, if no Performance Hurdle applies in respect of that Option, subject to clauses 8.2 and 10.1 

Exercise Notice means notice of the exercise of an Option 

Exercise Price means nil 
 Fundamental Change means the occurrence of one of the following events: 
  

	 	(i)	control of 50% or more of the voting rights in Telecom is held by one person or by one person and that person’s associates; or 

 

	 	(ii)	all or a material part of the business of the Group is disposed of to a person not a member of the Group by one transaction or a series of related transactions, or any
reconstruction or merger affecting Telecom occurs (not being a Complete Acquisition), and as a result of that disposal, reconstruction, or merger there is in the opinion of the Board a change in the essential nature of the business of the Group,

 if (but only if) the Board determines that as a result of the occurrence of that event Options held by the
Executives should become exercisable 
 Grant means the grant of an Option 

Group means Telecom and its subsidiaries 
 Initial Test Date means a date within 20 Business Days after the Qualifying Date, determined by the Board 
 Notification Date means the date the Board delivers a notice pursuant to clause 6.1 
 Option means an option to acquire a Share pursuant to the Scheme 

Option Lapse Date means the Option Lapse Date specified in a Grant or, if that date is not a Business Day, the first
Business Day after such date, after which Options are to lapse 
 Performance Hurdle means the performance hurdle
(if any) specified in a Grant 
 Qualifying Date means the Qualifying Date specified in a Grant or, if that date is
not a Business Day, the first Business Day after such date 
 Redundancy means the termination of Employment of an
Executive by reason of that Executive’s position becoming surplus to the Group’s requirements, or any other involuntary termination of an Executive’s Employment which the Board in its discretion determines constitutes redundancy, but
does not include termination of Employment in the course of a Business Sale 
 Re-Test Date means a date within 20
Business Days after the Specified Date, determined by the Board 
 Rights Offer means any offer of securities or
benefits to Shareholders for which Shareholders are to provide consideration, but not including any offer of securities or benefits to Shareholders that is covered by paragraph (b) of the definition of Bonus Issue 

Scheme means the Telecom Share Rights Scheme 2007 
 Share means an ordinary share in Telecom 
 Shareholder
means a holder of a Share 
 Specified Date means the Specified Date (if any) specified in a Grant or, if
that date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day after such date, after which the Board will re-test achievement of a Performance Hurdle 
 Subsidiary means a subsidiary of Telecom 
 Telecom
means Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited 
  

  
 2 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
 Unvested Option means (subject to clause 10.3)
an Option, in relation to which a Performance Hurdle applies and the Initial Test Date has passed, that the Board has determined pursuant to clause 6.1 may not be exercised on the Notification Date applicable to such Initial Test Date. 

 

	2.2	In the definitions of “Complete Acquisition” and “Fundamental Change” the expressions “associate”, “control” and “voting
right” have the meaning in the Takeovers Code 2001. 

  

	2.3	In this document: 

  

	 	(a)	the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and words importing any gender include the other genders; 

 

	 	(b)	a reference to a person includes any individual, partnership, committee and incorporated or unincorporated body (whether or not having a separate legal personality);

  

	 	(c)	a reference to amend includes modify, delete, add and vary; 

  

	 	(d)	a reference to apply includes apply under assignment or set off; 

  

	 	(e)	where a word or expression is defined, other parts of speech and grammatical forms of that word or expression have a corresponding meaning; 

 

	 	(f)	a reference to the Scheme means the Scheme as amended from time to time; 

  

	 	(g)	a reference to a person includes its successors and permitted assigns; and 

 

	 	(h)	headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be ignored in interpretation. 

  
 3 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
 PART II - OPERATION OF THE SCHEME 

 

	3	Grants 

  

	3.1	The Board may make a Grant to an Executive. Each Grant will: 

  

	 	(a)	specify the number of Options granted to the Executive; 

  

	 	(b)	enclose a copy of the Scheme; 

  

	 	(c)	specify the Commencement Date, the Exercise Price, the Performance Hurdle (if any), the Qualifying Date, the Specified Date (if any) and the Option Lapse Date;

  

	 	(d)	enclose an Options certificate; and 

  

	 	(e)	specify the period during which the Executive may reject the Grant. 

  

	4	Rejection of Grant 

  

	4.1	Opportunity 

 An Executive
may reject a Grant by giving the Board notice, and returning to the Board the Options certificate, within 40 Business Days after the Grant. If an Executive rejects a Grant, the Options the subject of that Grant will lapse immediately. 

 

	4.2	Acknowledgement 

 In
retaining a Grant (and electing not to reject the Grant pursuant to clause 4.1), an Executive acknowledges that: 
  

	 	(a)	the terms of the Scheme are binding; and 

  

	 	(b)	participation in the Scheme does not affect the terms of the Executive’s Employment. In no event will Telecom be deemed, by making a Grant or otherwise, to have
represented that an Executive’s Employment will continue until and/or beyond the Qualifying Date or the Exercise Date. 

  

	5	Exercise of Options 

  

	5.1	Options may be exercised on the Exercise Date or any Business Day after the Exercise Date, unless: 

 

	 	(a)	the Board considers that the exercise would give rise to a Breach; or 

  

	 	(b)	the Option has lapsed. 

  

	6	Procedure for Exercise and Lapse 

  

	6.1	Board Determination 

 On
the Initial Test Date and again on the Re-Test Date, the Board will: 
  

	 	(a)	determine whether an Option may be exercised by measuring performance against the Performance Hurdle (if any) applicable to the relevant Option; and

  

	 	(b)	within two Business Days, notify the Executive in writing of the determination. 

 For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause 6.1 applies in respect of an Option in relation to which no Performance Hurdle applies. 

 

	6.2	Exercise 

 An Executive
may, as the Executive sees fit from time to time (subject to clause 5), exercise part or all of that Executive’s Exercisable Options (subject to any minimum number or multiple of a number of Options prescribed by the Board from time to time),
by giving the Board an Exercise Notice. 
  

	6.3	Exercise Notice 

 Any
Exercise Notice must specify the number of Options being exercised and be accompanied by: 
  

	 	(a)	the Options certificate; and 

  
 4 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
  

	 	(b)	(if applicable) a form requesting consent to acquire Shares, in terms of Telecom’s internal procedures for insiders. 

 

	6.4	Issue 

 Within five
Business Days after the date on which the Board receives: 
  

	 	(a)	an Exercise Notice; 

  

	 	(b)	an Options certificate; and 

  

	 	(c)	(if applicable) a form requesting consent to acquire Shares, in terms of Telecom’s internal procedures for insiders, 

in accordance with this clause, Telecom will issue to the Executive Shares, unless clause 5 precludes the exercise of Options (if so, the
Board will give notice to the Participant accordingly and return the Options certificate). 
  

	6.5	Board Notice 

 The Board
will give a further notice to an Executive who has been precluded (pursuant to clause 5.1(a)) from exercising an Option, as soon as it considers that the exercise would no longer give rise to a Breach. 

 

	6.6	Effective Exercise 

Subject to clause 6.7, the Exercise Notice of an Executive precluded (pursuant to clause 5.1(a)) from exercising an Option will take
effect 10 Business Days after the date on which the Board gives its notice pursuant to clause 6.5, if the Executive: 
  

	 	(a)	surrenders the Options certificate; and 

  

	 	(b)	(if applicable) delivers a form requesting consent to acquire Shares, in terms of Telecom’s internal procedures for insiders, 

during that period. If the Executive fails to do so, the Exercise Notice will be deemed to have been revoked. 

 

	6.7	Continued Breach 

 If the
exercise of Options pursuant to clause 6.6 would give rise to a Breach, the Board will proceed as if an Exercise Notice had been given pursuant to clause 6.2. 
  

	6.8	Breach 

 If, after the
period of six months from the date on which it first gives notice pursuant to clause 6.4, the Board considers that it is still unable to give notice in respect of an Option pursuant to clause 6.5 and/or the exercise of Options pursuant to clause 6.6
would give rise to a Breach, then Telecom is in default under the Scheme. Where Telecom is in default under this clause, the Executive and Telecom acknowledge and agree the following: 

 

	 	(a)	Telecom must pay the Executive liquidated damages in the sum equal to the volume weighted average market price of Shares on the Exchange for the Business Days in the
month immediately preceding the date of the Exercise Notice given by the Executive pursuant to clause 6.2, within ten Business Days; and 

  

	 	(b)	that the amount payable under clause 6.8(a) is a genuine pre-estimate of the damages the Executive is likely to suffer as a result of the default;

  

	 	(c)	that on payment of the amount under clause 6.8(a), all rights that Executive has to specific performance, compensation for breach, loss or damages, or any other remedy
are waived and/or extinguished and the Executive’s Options will lapse immediately. 

  

	6.9	Option Lapse Date 

Subject to clause 8, each Option lapses, and ceases to be exercisable, on the earlier of: 

 

	 	(a)	the last possible Notification Date of that Option, if the Board has determined that the Option may not be exercised; and 

 

  
 5 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 

	 	(b)	the Option Lapse Date of that Option. 

  

	7	Rights on Exercise 

  

	7.1	Shares issued to Executives will be credited as fully paid and will rank pari passu in all respects with all Shares at the date of issue, except for any dividend or
other benefit in respect of Shares where the record date occurs prior to issue. 

  
 6 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
 PART III - TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

  

	8	Termination of Employment 

Cessation of Employment 
  

	8.1	If an Executive ceases to be Employed (unless the Executive immediately assumes further Employment or is on non-permanent leave of absence with employer approval), all
of the Executive’s Options shall lapse immediately, subject to clause 8.2. 

 Redundancy, etc

  

	8.2	If an Executive’s cessation of Employment: 

  

	 	(a)	is caused by the Executive’s death or Redundancy; and 

  

	 	(b)	occurs on or after the date half way through the period from the Grant of Options (“Specified Options”) to the Qualifying Date of those Options,

 the Board may (but has no obligation whatever to) permit, subject to clause 8.3, the Executive to exercise a
number of Options calculated in accordance with the following formula: 
  

					
	 number of Options = number of specified Options
	 	×	 	N
		 		 	T

 Where: 
  

			
	N	  	is the number of days from the Grant of the Specified Options to the date the Executive ceases Employment provided that where the Executive ceases Employment after the Qualifying
Date, “N” shall be deemed to be the same number of days as “T”
		
	T	  	is the number of days from the Grant of the Specified Options to the Qualifying Date of the Specified Options.

 If the Board elects to permit the Executive to exercise Options pursuant to this clause, it may fix the
Exercise Date for those Options as such date after the Executive ceases to be Employed as the Board decides. Those Options shall lapse one month after the Exercise Date so fixed. 

 

	8.3	Notwithstanding clause 8.2, if: 

  

	 	(a)	a Performance Hurdle applies to a Specified Option; and 

  

	 	(b)	at the date of cessation of Employment of the Executive, that Specified Option is not an Exercisable Option, 

the Board shall not permit the Executive to exercise that Specified Option unless and until the Board determines in accordance with clause
6.1 that that Specified Option may be exercised. That Specified Option shall lapse one month after the relevant Notification Date following such a determination in accordance with clause 6.1. 

  
 7 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
 PART IV - CORPORATE EVENTS 

 

	9	Application of clause 10 

  

	9.1	Clause 10.1 shall (subject to clause 10.2) apply: 

  

	 	(a)	on the occurrence of a Complete Acquisition, or if the Board determines in its discretion that a Complete Acquisition is to occur, in respect of all Executives and in
respect of all Options; 

  

	 	(b)	on the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, or if the Board determines in its absolute discretion that a Fundamental Change is likely to occur, in respect of all
Executives and in respect of all Options; 

  

	 	(c)	on the occurrence of a Business Sale, or if the Board determines in its absolute discretion that a Business Sale is likely to occur, in respect of Executives to which
the definition of that term applies and in respect of all Options held by those Executives. 

  

	10	Early Exercise 

  

	10.1	If pursuant to clause 9.1 this clause 10.1 applies then (subject to clause 10.2): 

 

	 	(a)	the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have occurred on a date fixed by the Board. That date shall be: 

 

	 	(i)	in the case of a Complete Acquisition such date as the Board in its discretion considers appropriate to enable each Executive to have an opportunity to exercise that
Executive’s Options so that the Shares resulting from that exercise will participate in the Complete Acquisition; or 

  

	 	(ii)	in the case of a Fundamental Change or Business Sale, such date shortly before or after that event as the Board in its discretion considers appropriate;

  

	 	(b)	Any such Options not exercised on the Exercise Date so fixed shall lapse at the end of that day. 

 

	10.2	Clause 10.1 shall not apply in respect of Excluded Options or Unvested Options. Excluded Options and Unvested Options shall lapse immediately upon the occurrence of an
event or Board determination specified in clause 9.1. 

  

	10.3	The Board may at any time in its discretion determine that (either generally or in respect of specified Executives or specified categories of Options) Options which
would otherwise be Excluded Options or Unvested Options, in terms of the respective definitions of those terms, are not to be treated as Excluded Options or Unvested Options (as the case may be). 

 

	11	Capital Changes 

  

	11.1	Subject to clause 11.2, if before the exercise of Options: 

  

	 	(a)	     

  

	 	(i)	a Rights Offer occurs; and 

  

	 	(ii)	Shareholders are able to sell their rights under that Rights Offer for consideration, 

Telecom shall pay to each Executive an amount (less any deductions or withholdings required by law) equal to the amount which that
Executive would have received (after any expenses of sale) if the Executive had exercised all of the Executive’s Options (other than Unvested Options) before the record date for the Rights Offer, and had sold all of the rights under the Rights
Offer relating to the Shares arising from the exercise of those Options on the first day on which it was possible to do so; 
  

	 	(b)	a Bonus Issue occurs, then: 

  

	 	(i)	in the case of a Bonus Issue of Shares, then upon exercise of Options (but not otherwise) Telecom shall issue to the Executive the Shares to which the Executive would
have been entitled if on the record date for the Bonus Issue the Executive had been the holder of a number of Shares equal to the number which the Executive would have held if the Executive had exercised those Options immediately before the record
date for the Bonus Issue; or 

  

	 	(ii)	in the case of a Bonus Issue of securities or benefits other than Shares, within a reasonable time after the Bonus Issue occurs, the Board shall make a Grant to the
Executive under clause 3.1 where, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, the terms of the Grant appropriately compensate the Executive for the reduction in value of the existing Options of the Executive as a result of the Bonus Issue;

  

  
 8 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 

	 	(c)	a Capital Return occurs, and that Capital Return is on the basis that it applies to all holders of Shares, without any election by holders of Shares:

  

	 	(i)	each Executive’s Options shall be reduced in the same ratio as holdings of Shares are reduced on the Capital Return; and 

 

	 	(ii)	Telecom shall pay to each Executive the amount (less any deductions or withholdings required by law) which that Executive would have received if that Executive had
exercised all of that Executive’s Options, and the Shares resulting from that exercise had participated in the Capital Return; 

  

	 	(d)	any other Capital Change occurs, that Capital Change shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 12. 

 

	11.2	Where the operation of clause 11.1 would give rise to a Breach, the Board may make such alterations to the rights, obligations, or benefits of Executives or Telecom
and/or take or cause Telecom to take such steps, as in the opinion of the Board are appropriate or desirable in order to prevent a Breach. 

  

	12	Other Adjustment 

  

	12.1	If: 

  

	 	(a)	there occurs any offer for or acquisition of securities of Telecom, reconstruction or amalgamation affecting Telecom, Capital Change, disposal of businesses or assets
of the Group, or other event of any nature which in the opinion of the Board affects or will affect the position or rights of, or benefits to, Executives or Telecom in respect of the Scheme (collectively an “Event”); and

  

	 	(b)	either that Event is not provided for under Scheme, or in the opinion of the Board the manner in which the Scheme applies on the occurrence of that Event produces a
result which is inappropriate or unfair to Executives or to Telecom or to both, 

 the Board may make such
alterations to the rights, obligations, or benefits of Executives or Telecom and/or take or cause Telecom to take such steps, as in the opinion of the Board are appropriate or desirable as a result of the occurrence of that Event. 

  
 9 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
 PART V - GENERAL 

 

	13	No Divestment 

  

	13.1	An Executive may not (including by operation of law) transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of or create any interest (including any security, or legal or equitable
interest) in an Option. 

  

	14	Administration of Scheme 

  

	14.1	The Board will administer all aspects of the Scheme, including the offering of Shares. Any matter to be determined by Telecom will be determined as the Board sees fit
in its sole discretion. The decision of the Board as to: 

  

	 	(a)	the exercise of any discretion conferred on the Board or Telecom by the Scheme; 

 

	 	(b)	the interpretation of this document; 

  

	 	(c)	any other matter touching upon the Scheme, 

 shall be conclusive and binding on Executives and Telecom and shall not be capable of being challenged or appealed. 
  

	14.2	Without limiting clause 14.1, the Board may determine in its sole discretion: 

 

	 	(a)	whether a Fundamental Change has occurred; and 

  

	 	(b)	the date on which a Complete Acquisition or Fundamental Change occurred. 

  

	14.3	The Board may delegate (to the extent permitted by law) to any person (and revoke any delegation of) any or all of its powers, discretions, rights and obligations under
the Scheme from time to time as it sees fit, and references to “Telecom” and the “Board” will be construed accordingly. 

  

	15	Amendment 

  

	15.1	Telecom may from time to time, subject to clause 15.2: 

  

	 	(a)	vary any term of an Executive’s participation in the Scheme, with the agreement of the Executive; or 

 

	 	(b)	amend the Scheme, if it considers that: 

  

	 	(i)	the interests of Executives are not materially prejudiced; or 

  

	 	(ii)	the amendment is fair and appropriate having regard to the proper interests of Executives, Telecom, and/or shareholders of Telecom; 

 

	 	(c)	terminate the Scheme. 

  

	15.2	Telecom: 

  

	 	(a)	may not amend the Scheme (or vary any term of an Executive’s participation in the Scheme) if this would give rise to a Breach; but 

 

	 	(b)	may amend or terminate the Scheme if Telecom considers that this would avoid giving rise to a Breach. 

 

	15.3	Telecom will give notice of any amendment to or termination of the Scheme to all Executives affected. 

 

	16	Miscellaneous 

  

	16.1	All actions (including directions) and consequences deemed to occur under the Scheme will occur irrevocably and unconditionally (subject to clause 15).

  

	16.2	If a calculation under the Scheme produces a fraction of a cent or Share, the product will be rounded to the nearest whole number favourable to the Executive.

  

	16.3	The Scheme represents all of the terms on which Options are issued and exercised under the Scheme, except those which Telecom implies to give effect to the Scheme.

  

	16.4	No failure, delay or indulgence by Telecom in exercising any power or right conferred on it under the Scheme will operate as a waiver of that power or right; nor will a
single exercise of a power or right preclude further exercises, or the exercise of any other power or right under the Scheme. 

  
 10 

Table of Contents

 TELECOM SHARE RIGHTS SCHEME 

 
  

	16.5	Any dispute which arises under the Scheme will be determined by Telecom. Telecom’s decision will be final. 

 

	16.6	All notices and other communications under the Scheme will be in writing and addressed to the recipient at the address or facsimile number from time to time designated
by the recipient. Unless any other designations are given: 

  

	 	(a)	the addresses and facsimile numbers of Telecom and an Executive are those set out in the offer document; and 

 

	 	(b)	notices or communications to Telecom will be addressed and marked to the attention of Telecom’s Company Secretary. 

Any notice or communication will be deemed to have been received: 

 

	 	(c)	at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand; 

  

	 	(d)	on the second Business Day after the date of mailing, if sent by post or airmail with postage prepaid; or 

 

	 	(e)	on the day on which confirmation of proper transmission is received (on transmission), if sent by facsimile. 

 

	16.7	The Scheme will be governed by and construed in accordance with New Zealand law. 

  
 11Telecom Separation Undertakings

 Exhibit 4.11 
 

 
 TELECOM SEPARATION 
 UNDERTAKINGS 
 As provided to the Minister of 

Communications on 25 March 2008 in 
 accordance with section 69K(2)(c) of the 
 Telecommunications Act 2001 and
as 
 varied by agreement between Telecom 
 and the Minister of Communications on or 
 before 24 May 2011 in
accordance with 
 section 69U of the Telecommunications 

Act 2001 

Incorporates amendments made by agreement 
 between Telecom and the Commerce Commission on 
 7 October 2010 in
accordance with clause 92.1 of 
 these Undertakings 

 CONTENTS 

 

					
		
	 BACKGROUND
	  	 	3	  
		
	 PART 1: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	  	 	4	  
		
	 PART 2: SCOPE AND APPLICATION
	  	 	19	  
		
	 PART 3: IMPLEMENTATION
	  	 	22	  
		
	 PART 4: FIXED NETWORK ACCESS SERVICE BUSINESS UNIT (ANS UNIT)
	  	 	26	  
		
	 PART 5: WHOLESALE BUSINESS UNIT
	  	 	44	  
		
	 PART 6: RETAIL UNITS
	  	 	66	  
		
	 PART 7: TELECOM FIXED NETWORK BUSINESS UNITS
	  	 	68	  
		
	 PART 8: ENFORCEMENT AND OVERSIGHT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SEPARATION PLAN
	  	 	71	  
		
	 PART 9: PARTICIPATION IN POLICY AND DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN INFORMATION
	  	 	77	  
		
	 PART 10: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	83	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 1 - TRANSITION TO EQUIVALENCE
	  	 	93	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 2 - SHARED SERVICES, PART A PERSONS, PART B PERSONS, AND PART C PERSONS
	  	 	159	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 3 - TIER SITES
	  	 	164	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 4 - MANAGER OF THE ANS UNIT’S DELEGATED AUTHORITY
	  	 	167	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 5 - WHOLESALE UNIT EMPLOYEE EQUITY SCHEME
	  	 	168	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 6 - TELECOM SHARED INFORMATION SYSTEMS
	  	 	169	  

  
 2 

 BACKGROUND 

 

	A	These Undertakings are given by Telecom in accordance with, and are separation undertakings for the purposes of, Part 2A of the Act. 

 

	B	In accordance with section 69N of the Act, these Undertakings are binding on Telecom and are given in favour of the Crown. 

  
 3 

 PART 1: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 

 

	1	Definitions 

  

	1.1	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise: 

 Access Network has the meaning given by clause 14.2; 
 Access
Network Services Unit or ANS Unit means the unit referred to in clause 11; 
 Access Planners has the
meaning given to that term in clause 100; 
 Act means the Telecommunications Act 2001; 

ANS Priority Rural Telecommunications Services means the following Rural Telecommunications Services: 

 

	 	(a)	RBI Layer 1 Inter-Exchange Backhaul Service; 

  

	 	(b)	RBI Direct Fibre Access Service (specified Layer 1 service); and 

  

	 	(c)	RBI Sub-Loop Co-location in Grant Funded Cabinets. 

 Approval Date means the first Working Day after the Minister approves Telecom’s separation plan under section 69L(1)(a) of the Act; 

Arm’s-Length Rules means the rules provided by the following clauses: 

 

	 	(a)	clauses 7 and 88; 

  

	 	(b)	clauses 24 to 41 (which apply to the ANS Unit); 

  

	 	(c)	clauses 52 to 63 (which apply to the Wholesale Unit); 

  

	 	(d)	clauses 70 to 72 (which apply to the Retail Units); 

  

	 	(e)	clauses 74 to 76 (which apply to the Telecom Fixed Network Business Units); and 

 

	 	(f)	clauses 89 to 93 (which relate to Part A Persons, Part B Persons, and Part C Persons); 

Board means the TCNZ board, and includes a committee of the TCNZ board; 

  
 4 

 Cellular Mobile Systems means those systems that are: 

 

	 	(a)	used to provide, support and maintain a mobile radio system in which assigned radio spectrum can be re-used simultaneously in nearby geographic areas without
interference between users; and 

  

	 	(b)	capable of supporting hand-off, of sessions or calls, between wireless transmitters; 

Such systems include radio transmission systems, and any supporting infrastructure such as buildings, cabinets, poles, transmission
systems and associated operational support systems; 
 CEO means the chief executive of TCNZ; 

Commercial Information: 
  

	 	(a)	means information that is confidential and that is in respect of a Relevant Service, including information regarding: 

 

	 	(i)	service development; 

  

	 	(ii)	pricing; 

  

	 	(iii)	marketing strategy and intelligence; 

  

	 	(iv)	service launch dates; 

  

	 	(v)	costs; 

  

	 	(vi)	projected sales volumes; and 

  

	 	(vii)	network coverage and capabilities; but 

  

	 	(b)	does not include any information, or types of information, that Telecom and the Commission agree in writing is not Commercial Information; 

Commercial Policy means policies and plans of a Required Telecom Business Unit relating to any of the following matters in respect
of Relevant Services: 
  

	 	(a)	service development; 

  

	 	(b)	pricing; 

  

	 	(c)	marketing strategy and intelligence; 

  

	 	(d)	service launch dates; 

  

	 	(e)	costs; 

  
 5 

	 	(f)	non-price terms, including payment terms; 

  

	 	(g)	product specific forecasting; and 

  

	 	(h)	network coverage and capabilities; 

 Commission has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

Commission’s Wholesale Determinations means any of Decision 497, Decision 525, and Decision 563; 

Crisis Management Team means a team within Telecom (including contractors and agents of that team) formed from time-to-time to
prepare for, manage and facilitate Telecom’s response to an operational crisis including operational crises arising from major service affecting events (such as power outages), and disasters of regional or national significance (such as major
flooding); 
 Example 
 A Crisis Management Team may be formed: 
  

	 	(a)	to participate in a national pandemic preparedness exercise; 

  

	 	(b)	during a state of emergency because of flooding; 

  

	 	(c)	in response to a major power or network outage. 

 Customer Confidential Information: 
  

	 	(a)	means any information that: 

  

	 	(i)	a Service Provider provides to Telecom in relation to the provision of a Relevant Service; or 

 

	 	(ii)	Telecom otherwise holds or obtains in relation to the provision of a Relevant Service to a Service Provider; 

and that is confidential to and identifiably about that Service Provider or a person that is, or intends to become, a customer or an
End-User of that Service Provider; but 
  

	 	(b)	does not include: 

  

	 	(i)	information that was publicly available or known to Telecom at the time of receipt, or that becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of
confidentiality; 

  

	 	(ii)	information that was obtained by Telecom directly from the customer or End-User or from sources that are independent of the Service Provider; 

  
 6 

	 	(iii)	information that is required to be disclosed by law or under the regulations of any stock exchange on which Telecom shares are listed; 

 

	 	(iv)	any information, or types of information, that Telecom and the Commission agree in writing is not Customer Confidential Information; and 

 

	 	(v)	information that a Service Provider agrees in writing is not Customer Confidential Information for the purpose of these Undertakings; 

December 2009 Requirements has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 of these Undertakings; 

Decision 497 means the Commission’s determination on the TelstraClear Limited application for determination of certain Resale
Services, dated 12 May 2003 (including the clarification of that determination under the Act); 
 Decision 525 means
the Commission’s determination on the TelstraClear Limited application for determination of certain Resale Services, dated 14 June 2004; 
 Decision 563 means the Commission’s determination on the TelstraClear Limited application for determination of certain Resale Services (including Private Office Networking), dated
9 December 2005; 
 Designated Access Service has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

Designated Multinetwork Service has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

Designated Services Price List or DSPL means the list of Resale Services and prices that was prepared by Telecom in
accordance with the terms of Decision 497 and Decision 563 and that is maintained in accordance with clause 64 of these Undertakings; 
 DSLAM means a digital subscriber line access multiplexer; 
 Dual-Use
Cellular Wireless Systems means those systems that are: 
  

	 	(a)	used to provide, support and maintain a radio system in which assigned radio spectrum can be re-used simultaneously in nearby geographic areas without interference
between users; and 

  

	 	(b)	capable of supporting both of the following applications (i.e. are dual-use): 

 

	 	(i)	a fixed telephone or data service to a user in a fixed location and which is not capable of supporting hand-off, of sessions or calls, between wireless transmitters
(i.e. is not moveable and not mobile); and 

  
 7 

	 	(ii)	a moveable telephone or data service to a user from anywhere within the radio coverage area and which is not capable of supporting hand-off, of sessions or calls,
between wireless transmitters (i.e. is moveable but not mobile); 

 Such systems include radio transmission
systems, and any supporting infrastructure such as buildings, cabinets, poles and transmission systems; 
 Eligible Service
Provider means, in relation to information or consultation about a Relevant Service, a Service Provider that: 
  

	 	(a)	is a party to a binding commercial service provision agreement with Telecom for the provision of that service; 

 

	 	(b)	is a party to a binding confidentiality agreement with Telecom that was entered into for the purpose of negotiations with Telecom for the provision of that service;

  

	 	(c)	is a party to a determination relating to that service issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act; 

 

	 	(d)	has requested access to the service in accordance with a Standard Terms Determination; or 

 

	 	(e)	has requested access to the service in accordance with a Telecom Registered Undertaking, where that Registered Undertaking provides sufficient terms and conditions to
allow the service to be provided without the need for further terms and conditions to be agreed; 

 Employee
means a Telecom employee other than the CEO and, in respect of a Telecom Business Unit, includes the manager of that unit and any other Employee working for that unit; 
 End-User has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 
 Equivalence of
Inputs or EOI or EOI standard has the meaning given to that term in clause 1.2; 
 Executive means
the Telecom executive team comprising the CEO and Employees who are appointed by the CEO as part of the executive team, and who will generally report directly to the CEO. Telecom will make a list of the members of its Executive available to the
public at all reasonable times on its Internet website; 

  
 8 

 External Auditor means any suitably qualified independent person appointed to audit
any aspect of Telecom’s business or its financial or other reports or information; 
 FTTP Access Network Architecture
means an access network which is used to deliver services over fibre media to an End-User’s premises, and which is based on passive optical networking technology, and over which multiple End-Users are served by means of a shared
transmission system; 
 Fibre to the Premises Access Service or FTTP Access Service means a packet-based bitstream
service provided using FTTP Access Network Architecture that enables access to, and interconnection with, that part of Telecom’s NGN that connects the End-User’s building (or, where relevant, the building distribution frames) to
Telecom’s first aggregation switch (or equivalent facility); 
 Fixed PSTN has the meaning given to that term in the
Act; 
 Fixed Wireless Access System (Fixed End Points) means a network using radio technologies to provide a connection
between the network demarcation point at a customer premises and a wireless transmitter (e.g. CMAR, Country Set Radio and Microwave Radio systems) that acts as a substitute or replacement for a copper line. Such systems may encompass radio
transmission systems and any supporting infrastructure such as buildings, cabinets, polls, and transmission systems. Such systems do not include Cellular Mobile Systems (i.e. systems that are capable of supporting hand-off, of sessions or calls,
between wireless transmitters as per the definition of Cellular Mobile Systems); 
 Group Audit and Risk means the group
within Telecom that implements the Board’s risk management framework and provides advice to Telecom on Telecom’s risks, risk management processes, operational processes and controls, audit and general compliance activities, and includes
support and ancillary staff; 
 Group Company Secretary means the TCNZ company secretary; 

Group Company Secretary’s Office means the group within Telecom that provides advice to Telecom on, and is responsible for,
Telecom’s company secretariat functions (including Board administration, stock exchange listings, companies and securities administration and best practice corporate governance and compliance), Undertakings compliance and monitoring and legal
accountability for group mergers and acquisitions and finance transactions, and includes support and ancillary staff; 
 Group
Finance means the group within Telecom that manages Telecom’s finance functions including corporate finance, capital markets, mergers and acquisitions, tax, insurance, external reporting, capital allocation, investment policy, pricing and
cost analysis from a group perspective, performance reporting and stock exchange listing compliance, and includes support and ancillary staff; 

  
 9 

 Group Legal Services means the group within Telecom that provides legal advice to
Telecom, comprising solicitors who hold practising certificates from the New Zealand Law Society, and includes support and ancillary staff and, for the avoidance of doubt, includes legal regulatory services, but excludes Employees who are
directly involved in providing legal advice to the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Services; 
 Group Public Affairs means
the group within Telecom that manages and provides advice to Telecom on government relations, communications and media that affect Telecom as a whole, and includes support and ancillary staff; 

Group Regulatory means the group within Telecom that manages group level stakeholder and regulatory issues, and provides expert
regulatory advice to Telecom, and includes support and ancillary staff, but excludes Employees who are directly involved in providing regulatory advice to the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Services; 

Group Strategy and Development means the group within Telecom that provides strategic recommendations to Telecom in relation to
strategic decisions and progress that may impact Telecom as a whole, and includes support and ancillary staff; 
 Group
Technology means the group within Telecom that provides technology strategy and recommendations to Telecom and ensures that Telecom’s technology activities are co-ordinated and integrated into a single, well aligned end-to-end process by,
among other things, applying an integrated technology view, and includes support and ancillary staff; 
 Human Resources
means the group within Telecom that provides a human resources function including providing advice to Telecom on human resource matters, managing recruitment, development planning, performance management, internal communication, rewards,
remuneration and benefits, and includes support and ancillary staff; 
 Independent Oversight Group or IOG means the
Independent Oversight Group referred to in clause 77; 
 IP Interconnection for Virtual Private Network Service means
a Layer 3-aware, Layer 2 inter-network connectivity service that: 
  

	 	(a)	carries internet protocol packet-based traffic between Telecom’s NGN core and a Service Provider’s NGN core and includes the selection of Telecom’s
handover point locations and their catchment areas; and 

  
 10 

	 	(b)	can be used by Telecom and that Service Provider as an input service in order to provide services which provide for the linking of End-Users’ virtual private
networks. 

 Such a connectivity service will provide transport links between the networks terminating at the
first switch within Telecom’s NGN core; 
 IP Interconnection for Voice Service means a Layer 3-aware, Layer 2
inter-network connectivity service that: 
  

	 	(a)	carries internet protocol packet-based traffic between Telecom’s NGN core and a Service Provider’s NGN core and includes the selection of Telecom’s
handover point locations and their catchment areas; and 

  

	 	(b)	can be used by Telecom and that Service Provider as an input service in order to provide the services of originating or terminating each other’s conversational IP
voice calling retail services. 

 Such a connectivity service will provide transport links between the networks
terminating at the first switch within Telecom’s NGN core; 
 Local Access Network has the meaning given to that term
in clause 14.2; 
 Manager of the ANS Unit means the person appointed at the relevant time in accordance with
clause 25; 
 Manager of the Wholesale Unit means the person appointed at the relevant time in accordance with
clause 53; 
 Minister has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

Mobile Services means: 
  

	 	(a)	services delivered predominantly by means of Cellular Mobile Systems, and which enable calls or communication sessions to be maintained when an End-User moves location,
including moving between areas served by different wireless transmitters; and 

  

	 	(b)	services provided by one Telecom Business Unit to another Telecom Business Unit or Service Provider for the purpose of enabling a service described in (a) above
such as site co-location, roaming, cell-site linking and backhaul; 

 New Zealand has the meaning given by
section 29 of the Interpretation Act 1999; 
 Part A Person means a person or functional group (including relevant
Employees, agents, contractors, and external advisors of that person or group) listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 as being permitted to Participate in Policy of the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit in accordance with clause 89; 

  
 11 

 Part B Person means a person or functional group (including relevant Employees,
agents, contractors, and external advisors of that person or group) listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 as being permitted to receive ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Commercial Information in accordance with clause 90; 

Part C Person means a person or functional group (including relevant Employees, agents, contractors, and external advisors of that
person or group) listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 as being permitted to receive ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information in accordance with clause 91; 
 Participate in Policy means to participate in the formulation or making of: 
  

	 	(a)	annual or long-term corporate plans or technology plans to the extent they relate to Relevant Services; 

 

	 	(b)	other significant plans to the extent they relate to Relevant Services; and 

 

	 	(c)	Commercial Policy; 

 Public
Switched Telephone Network or PSTN has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 
 RBI Contract means the
Rural Broadband Agreement between the Crown and Telecom dated on or about 20 April 2011, as replaced or amended from time to time; 
 Regional Backhaul Network has the meaning given to that term in clause 14.2; 
 Registered Undertaking has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

Regulated means, in respect of a Relevant Service, that the service is a Designated Access Service or a Specified Service or is a
service that is subject to a Telecom Registered Undertaking (regardless of whether there is a determination under Part 2 of the Act currently in force in respect of that service); 

Relevant Network Access Service has the meaning given to that term in clause 18.2; 

Relevant Services means: 
  

	 	(a)	Relevant Network Access Services; and 

  

	 	(b)	Relevant Wholesale Services; 

  
 12 

 Relevant Wholesale Service has the meaning given to that term in clause 45.2;

 Required Telecom Business Unit means any of: 

 

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit; 

  

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit; 

  

	 	(c)	a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit); and 

 

	 	(d)	the Retail Units; 

 Required
Telecom Business Unit Compliance Investigators means the group within Required Telecom Business Units whose primary role is to manage compliance risk for that business unit and carry out Undertakings investigations; 

Resale Equivalence means that, where Telecom provides a particular Resale Service that is a Relevant Wholesale Service to a Service
Provider: 
  

	 	(a)	the service characteristics and functionality of the Resale Service must be the same as the service characteristics and functionality of the corresponding retail
service except for: 

  

	 	(i)	trivial differences; 

  

	 	(ii)	differences relating to matters of national and crime-related security, physical security, security required to protect the integrity of the network, or any other
security requirements agreed by Telecom and the Commission; and 

  

	 	(b)	the operational systems, processes and procedures used by Telecom to provide the Resale Service must give Service Providers the ability to provide End-Users with the
same or a substantially similar service delivery experience (recognising that part of the service delivery experience is the responsibility of the Service Provider) to that experienced by Telecom’s End-Users of the corresponding retail service;
and 

  

	 	(c)	overall, the operational systems, processes, and procedures used by Telecom to provide the Resale Service must not place Service Providers at a material disadvantage,
when compared to the operational systems, processes, and procedures used to provide the corresponding retail service to Telecom’s End-Users; 

  
 13 

 Example 

 

	 	(a)	If the time taken by Telecom to physically provision a new Telecom Retail Homeline voice access service connection is, on average, 10 hours for Telecom’s
End-Users, then, in order to meet the Resale Equivalence standard, the time taken by Telecom to physically provision a new corresponding Homeline Resale Service connection must be, on average, 10 hours or less. 

 

	 	(b)	The service delivery experience of a Service Provider’s End-User supplied with the Homeline Resale Service will be affected by the End-User’s interaction with
the Service Provider’s sales staff (a part of the end-to-end delivery of service provided by the Service Provider alone). The Resale Equivalence standard allows the End-User’s service delivery experience to be different to that of a
Telecom Retail End-User if the Service Provider does not provide the same level of sales staff contact regarding the provision of the Homeline Resale Service as Telecom Retail when providing its Homeline Service. 

 

	 	(c)	The Resale Equivalence standard does not prevent Telecom from offering a service that is different by virtue of the wholesale relationship. For example, Telecom can
provide an unbranded or “white label” Resale Service so that Service Providers are not forced to sell services that are branded as “Telecom” services. 

Resale Service means the resale of any of the following Designated Access Services: 

 

	 	(a)	any Telecom retail service offered by means of Telecom’s fixed telecommunications network; 

 

	 	(b)	any Telecom residential local access and calling service offered by means of Telecom’s fixed telecommunications network; 

 

	 	(c)	any bundle of Telecom retail services offered by means of Telecom’s fixed telecommunications network; and 

 

	 	(d)	any Telecom retail service offered by means of Telecom’s fixed telecommunications network as part of a bundle of retail services; but 

for the avoidance of doubt, Resale Service does not include that part of the end-to-end delivery of a service by a Service Provider to its
End-Users carried out by the Service Provider alone; 
 Residential Services Price List or RSPL means the list of
residential Resale Services and prices that was prepared by Telecom in accordance with the terms of Decision 525 and that is maintained in accordance with clause 64; 
 Retail Units means the unit or units referred to in clause 68; 

Rural Broadband Initiative means the programme to develop enhanced broadband infrastructure in non-urban areas of New Zealand with
the support of Crown grant funding; 

  
 14 

 Rural Telecommunications Service means a Relevant Service that Telecom is obliged to
offer pursuant to the terms of the RBI Contract and for the avoidance of doubt does not include any Relevant Service that is: 
  

	 	(a)	Functionally or technically the same as (or similar to) any Rural Telecommunications Service; but that 

 

	 	(b)	Telecom is not required to provide under the RBI Contract; 

 Separation Day means 31 March 2008; 
 Service Provider has the
meaning given to that term in the Act, but does not include Telecom; 
 Shared Services means the units or functional
groups listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2; 
 Specified Service has the meaning given to that term in the Act;

 Standard Terms Determination or STD means a standard terms determination made by the Commission under section
30M of the Act; 
 Subsidiary has the meaning given by sections 5 to 8 of the Companies Act 1993; 

Support Office means the support office required to be established under clause 81; 

Telecom means TCNZ and any of its Subsidiaries; 
 Telecom Business Unit means an operational business division of Telecom; 

Telecom Fixed Network Business Units means the ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit, and any business unit that controls fixed network
assets predominantly used for the provision of Relevant Services (excluding Resale Services). For the avoidance of doubt: 
  

	 	(a)	Telecom Fixed Network Business Units does not include the Retail Units; and 

 

	 	(b)	if the business group that controls the relevant fixed network assets is a part of a Telecom Business Unit, then that part (and only that part) is a Telecom Fixed
Network Business Unit; 

 Telecommunications Commissioner has the meaning given to that term in the Act;

  
 15 

 TCNZ means Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited whose registered company number
is 328287; 
 Tier 1, Tier 2, or Tier 3 site means a Telecom building that is listed as such in Schedule 3;

 TSO Instrument has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

UBA Backhaul has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 of these Undertakings; 

UCLL Backhaul has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 of these Undertakings; 

Undertakings Implementation Programme Office or UIP Office means the programme office involved with implementing these
Undertakings; 
 Wholesale Priority Rural Telecommunications Services means the following Rural Telecommunications
Services: 
  

	 	(a)	RBI Fibre Bitstream Service for Priority Users (specified layer 2 service); 

 

	 	(b)	Premium RBI Fibre Bitstream Service for Priority Users (specified layer 2 service); and 

 

	 	(c)	RBI Community Fibre Bitstream Service (community FTTP Layer 2 service). 

 Wholesale Unit means the unit referred to in clause 42; 
 Working
Day has the meaning given to that term in the Act. 
  

	1.2	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise: 

  

	 	(a)	Equivalence of Inputs or EOI or EOI standard means that, if Telecom is required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Service:

  

	 	(i)	Telecom must provide itself and the Service Providers with the same service; 

 

	 	(ii)	Telecom must deliver that service to itself and the Service Providers on the same time-scales and on the same terms and conditions (including price and service levels);

  

	 	(iii)	Telecom must deliver that service to itself and the Service Providers by means of the same systems and processes (including operational support processes);

  
 16 

	 	(iv)	Telecom must provide itself and the Service Providers with the same Commercial Information about that service and those same systems and processes; and

  

	 	(v)	when providing that service to itself, Telecom must use systems and processes that Service Providers are able to use in the same way, and with the same degree of
reliability and performance; 

  

	 	(b)	in subclause (a), the same means exactly the same, subject to: 

 

	 	(i)	trivial differences; 

  

	 	(ii)	differences relating to: 

  

	 	(A)	credit requirements and vetting procedures; 

  

	 	(B)	payment procedures; 

  

	 	(C)	matters of national and crime-related security, physical security, security required to protect the operational integrity of the network, or any other security
requirements agreed by Telecom and the Commission; 

  

	 	(D)	provisions relating to the termination of supply; 

  

	 	(E)	provisions relating to dispute resolution (to the extent necessary because Telecom is one company); 

 

	 	(F)	requirements for a safe working environment; and 

  

	 	(iii)	differences that are agreed by Telecom and the Commission in writing; 

  

	 	(iv)	differences that are requested in writing by a Service Provider and agreed to by Telecom; 

 

	 	(v)	differences that are specified elsewhere in these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(vi)	differences relating to terms required by a residual terms determination under subpart 2A of Part 2 of the Act. 

 

	2	Interpretation 

  

	2.1	References in these Undertakings to Telecom’s Access Network, Local Access Network, or Regional Backhaul Network: 

 

	 	(a)	include a reference to those networks as they may be modified or upgraded, or replaced in part, from time to time; but 

  
 17 

	 	(b)	do not include a reference to a network of an entirely different type that is installed in substitution for any of those networks and that is not of a type that is
referred to in the Access Network definition. 

  

	2.2	References in these Undertakings to Telecom being required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Service will be interpreted in accordance with
clause 6 and Telecom will only be required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Service in the circumstances set out in clause 6. 

  

	2.3	References in these Undertakings to a part of Telecom includes, without limitation, a Telecom Business Unit. 

 

	2.4	References in these Undertakings to persons, bodies, roles, groups or units includes successor persons, bodies, roles, groups and units. 

 

	2.5	An example used in these Undertakings is only illustrative of the provisions to which it relates. It does not limit those provisions. If an example and a provision to
which it relates are inconsistent, the provision prevails. 

  

	2.6	Any function or power of the Commission under these Undertakings must be performed or exercised: 

 

	 	(a)	by the Telecommunications Commissioner alone; or 

  

	 	(b)	if the Telecommunications Commissioner requests the chairperson of the Commission to make 2 other members of the Commission available for the performance of a
particular function and the chairperson agrees to that request, by the Telecommunications Commissioner and 2 other members of the Commission. 

  

	2.7	For the purpose of clause 2.6, if there is no Telecommunications Commissioner or if the Telecommunications Commissioner is for any reason unable to perform the
functions or exercise the powers of the Commission that would otherwise have been performed or exercised by him or her under these Undertakings then those functions or powers must be performed or exercised by the chairperson of the Commission.

  

	2.8	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise: 

  

	 	(a)	clause and part headings are for convenience only, and are not part of these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(b)	references to clauses are references to clauses in these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(c)	the singular includes the plural and vice versa; 

  

	 	(d)	words denoting natural persons include any legal entity or association of entities and vice versa; 

 

	 	(e)	reference to a statute means that statute as amended and re-enacted and includes subordinate legislation; 

 

	 	(f)	except where these Undertakings expressly provide otherwise, reference to a document means that document as amended; and 

 

	 	(g)	references in these Undertakings to IP means internet protocol. 

  
 18 

 PART 2: SCOPE AND APPLICATION 

 

	3	Application of Undertakings limited to New Zealand 

 These Undertakings only apply to Telecom in New Zealand. For the avoidance of doubt, Telecom will not use this limitation to circumvent the intent of these Undertakings. 

 

	4	Application of Undertakings limited to Relevant Services 

 Where these Undertakings refer to Telecom or a part of Telecom, the Undertakings only apply to Telecom or the part of Telecom (and to the extent applicable, the Employees, agents and contractors of
Telecom or the part of Telecom) to the extent to which Telecom or the part of Telecom provides, purchases, or is otherwise involved with Relevant Services. 
  

	5	Application of Arm’s-Length Rules limited to Relevant Services 

 The Arm’s-Length Rules only apply to the extent to which any activities or decisions described in the Arm’s-Length Rules relate to or affect Relevant Services. 

Example 

The Arm’s-Length Rules will apply to interactions between the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units in respect of Relevant Wholesale
Services, such as unbundled bitstream access. 
 The Arm’s-Length Rules will not apply to interactions between: 

 

	 	(a)	the Retail Units and Telecom Fixed Network Business Units in respect of services that are not Relevant Services, such as international services; or

  

	 	(b)	the Retail Units and the Wholesale Unit in respect of services that are not Relevant Services, such as PSTN interconnection and Mobile Services.

  

	6	Requirement to provide services to Service Providers limited 

  

	6.1	Nothing in these Undertakings requires Telecom to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Service (even if a Telecom Business Unit provides that service to another
Telecom Business Unit) unless Telecom is required to provide the Relevant Service to a Service Provider under a determination made under Part 2 of the Act, a Telecom Registered Undertaking, or any other law. 

 

	6.2	For the avoidance of doubt, prior to receiving a Relevant Service, a Service Provider will have to: 

 

	 	(a)	be a party to a binding commercial service provision agreement with Telecom for the provision of that service; 

 

	 	(b)	have requested access to the service in accordance with a Standard Terms Determination; 

  
 19 

	 	(c)	have requested access to the service in accordance with a Telecom Registered Undertaking, where that Registered Undertaking provides sufficient terms and conditions to
allow the service to be provided without the need for further terms and conditions to be agreed; or 

  

	 	(d)	be a party to a determination relating to that service issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act where the determination provides sufficient terms and
conditions to allow the service to be provided without the need for further terms and conditions to be agreed. 

  

	7	Role of Board and CEO 

  

	7.1	Nothing in these Undertakings limits: 

  

	 	(a)	the duty or role (or any decision, act or omission done in performing such duty or role) of the Board, any TCNZ director or the CEO, when exercising powers or
performing duties as the Board, a TCNZ director or the CEO, to act in a manner that they, he or she believes is in the best interests of TCNZ; or 

  

	 	(b)	any decision, act or omission of Telecom or any part of Telecom (including any Employee, agent or contractor of Telecom or any part of Telecom) where that decision, act
or omission is done to act in accordance with the directions of the Board or CEO, whether or not doing so would otherwise be contrary to these Undertakings. 

 

	7.2	If the Board or the CEO directs a Telecom Business Unit to act in a way that the Board or the CEO reasonably believes the relevant Telecom Business Unit could not, but
for that direction, itself resolve to do in accordance with these Undertakings, the Board or CEO will: 

  

	 	(a)	give the direction in writing; 

  

	 	(b)	give a copy of the direction to the Commission and the IOG, as soon as practicable after the direction is given; and 

 

	 	(c)	certify to the Commission and the IOG that, in the Board’s or the CEO’s opinion: 

 

	 	(i)	the direction is consistent with the robust operational separation of Telecom; 

 

	 	(ii)	the reason that the direction is given is that it is in the best interests of Telecom as a whole; and 

 

	 	(d)	report to the Commission and the IOG on whether the direction undermines any of the purposes set out in paragraphs (a) to (c) of section 69A of the Act.

  
 20 

	7.3	If the Board or the CEO participates in a significant decision of the ANS Unit in respect of a Relevant Network Access Service, or of the Wholesale Unit in respect of a
Relevant Wholesale Service: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom will provide the IOG with copies of any documentation provided to the Board or CEO that contains the formal recommendation (including relevant supporting
documents, if any) and any documentation that records the different formal decision, if the decision relates to: 

  

	 	(i)	an investment matter involving capital expenditure in excess of the delegated authority of the Manager of the ANS Unit or the delegated authority of the Manager of the
Wholesale Unit (as applicable); 

  

	 	(ii)	any material aspect of the development or introduction of a Relevant Network Access Service that will be provided to Service Providers; 

 

	 	(iii)	any material change to the overall size and/or reach of the Access Network or to Access Network technologies; or 

 

	 	(iv)	any matter that materially impacts on the operation of these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(b)	in any other case, Telecom will provide the IOG with copies of any documentation (including relevant supporting documents, if any) provided to the Board or CEO that
contains the formal recommendation and any documentation that records the different formal decision, if the IOG requests them; and 

  

	 	(c)	Telecom will notify the Commission in writing as soon as practicable when documentation is provided to the IOG under clause 7.3(a) or (b). 

 

	7.4	For the avoidance of doubt, approving a recommendation made by the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit in respect of a Relevant Service is not participation in a decision
for the purpose of clause 7.3. 

  

	7.5	Clause 7.3(a) does not apply to participation of the Board or the CEO in relation to the establishment of each year’s annual and long-term corporate plan and
technology plan (or equivalent documents) of the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit. 

  

	8	Inconsistency 

 If a
provision in this Part 2 and a provision in another Part of these Undertakings are inconsistent, the provision in Part 2 prevails. 

  
 21 

 PART 3: IMPLEMENTATION 

 

	9	Compliance with these Undertakings 

  

	9.1	From the Separation Day, and except as otherwise provided for in clause 9.3, Telecom will comply with the requirements set out in the following clauses of these
Undertakings: 

  

	 	(a)	clause 12, which requires the ANS Unit to be established; 

  

	 	(b)	clause 18, which requires the ANS Unit to be responsible for providing the unbundled copper local loop service; 

 

	 	(c)	clauses 25 and 38, which require the Manager of the ANS Unit to be appointed, and certain Telecom Employees to be Employees working for the ANS Unit;

  

	 	(d)	clause 27, to the extent that it requires an ANS Unit business plan for the balance of the 2007/08 financial year to be submitted to the Board;

  

	 	(e)	clause 30, which requires Employees, agents and contractors working for the ANS Unit to act in good faith and what they believe to be the best commercial interests
of the ANS Unit within the ANS Unit’s scope of business; 

  

	 	(f)	clause 36.1, which requires the ANS Unit’s accommodation to be access-controlled; 

 

	 	(g)	clause 37.1, which requires Telecom to develop a separate brand for the ANS Unit; 

 

	 	(h)	clause 43, which requires the Wholesale Unit to be established; 

  

	 	(i)	clause 44.1, which requires the Wholesale Unit to have sufficient influence over certain assets; 

 

	 	(j)	clauses 53 and 62, which require the Manager of the Wholesale Unit to be appointed, and certain Telecom Employees to be Employees working for the Wholesale Unit;

  

	 	(k)	clause 61, which requires the Wholesale Unit’s accommodation to be access-controlled; 

 

	 	(l)	clause 66 which requires the Wholesale Unit to undertake a consultation process relating to IP Interconnection; 

 

	 	(m)	clause 67 which requires the Wholesale Unit to establish an NGN consultation programme; 

  
 22 

	 	(n)	clauses 77 and 78, which require the IOG to be established and its members appointed; 

 

	 	(o)	clauses 81 and 82, to the extent that those clauses require the Support Office to be established and key staff to be appointed; 

 

	 	(p)	clause 84.1(b), to the extent that it requires Telecom to prepare codes of conduct ready to be considered by the IOG; and 

 

	 	(q)	clauses 34 and 59, which require the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit to manage Commercial Information in certain ways. 

 

	9.2	From 1 July 2008, Telecom will comply with all of the provisions of these Undertakings, except as otherwise provided for in clause 9.3. 

 

	9.3	The following transitional provisions apply to these Undertakings: 

  

	 	(a)	to the extent that clause 32 requires the ANS Unit to have written arrangements in place for the supply to other Telecom Business Units of Relevant Network Asset
Services that the ANS Unit does not provide to Service Providers, Telecom will use its best endeavours to have those arrangements in place as soon as possible, but by no later than 31 December 2008; 

 

	 	(b)	to the extent that clause 57 requires the Wholesale Unit to have written arrangements in place for the supply to the Retail Units of Relevant Wholesale Services that
the Wholesale Unit does not provide to Service Providers, Telecom will use its best endeavours to have those arrangements in place as soon as possible, but by no later than 31 December 2008; 

 

	 	(c)	to the extent that clause 96 requires arrangements with agents and contractors, Telecom will use its best endeavours to have those arrangements in place as soon as
practicable but, subject to clause 9.4, by no later than 31 December 2008; 

  

	 	(d)	to the extent that clause 97 requires Telecom to obtain the agreement from a person (whom Telecom has, prior to the Approval Date, contracted with to operate
Telecom’s assets or perform Telecom’s functions or activities in respect of Relevant Services) to be subject to the same obligations as an Employee working for the Telecom Business Unit whose business is being outsourced under that
contract, Telecom will use its best endeavours to have those arrangements in place as soon as practicable but, subject to clause 9.4, by no later than 31 December 2008; 

  
 23 

	 	(e)	in relation to clauses 33, 58, 88.4(c) and 88.5(c), Telecom will ensure that in respect of access by Employees to information contained in shared information systems
(including those Telecom systems called ICMS, FAIMS, TCDATA, Probe, AXIOSS and TRIAD at the Approval Date) in the ordinary course of business: 

  

	 	(i)	from 1 July 2008 until 30 September 2010 or, in respect of FAIMS, 31 December 2010, any ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information so
accessed by Employees will not be used or disclosed in a manner that is contrary to these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(ii)	by 30 September 2008, it has developed a plan for upgrading or migrating its shared information systems to meet the requirements in clause 9.3(iii), and provided
that plan to the IOG; 

  

	 	(iii)	subject to clause 9.3(e)(iv), by 30 September 2010 (with the exception of FAIMS), Telecom’s shared information systems are upgraded in accordance with the
commitments contained in the migration plan in Part A of Schedule 6 to prevent ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information being accessed by Employees in the ordinary course of business, except as expressly permitted by
clauses 33, 58, 88.4 and 88.5; 

  

	 	(iv)	by 31 December 2009, the systems listed in Part B of Schedule 6 will be deemed compliant with clause 9.3(e)(iii) as long as Telecom has put in place:

  

	 	•	 	 restrictions to ensure that only users who require access in the ordinary course of business are permitted to access those systems;

  

	 	•	 	 a requirement that users of those systems acknowledge that any ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Commercial Information or Customer Confidential Information
so accessed by Employees will not be used or disclosed in a manner that is contrary to these Undertakings; 

  

	 	•	 	 additional training for users of those systems on the information sharing requirements of the Undertakings; and 

 

	 	•	 	 systems and process to confirm that only users who require access in the ordinary course of business are permitted to access those systems.

  

	 	(f)	to the extent that clause 38.1(f) requires Employees who are directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Network
Access Services to be Employees working solely for the ANS Unit, Telecom will comply by no later than 1 July 2008; and 

  
 24 

	 	(g)	Telecom will comply with each of the following clauses by no later than the Working Day that is 30 Working Days after the Approval Date: 

 

	 	(i)	clauses 77 and 78, which require the IOG to be established and its members appointed; 

 

	 	(ii)	clauses 81 and 82, to the extent that those clauses require the Support Office to be established and key staff to be appointed; 

 

	 	(iii)	clause 84.1(b), to the extent that it requires Telecom to prepare codes of conduct ready to be considered by the IOG; and 

 

	 	(iv)	clauses 34 and 59, which require the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit to manage Commercial Information in certain ways. 

 

	9.4	Under clause 9.3(c) or 9.3(d), an arrangement with a particular contractor or person to whom functions or activities have been outsourced that is necessary for Telecom
to comply with clause 96 or 97, may be put in place after 31 December 2008 by a date specified by the Commission if, on application by Telecom, the Commission is satisfied that: 

 

	 	(a)	Telecom has used its best endeavours to put the arrangement in place as soon as practicable; 

 

	 	(b)	it would be impractical or unreasonably expensive to put the arrangement in place before 31 December 2008; and 

 

	 	(c)	it will not undermine a robust operational separation of Telecom if the arrangement is not in place by 31 December 2008. 

 

	9.5	Nothing in these Undertakings derogates from the strict controls that Telecom already has in place in respect of the disclosure and use of wholesale customer
confidential information, as required by Telecom’s wholesale services agreements and interconnection agreements. Without limitation, from the Approval Date until 1 July 2008 these controls will continue to apply to protect wholesale
customer confidential information from misuse. 

  

	10	Variation of these Undertakings 

 For the avoidance of doubt, these Undertakings may be varied in accordance with sections 69T to 69X of the Act. 

  
 25 

 PART 4: FIXED NETWORK ACCESS SERVICE BUSINESS UNIT (ANS UNIT) 

 

	11	Outline of Part 4 

  

	11.1	This Part contains undertakings that apply specifically to the fixed network access service business unit referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(i) of the Act.

  

	11.2	The unit referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(i) of the Act is called the Access Network Services Unit or ANS Unit in these Undertakings. 

 

	12	Establishment of the ANS Unit 

 Telecom will establish and maintain the ANS Unit. 
  

	13	Scope of business of the ANS Unit 

  

	13.1	At the Separation Day, the scope of business of the ANS Unit is to: 

  

	 	(a)	control and operate the Access Network in order to provide Relevant Network Access Services; 

 

	 	(b)	provide Relevant Network Access Services to Telecom Business Units and Service Providers; and 

 

	 	(c)	perform all other ANS Unit functions specified in Part 4 of these Undertakings, 

 in each case in accordance with these Undertakings. 
  

	13.2	The Board or the CEO may change the ANS Unit’s scope of business from time to time provided that: 

 

	 	(a)	the scope of business is not reduced from that provided in clause 13.1; 

  

	 	(b)	the Board or the CEO gives written notice of any material change to the IOG and the Commission; and 

 

	 	(c)	the change is consistent with the robust operational separation of Telecom. 

 

	14	The ANS Unit will control the Access Network 

  

	14.1	The ANS Unit will control the Access Network and the operation of that network. 

  
 26 

	14.2	Unless the context requires otherwise: 

 Access Network means Telecom’s Local Access Network and Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network; 
 Local Access Network: 
  

	 	(a)	means all lines between the network demarcation point at an End-User’s premises (or, where relevant, the building distribution frames) and the local telephone
exchange distribution frame or optical fibre distribution frame or equivalent facility; and 

  

	 	(b)	includes: 

  

	 	(i)	all cables and lines, including aerial and buried customer lead-ins from the network demarcation point at the End-User’s premises, sub-loop, loop and feeder
copper, and optical fibre cables; 

  

	 	(ii)	the following infrastructure and buildings: 

  

	 	(A)	poles, ducts, and manholes; 

  

	 	(B)	towers, distribution cabinets, and buildings that are predominantly used to house equipment that forms part of the access network; 

 

	 	(C)	power and building services equipment in the distribution cabinets and buildings referred to in subparagraph (B); and 

 

	 	(iii)	all Fixed Wireless Access Systems (Fixed End Points) including multi-access radio systems, and microwave systems that are used for backhaul between the points
referred to in paragraph (a); 

  

	 	(iv)	all copper-pair gain and loop conditioning systems, but not including the terminal multiplex equipment; 

 

	 	(v)	all passive and active optical fibre equipment between the network demarcation point at an End-User’s premises (or, where relevant, the building distribution
frames) and the distribution frame or equivalent facility, including the distribution frame or equivalent facility, but not including the optical termination equipment, optical line terminals, PSTN switch, ethernet aggregation switch, or edge router
equipment if that equipment is not connected through a distribution frame; 

  
 27 

	 	(vi)	all copper and optical distribution frames (including main distribution frames, building distribution frames, cabinet-based frames, and intermediate distribution
frames) that are predominantly used for the access network; and 

  

	 	(vii)	those information technology support systems that are necessary to ensure the efficient operation, maintenance, and provisioning of the access network and the current
and future services that are provided by the ANS Unit, except to the extent that they are provided by Shared Services; but 

  

	 	(c)	does not include: 

  

	 	(i)	service nodes, including DSLAMs, multi-service nodes, PSTN switches, or other similar devices that are used to deliver value-added services to End-Users and that are
not required for the normal operation of the access network; 

  

	 	(ii)	customer premises wiring; 

  

	 	(iii)	customer premises equipment; 

  

	 	(iv)	any equipment or facilities that are located in, or exclusively used to provide services to, any areas outside of New Zealand; or 

 

	 	(v)	any Dual-Use Cellular Wireless Systems and any Cellular Mobile Systems; 

 Regional Backhaul Network: 
  

	 	(a)	means, in geographic areas that are served by a Tier 1 or Tier 2 site, all copper, fixed wireless, and optical fibre transmission systems that are predominantly used to
provide connections from a Service Provider’s equipment that is located at a distribution cabinet (or equivalent facility) to the nearest Tier 1 or Tier 2 site; and 

 

	 	(b)	means, in all other areas, all copper, fixed wireless, and optical fibre transmission systems that are predominantly used to provide connections from a Service
Provider’s equipment that is located at a local telephone exchange or distribution cabinet (or equivalent facility) to the nearest Tier 3 site; but 

  

	 	(c)	does not include any equipment or facilities that are located in, or exclusively used to provide services to, the Chatham Islands or any areas outside New Zealand.

  
 28 

	14.3	All arrangements between the ANS Unit and other parts of Telecom or other persons that provide for the ANS Unit to control the Access Network and the operation of that
network will be in writing, including all the terms of the arrangement, including price or appropriate transfer charges (if any). 

  

	14.4	The ANS Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangements entered into in accordance with clause 14.3 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is
entered into, and after there has been any material change to that arrangement. 

  

	15	The ANS Unit’s use of Dual-Use Cellular Wireless Systems 

  

	15.1	Where a Telecom Dual-Use Cellular Wireless System is in an area where there is no Telecom Local Access Network or where the ANS Unit wishes to use the Dual-Use Cellular
Wireless System as a substitute for Telecom’s Local Access Network then: 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit will have an unrestricted entitlement, at its discretion, to use that system as an alternative to or substitute for Telecom’s Local Access Network in
that area for the purpose of offering local access services, and will have sufficient control over that system to enable it to do so; 

  

	 	(b)	any service that the ANS Unit provides that exclusively or mainly uses those systems will be a Relevant Network Access Service; and 

 

	 	(c)	the ANS Unit will make a commercial variant of the UCLL Backhaul service (from the relevant telephone exchange to Telecom’s nearest interconnect point) available
to Service Providers in accordance with clause 31 for the purpose of providing regional backhaul for Service Providers’ fixed wireless access systems. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms and conditions for provision of a commercial
variant of UCLL Backhaul provided under this clause may differ from any terms and conditions for UCLL Backhaul determined by the Commission under Part 2 of the Act to appropriately reflect the different technical and operational requirements of
backhaul for fixed wireless access systems. 

  

	15.2	All arrangements between the ANS Unit and other parts of Telecom entered into for the purpose of clause 15.1 will be in writing, including all the terms of the
arrangement, including price or appropriate transfer charges (if any). 

  

	15.3	The ANS Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangements entered into in accordance with clause 15.2 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is
entered into, and after there has been any material change to that arrangement. 

  
 29 

	16	The ANS Unit will have sufficient influence over other assets 

  

	16.1	The ANS Unit will have sufficient influence over any Telecom network assets that are not under its control but that are used to provide Relevant Network Access Services
to the extent required to provide those services in accordance with these Undertakings. 

 Example

 A Service Provider may require backhaul to beyond the coverage of Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network. In particular,
one of the Regulated LLU backhaul services requires Telecom to provide backhaul beyond the coverage area of the Access Network. The ANS Unit will provide that backhaul service. Therefore, in all cases where the Service Provider requires backhaul to
beyond Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network, the ANS Unit will need to obtain core network transmission capacity from another Telecom Business Unit. 
  

	16.2	All arrangements between the ANS Unit and other parts of Telecom or other persons entered into for the purpose of clause 16.1 will be in writing, including all the
terms of the arrangement, including price or appropriate transfer charges (if any). 

  

	16.3	The ANS Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangements entered into in accordance with clause 16.2 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is
entered into, and after there has been any material change to that arrangement. 

  

	17	Responsibilities of the ANS Unit in relation to the Access Network 

 The ANS Unit will, without limitation, be responsible for: 
  

	 	(a)	building, maintaining, operating, and repairing Telecom’s Access Network; 

 

	 	(b)	making investment decisions relating to Telecom’s Access Network; 

  

	 	(c)	determining which services Telecom’s Access Network must be capable of supporting; and 

 

	 	(d)	determining what enhancements to the functionality of Telecom’s Access Network are appropriate. 

 

	18	The ANS Unit will provide Relevant Network Access Services 

  

	18.1	The ANS Unit will provide Relevant Network Access Services. 

  
 30 

	18.2	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise, Relevant Network Access Services: 

 

	 	(a)	means any current or future fixed telecommunications services that are delivered exclusively or mainly by use of assets that form part of Telecom’s Access Network;
and 

  

	 	(b)	includes any service that is deemed to be a Relevant Network Access Service under clause 15.1(b); but 

 

	 	(c)	does not include: 

  

	 	(i)	Relevant Wholesale Services; 

  

	 	(ii)	interconnection with Telecom’s Fixed PSTN, or interconnection with a Fixed PSTN other than Telecom’s, including any national network transport or network
transit or other services provided in the usual course of PSTN interconnection arrangements; 

  

	 	(iii)	any Designated Multinetwork Services; or 

  

	 	(iv)	to avoid doubt, any Mobile Services. 

 Example 
 The ANS Unit will provide local loop unbundling, local loop
unbundling co-location, and local loop unbundling backhaul (including both distribution cabinet to telephone exchange and telephone exchange to interconnect point). The ANS Unit is not required to supply HSNS because, while this service is delivered
using assets that form part of the Access Network, material service layer assets are also used in the delivery of HSNS. 
  

	18.3	The ANS Unit will publish a list of all Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit makes available to Service Providers on its Internet website, and will update
that list as soon as practicable after a new Relevant Network Access Service becomes available for provision to Service Providers. 

  

	19	Specific responsibilities of the ANS Unit in relation to Relevant Network Access Services 

The ANS Unit will be responsible for the following matters in respect of Relevant Network Access Services, taking into account any matters
that have been determined by the Commission under Part 2 of the Act: 
  

	 	(a)	service management; 

  

	 	(b)	providing a wholesale sales function (including sales to other Telecom Business Units); 

 

	 	(c)	product management and marketing; 

  

	 	(d)	network performance management; 

  
 31 

	 	(e)	specification of the services and their functionality; 

  

	 	(f)	deployment of services, including design, construction, testing, and commissioning; 

 

	 	(g)	service-related procurement processes; and 

  

	 	(h)	setting of terms, including prices. 

  

	20	Fibre to the Premises Access Service 

 The ANS Unit will manage any FTTP Access Network Architecture assets that form part of Telecom’s Local Access Network in a way that: 

 

	 	(a)	is consistent with its obligations under these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(b)	enables the Wholesale Unit to deliver an FTTP Access Service in accordance with its obligations in clause 65. 

 

	21	Standard of equivalence for Relevant Network Access Services 

  

	21.1	Except as provided in clause 22, if the ANS Unit is required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Network Access Service it will provide that service to
the EOI standard: 

  

	 	(a)	for all Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit is required to provide Service Providers with at the Approval Date, and for UCLL Backhaul, in accordance with
the commitments contained in the applicable migration plan (including timeframes) set out in Schedule 1; and 

  

	 	(b)	for all Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with after the Approval Date (other than UCLL Backhaul), in
accordance with the binding commitments contained in a migration plan (including timeframes) developed in accordance with clause 21.2 and approved by the Commission. 

 

	21.2	If clause 21.1(b) applies, Telecom will propose a migration plan (including timeframes) for approval by the Commission that provides: 

 

	 	(a)	that, where the service is covered by a determination issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act or a Standard Terms Determination, the ANS Unit will make the
service available to Service Providers (at the highest level of equivalence that is practicable in the circumstances) on the launch date specified in the determination issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act or the Standard Terms
Determination (as applicable) for that service; 

  
 32 

	 	(b)	if the Commission considers that the service cannot be provided to the EOI standard from the date that Telecom is first required to provide Service Providers with the
service, when and how the service will be migrated to the EOI standard; and 

  

	 	(c)	if appropriate, when and how Telecom will migrate downstream services to consume the service. 

 

	21.3	A migration plan proposed by Telecom under clause 21.2: 

  

	 	(a)	will normally be expected to require Telecom to provide the service in accordance with the December 2009 Requirements by 31 December 2009, and the EOI standard by
31 December 2011; 

  

	 	(b)	will not include any variation to the Undertakings. If Telecom considers that a variation to the Undertakings is required as a result of a migration plan proposed under
clause 21.2, then the appropriate mechanism is for Telecom to endeavour to agree such a variation with the Minister in accordance with sections 69T to 69X of the Act; and 

 

	 	(c)	may be amended by the Commission before it is approved if: 

  

	 	(i)	following reasonable consultation with Telecom, the Commission does not consider it appropriate to approve the migration plan as proposed by Telecom; and

  

	 	(ii)	following that consultation, the Commission then gives Telecom 20 Working Days notice of its intention to amend (including details of the amendments) and approve the
migration plan and Telecom does not submit an amended plan that is acceptable to the Commission before the end of that 20 Working Day period. 

 Example 
 Telecom has only been able to include EOI migration plans in
Schedule 1 for Relevant Network Access Services that it: 
  

	 	(a)	is currently required to provide Service Providers with; or 

  

	 	(b)	knows it will soon be required to provide Service Providers with (where it has a reasonable understanding of what the service will consist of).

 If Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with another Relevant Network Access Service (such as
sub-loop UCLL) in the future, a new EOI migration plan will need to be developed for this service, and Telecom will need to get this plan approved by the Commission. 
  

	22	Different standards of equivalence for newly Regulated Relevant Network Access Services 

If a Relevant Network Access Service is Regulated after the Approval Date and the Minister, following consultation with Telecom, accepts a
recommendation from the Commission that a particular different standard of equivalence to the EOI standard should apply to the service, then: 
  

	 	(a)	that particular standard of equivalence will apply to that service; 

  
 33 

	 	(b)	the ANS Unit will make the recommendation and information about its effect available to the public at all reasonable times on the ANS Unit’s Internet website; and

  

	 	(c)	if the ANS Unit is required to provide Service Providers with that service, it will provide that service on the applicable standard of equivalence in accordance with a
migration plan (including timeframes) approved by the Commission in accordance with clauses 21.2 and 21.3. 

  

	23	The ANS Unit will build services ready for Equivalence of Inputs standard 

 

	23.1	The ANS Unit will build all new Relevant Network Access Services (and associated systems) that it is not required to provide Service Providers with at the Approval Date
in such a manner as to ensure that Service Providers can purchase those services from the ANS Unit to the EOI standard (or, if applicable, the relevant standard of equivalence required by clause 22) immediately or as soon as practicable thereafter
in the event that the ANS Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with the services. 

 Example

 If the ANS Unit decides to build a new Relevant Network Access Service, then the ANS Unit must build that service in a
manner that will enable it to be supplied to the EOI standard as quickly as possible in the event that the ANS Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with the service. This will most likely mean that the ANS Unit will build that new
service in a manner that ensures it is compatible with and makes use of the 12 EOI building blocks described in Schedule 1. 
  

	23.2	Clause 23.1 is subject to any minor exceptions agreed by the Commission for a particular Relevant Network Access Service. 

Example 

Telecom may seek agreement from the Commission that the ANS Unit build a new service in a manner that is not consistent with achieving the
EOI standard as soon as practicable where: 
  

	 	(a)	the service is expected to only be supplied to another part of Telecom; or 

 

	 	(b)	the service is expected to only be supplied to a particular Service Provider. 

 It is acknowledged that the Commission will consider each request for an exception to clause 23.1 on a case-by-case basis, and may or may not agree to an exception in these situations. 

  
 34 

	24	The ANS Unit will act on a stand-alone basis and at arm’s-length 

 

	24.1	In respect of Relevant Services, the ANS Unit will operate on a stand-alone basis, at arm’s-length from any other Telecom Business Unit. 

 

	24.2	The ANS Unit will: 

  

	 	(a)	have relationships, dealings, and transactions with other Telecom Business Units in respect of Relevant Services that do not include elements that parties in their
respective positions would usually omit, and that do not omit elements that parties in their respective positions would usually include, if: 

  

	 	(i)	the parties were acting independently; 

  

	 	(ii)	one party (the ANS Unit) was acting on a stand-alone basis; 

  

	 	(iii)	the parties were acting at arm’s-length; and 

  

	 	(b)	in respect of Relevant Services, comply with the other Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the ANS Unit. 

 

	24.3	For the avoidance of doubt, clause 24.2 does not apply in respect of any arrangements put in place for the purpose of complying with clause 94.

  

	25	Separate management and reporting lines for the ANS Unit 

  

	25.1	Telecom will ensure that, at all times, one person is appointed to have responsibility for the management of the ANS Unit. 

 

	25.2	The Manager of the ANS Unit will: 

  

	 	(a)	work solely on matters relating to the ANS Unit and not have responsibility for other parts of Telecom; 

 

	 	(b)	manage the ANS Unit in a way designed to secure compliance with the provisions of these Undertakings that apply to the ANS Unit and to optimise the commercial interests
of the ANS Unit in accordance with the ANS Unit’s scope of business; and 

  

	 	(c)	report directly to the CEO. 

  

	26	Employees working for the ANS Unit will not work for any other part of Telecom 

 

	26.1	No Employee working for the ANS Unit may work for any other part of Telecom. 

  
 35 

	26.2	Clause 26.1 does not prevent the ANS Unit from doing technical or operational work for another part of Telecom where: 

 

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit and that part have entered into a written agreement for the ANS Unit to do that work on commercial terms; 

 

	 	(b)	the written agreement and the work covered by the agreement comply with the Arm’s-Length Rules and do not circumvent the intent of these Undertakings; and

  

	 	(c)	Telecom provides a copy of the written agreement to the IOG as soon as practicable after the agreement has been entered into, and after there has been any material
change to the agreement. 

 Example 

The ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit may wish to enter into an agreement for ANS Unit Employees located in exchanges to do maintenance work
on Wholesale Unit DSLAMs located in those exchanges. The ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit must ensure that: 
  

	 	(a)	the agreement is entered into on commercial terms that are recorded in writing; 

 

	 	(b)	the agreement ensures that any restrictions on the sharing of ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Commercial Information and Confidential Information and any other applicable
Arm’s-Length Rules are complied with; 

  

	 	(c)	the work covered by the agreement is actually done by ANS Unit Employees in a manner that complies with the information sharing restrictions and all of the applicable
Arm’s-Length Rules; 

  

	 	(d)	the agreement as a whole and the actual doing of work covered by that agreement are consistent with the intent of the Undertakings; and 

 

	 	(e)	the agreement is provided to the IOG and the IOG is kept informed whenever the agreement changes. 

If it wished to do so, the ANS Unit could enter into an agreement with a Service Provider to do maintenance work on the Service
Provider’s DSLAMs that are located in ANS Unit exchanges. 
  

	27	Setting the ANS Unit annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans 

 

	27.1	Each year the ANS Unit will develop and submit to the Board annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans (or equivalent documents) of the ANS Unit for the
Board to approve, amend or otherwise deal with as the Board sees fit (provided that the Board complies with the requirements of clause 7). Such plans may comprise those parts of Telecom plans that relate to the ANS Unit. The CEO may participate
in the development of the ANS Unit’s annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans (or equivalent documents). 

  

	27.2	The ANS Unit will provide the IOG with: 

  

	 	(a)	a copy of any plan approved by the Board under clause 27.1; and 

  

	 	(b)	certification from the Board and CEO that the plan provided under (a) above, and their involvement in the development of that plan, complies with the Undertakings
and is consistent with a robust operational separation of Telecom. 

  
 36 

	28	Implementation of plans and day-to-day management 

  

	28.1	The ANS Unit will be solely responsible for: 

  

	 	(a)	the implementation of the ANS Unit’s annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans approved by the Board; and 

 

	 	(b)	the day-to-day management of the ANS Unit within the ANS Unit’s scope of business. 

 

	28.2	The Board and the CEO will certify annually that the ANS Unit has sufficient resources to enable the Manager of the ANS Unit to manage the ANS Unit in accordance with
clause 28.1. 

  

	28.3	The delegation of authority to the Manager of the ANS Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	at the Approval Date is outlined in Schedule 4; 

  

	 	(b)	cannot be decreased from the delegation outlined in Schedule 4; and 

  

	 	(c)	will not be less than a standard Telecom level 2 (i.e. a direct operational report to the CEO) delegation. 

 

	28.4	Whenever Telecom makes a material change to the delegation to the Manager of the ANS Unit, Telecom will notify the IOG and the Commission of the change.

  

	28.5	Telecom will ensure that the delegation to the Manager of the ANS Unit will be sufficient to allow him or her to manage the ANS Unit in accordance with
clause 28.1. 

  

	29	Formulation of the ANS Unit’s Commercial Policies 

 The ANS Unit will formulate its own Commercial Policies in respect of Relevant Network Access Services. 
  

	30	The ANS Unit will act in its own best interests 

 All ANS Unit Employees, agents and contractors will act in good faith and in what they believe to be in the best commercial interests of the ANS Unit within the ANS Unit’s scope of business when
making decisions on behalf of the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Network Access Services. 

  
 37 

	31	The ANS Unit will not discriminate 

  

	31.1	When doing or omitting to do anything in respect of the provision of a Relevant Network Access Service, the ANS Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors)
will not discriminate between Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units or between Service Providers. 

  

	31.2	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	clause 31.1 does not prevent the ANS Unit from doing or omitting to do something in respect of the provision of a Relevant Network Access Service that is different
for different recipients of that service where those differences reflect the different requirements of the recipients; 

  

	 	(b)	clause 31.1 is subject to clause 6; and 

  

	 	(c)	this clause does not limit clauses 21 or 22. 

  

	32	The ANS Unit’s trading arrangements 

  

	32.1	If the ANS Unit provides a Relevant Network Access Service to another Telecom Business Unit, the provision of that service to that Telecom Business Unit will be
governed by a written arrangement that sets out the terms of supply, including price or appropriate transfer charges. 

  

	32.2	The ANS Unit will provide a copy of a written arrangement entered into for the purpose of clause 32.1 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is
entered into, and after there has been a material change to that arrangement. 

  

	33	The ANS Unit’s Customer Confidential Information 

  

	33.1	The ANS Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information to any other part of Telecom unless the
Service Provider to which the information relates consents. 

  

	33.2	Notwithstanding clause 33.1, the ANS Unit may disclose ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information to another part of Telecom where that disclosure:

  

	 	(a)	is necessary operationally to enable the ANS Unit to provide a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(b)	is made in order to transfer an order for a Relevant Service from the ANS Unit to the Wholesale Unit (or vice versa) in accordance with arrangements made to comply with
clause 94; or 

  

	 	(c)	is permitted under clause 91. 

  
 38 

	33.3	If ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clause 33.2(a) or (b), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose the information to
another person only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the ANS Unit to that person would be permitted under clause 33.2; or 

  

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	33.4	Any person who receives ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information under clause 33.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure of the
information to that other person would be permitted under clause 33.3. For the purposes of this clause 33, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 33.3. 

 

	33.5	If ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clauses 33.2(a), 33.2(b), 33.3 or 33.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed will maintain
the confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it. 

 

	34	The ANS Unit’s Commercial Information 

  

	34.1	The ANS Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose ANS Unit Commercial Information in respect of a Relevant Network Access Service to any
other part of Telecom unless that information is also made available on an equal basis to all Eligible Service Providers in respect of that Relevant Service. 

 

	34.2	Notwithstanding clause 34.1, the ANS Unit may disclose ANS Unit Commercial Information to another part of Telecom where that disclosure: 

 

	 	(a)	relates to Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit is not required to provide Service Providers with and that the ANS Unit is not providing to a Service
Provider and has not yet decided to provide to Service Providers; 

  

	 	(b)	is necessary operationally to enable the ANS Unit to provide a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(c)	is made in order to transfer an order for a Relevant Service from the ANS Unit to the Wholesale Unit (or vice versa) in accordance with arrangements made to comply with
clause 94; or 

  

	 	(d)	is permitted under clause 90. 

  

	34.3	If ANS Unit Commercial Information is disclosed under clause 34.2(b) or (c), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose the information to another
person only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the ANS Unit to that person would be permitted under clause 34.2; or 

  
 39 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	34.4	Any person who receives ANS Unit Commercial Information under clause 34.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure of the information to that
other person would be permitted under clause 34.3. For the purposes of this clause 34, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 34.3. 

 

	34.5	If ANS Unit Commercial Information is disclosed under clauses 34.2(b), 34.2(c), 34.3 or 34.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed will maintain the
confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it. 

 

	35	The ANS Unit’s incentive arrangements 

  

	35.1	All incentive remuneration for Employees working for the ANS Unit will reflect solely the objectives and performance of the ANS Unit and can include the personal
performance of the Employees in their roles as Employees working for the ANS Unit. 

  

	35.2	The remuneration for Employees working for the ANS Unit will not comprise any Telecom shares or any incentives that are directly or indirectly linked to Telecom’s
overall performance. 

  

	35.3	Clauses 35.1 and 35.2 apply to both short-term incentive schemes (such as annual bonuses) and long-term incentive and remuneration schemes.

  

	35.4	Clauses 35.1 to 35.3 do not prevent Employees working for the ANS Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	from participating in Telecom’s group-wide Employee benefit arrangements that are not directly or indirectly linked to Telecom’s overall performance; or

 Example 
 Employees working for the ANS Unit may purchase discounted health insurance arranged by Telecom and offered to all Telecom Employees. 

 

	 	(b)	who have previously worked for another part of Telecom from retaining any incentive remuneration or entitlement received as a result of his or her work for the other
part of Telecom. 

  
 40 

	36	The ANS Unit’s accommodation 

  

	36.1	All Employees working for the ANS Unit will be located in access-controlled accommodation that is separately secured from all other parts of Telecom.

  

	36.2	No later than 12 months after the Separation Day all Employees working for the ANS Unit will be located in accommodation that is separately located from all other parts
of Telecom. 

  

	36.3	Notwithstanding clause 36.2 an Employee working for the ANS Unit is not required to be located in separate accommodation if: 

 

	 	(a)	the Employee works in a place where the ANS Unit does not have a significant number of Employees; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Commission has agreed, on application by Telecom, that: 

  

	 	(i)	it would be impractical or unreasonably expensive to comply with the requirement in clause 36.2 in relation to that Employee; and 

 

	 	(ii)	appropriate alternative procedures are in place in relation to the Employee in order to ensure compliance with the Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the ANS Unit.

  

	37	The ANS Unit’s branding 

  

	37.1	The ANS Unit will develop, and only use, its own separate brand. The separate brand for the ANS Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	will not include the word Telecom; and 

  

	 	(b)	may be used in proximity to an endorsement containing either the word Telecom or the Telecom logo, or both, but only if that endorsement is secondary to the ANS brand.

  

	37.2	The separate brand for the ANS Unit developed under clause 37.1 will be implemented progressively within the timeframe agreed by Telecom and the IOG.

  

	38	Employees working solely for the ANS Unit 

  

	38.1	The following Employees will work solely for the ANS Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	all Employees who are directly involved in the provision, installation, maintenance, fault restoration, and repair of Telecom’s Access Network, except to the
extent that those persons work for Shared Services; 

  
 41 

	 	(b)	all Employees who are directly involved in the planning, design, implementation, and in-life service management of Relevant Network Access Services, except to the
extent that those persons work for Shared Services; 

  

	 	(c)	all Employees who are directly involved in providing a wholesale sales function in respect of Relevant Network Access Services, except to the extent that those persons
work for the Wholesale Unit and are involved with the provision of this sales function in order to comply with arrangements made in accordance with clause 94; 

 

	 	(d)	the managers of the Employees referred to in paragraphs (a) to (c) (excluding the managers of Employees who work for Shared Services or the Wholesale Unit) up
to and including the Manager of the ANS Unit; 

  

	 	(e)	those Employees who carry out activities that are ancillary to those described in any of paragraphs (a) to (c) except to the extent that those persons work
for Shared Services or the Wholesale Unit; and 

  

	 	(f)	all Employees who are directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Network Access Services.

  

	38.2	Clause 38.1 does not prevent the ANS Unit from doing technical or operational work for another part of Telecom in accordance with clause 26.2.

  

	39	Consultation about changes to the Access Network 

  

	39.1	If the ANS Unit consults with a Required Telecom Business Unit before making any significant decision in relation to: 

 

	 	(a)	changes to Telecom’s Access Network; 

  

	 	(b)	changes to the specifications or functionality of any Relevant Network Access Service that the ANS Unit provides to Service Providers; or 

 

	 	(c)	the introduction of any new Relevant Network Access Service that the ANS Unit intends (at the time) to provide to Service Providers or any variant of an existing
Relevant Network Access Service that the ANS Unit provides to Service Providers; 

 and that decision may affect a
Service Provider’s use or experience of a Relevant Network Access Service, then the ANS Unit will also consult with the affected Service Providers. 

  
 42 

	39.2	The ANS Unit will ensure that the extent and timing of consultation under clause 39.1 will be comparable in effect for each Required Telecom Business Unit and affected
Service Provider. 

  

	40	Other Relevant Network Access Services that Telecom chooses to provide 

 If the ANS Unit chooses to provide a Service Provider with a Relevant Network Access Service that it is not required to provide Service Providers with, then the ANS Unit will provide that service to the
Service Provider on commercial terms in accordance with the non-discrimination undertaking in clause 31. 
  

	41	Process for ANS Unit requests 

 The ANS Unit will establish a process for making, considering, advising, and implementing decisions about requests in respect of Relevant Network Access Services and/or the Access Network, whereby:

  

	 	(a)	all persons who have or seek access to Relevant Network Access Services (whether other Telecom Business Units or Service Providers) use the same request form;

  

	 	(b)	the process is substantially the same for all those persons, in like circumstances; and 

 

	 	(c)	the process is subject to oversight by the IOG, including reviewing whether requests have been dealt with in accordance with the process. 

  
 43 

 PART 5: WHOLESALE BUSINESS UNIT 

 

	42	Outline of Part 5 

  

	42.1	This Part contains undertakings that apply specifically to the one or more Telecom Business Units referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(ii) of the Act that must provide a
wholesale function for all Relevant Services (except to the extent that a wholesale function is provided by the ANS Unit). 

  

	42.2	The Telecom Business Unit or Units referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(ii) of the Act are together called the Wholesale Unit in these Undertakings.

  

	43	Establishment of the Wholesale Unit 

  

	43.1	Telecom will establish and maintain the Wholesale Unit. 

  

	43.2	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	if Telecom chooses to include the Wholesale Unit as part of a Telecom Business Unit, then the obligations in these Undertakings that apply to the Wholesale Unit only
apply to that part; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit will not be part of the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit. 

  

	44	Wholesale Unit will have sufficient influence over relevant assets 

  

	44.1	The Wholesale Unit is not required to control any assets. However, the Wholesale Unit will have sufficient influence over any Telecom network assets that it does not
control (excluding assets controlled by ANS) but that are used to provide Relevant Wholesale Services to the extent necessary to provide those services in accordance with these Undertakings. 

 

	44.2	All arrangements between the Wholesale Unit and another Telecom Business Unit or other persons that provide for the Wholesale Unit to have influence over Telecom
network assets will be in writing, including all the terms of the arrangement, including price or appropriate transfer charges (if any). 

  

	44.3	The Wholesale Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangement entered into in accordance with clause 44.2 to the IOG, as soon as practicable after the
arrangement is entered into, and after there has been any material change to that arrangement. 

  

	45	Wholesale Unit will provide Relevant Wholesale Services 

  

	45.1	The Wholesale Unit will provide Relevant Wholesale Services. 

  
 44 

	45.2	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise, Relevant Wholesale Services: 

 

	 	(a)	means: 

  

	 	(i)	in relation to Resale Services, only those services that are included in DSPL or RSPL, including any replacement or successor services that are added to DSPL or RSPL in
accordance with clause 64, and any Resale Services that are covered by a future determination under Part 2 of the Act; 

  

	 	(ii)	all other Designated Access Services and Specified Services (regardless of whether there is a determination under Part 2 of the Act currently in force in relation to
that service), including, for the avoidance of doubt, any IP interconnection services that become Designated Access Services or Specified Services after the Approval Date; 

 

	 	(iii)	any fixed network service that is subject to a Telecom Registered Undertaking; 

 

	 	(iv)	all packet-based bitstream services (and their associated functions, including operational support systems) that enable access to, and interconnection with, that part
of Telecom’s NGN that connects the End-User’s building (or, where relevant, the building distribution frames) to Telecom’s first aggregation switch (or equivalent facility) other than a DSLAM (or equivalent facility);

  

	 	(v)	from 1 January 2009, IP Interconnection for Voice Services and IP Interconnection for Virtual Private Network Services; but 

Example 

Telecom’s HSNS service and the FTTP Access Service are services that are covered by clause 45.2(a)(iv). 

 

	 	(b)	does not include: 

  

	 	(i)	Relevant Network Access Services; 

  

	 	(ii)	any Resale Services that have been grandfathered in accordance with clause 64 as at 31 December 2009; 

 

	 	(iii)	as soon as Telecom meets the December 2009 Requirements, any Resale Service based on a new retail service first offered after the Approval Date (and that would
otherwise be a replacement or successor service to a Resale Service in DSPL or RSPL in accordance with clause 64) and that consumes a Wholesale Unit input service that is provided in accordance with the December 2009 Requirements, unless that new
service is subject to a current determination under Part 2 of the Act, and provided that Telecom complies with its obligations under clause 64.5 in relation to the DSPL or RSPL service that the new service would otherwise be a replacement or
successor service for; 

  
 45 

 Example 
 At the end of 2009, Telecom will provide a new retail broadband service that will consume as an input a UBA service that is being supplied to both Service Providers and the Retail Units in accordance with
the December 2009 Requirements (which, among other things, requires supply of the same service). When Telecom provides this retail broadband service to Telecom End-Users, the Wholesale Unit will not be required to resell the retail broadband service
under these Undertakings unless the Commission makes a determination under Part 2 of the Act for resale of that service. Telecom will need to comply with its obligations under clause 64.5 in relation to continued supply of the resale version of the
existing retail Xtra broadband service in certain circumstances. 
  

	 	(iv)	any Resale Service that Telecom is required to provide under clause 45.2(a)(i) which is no longer controlled by Telecom including, for the avoidance of doubt, the
product families called additional/enhanced directory listings, directory assistance, and international directory assistance at the Approval Date; 

 Example 
 Following the sale of the Yellow Pages Group, Telecom no longer
controls the additional/enhanced directory listings, directory assistance or international directory assistant product families. 
  

	 	(v)	the Designated Access Service of interconnection with Telecom’s Fixed PSTN or the Designated Access Service of interconnection with a Fixed PSTN other than
Telecom’s including, for the avoidance of doubt, any national network transport or network transit or other services provided in the usual course of PSTN interconnection arrangements; 

 

	 	(vi)	any Designated Multinetwork Services; or 

  

	 	(vii)	for the avoidance of doubt, any Mobile Services. 

 Example 
 The Wholesale Unit will provide unbundled bitstream access,
unbundled bitstream backhaul and those Resale Services that are listed in DSPL or RSPL (subject to a few limited exceptions). 
  

	45.3	In these Undertakings, NGN means a packet-based fixed network: 

  

	 	(a)	which is able to: 

  

	 	(i)	provide telecommunications services; 

  
 46 

	 	(ii)	make use of multiple broadband and quality of service-enabled transport technologies; and 

 

	 	(b)	in which service-related functions are independent of underlying transport-related technologies. 

 

	45.4	The Wholesale Unit will publish a list of all Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit makes available to Service Providers on its Internet website, and will
update that list as soon as practicable after a new Relevant Wholesale Service becomes available for provision to Service Providers. 

  

	46	Specific responsibilities of the Wholesale Unit in relation to Relevant Wholesale Services 

 

	46.1	The Wholesale Unit will be responsible for the following matters in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services, taking into account any matters that have been determined by
the Commission under Part 2 of the Act: 

  

	 	(a)	service management; 

  

	 	(b)	providing a wholesale sales function (including sales to other Telecom Business Units); 

 

	 	(c)	product management and marketing; 

  

	 	(d)	network performance management, to the extent that the Wholesale Unit controls the relevant assets; 

 

	 	(e)	design and specification of the services and their functionality; 

  

	 	(f)	service-related procurement processes; and 

  

	 	(g)	setting of terms, including prices. 

  

	46.2	For the avoidance of doubt, clause 46.1 does not apply to a Resale Service that is a Relevant Wholesale Service to the extent that the Retail Units are responsible
for these matters when developing and providing the corresponding retail service. 

  
 47 

	47	Wholesale Unit will provide certain Relevant Wholesale Services to an Equivalence of Inputs standard 

 

	47.1	Except as provided in clauses 47.2, 48 and 49, if the Wholesale Unit is required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Wholesale Service, it will provide
that service on the EOI standard: 

  

	 	(a)	for all Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit is required to provide Service Providers with at the Approval Date, and for UBA Backhaul, in accordance with
the commitments contained in the applicable migration plan (including timeframes) set out in Schedule 1; and 

  

	 	(b)	for all Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with after the Approval Date (other than UBA Backhaul) in
accordance with the binding commitments contained in a migration plan (including timeframes) developed in accordance with clause 47.2 and approved by the Commission. 

 

	47.2	Except as provided in clause 48, if clause 47.1(b) applies, Telecom will propose a migration plan (including timeframes) for approval by the Commission that provides:

  

	 	(a)	that, where the service is covered by a determination issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act or a Standard Terms Determination, the Wholesale Unit will
make the service available to Service Providers (at the highest level of equivalence that is practicable in the circumstances) on the launch date specified in the determination issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act or Standard Terms
Determination (as applicable) for that service; 

  

	 	(b)	if the Commission considers that the service cannot be provided to the EOI standard from the date that Telecom is first required to provide Service Providers with the
service, when and how the service will be migrated to the EOI standard; and 

  

	 	(c)	if appropriate, when and how Telecom will migrate downstream services to consume the service. 

 

	47.3	A migration plan proposed by Telecom under clause 47.2: 

  

	 	(a)	will normally be expected to require Telecom to provide the service in accordance with the December 2009 Requirements by 31 December 2009, and the EOI standard by
31 December 2011; 

  

	 	(b)	will not include any variation to or departures from the Undertakings. If Telecom considers that a variation to the Undertakings is required as a result of a migration
plan proposed under clause 47.2, then Telecom will endeavour to agree such a variation with the Minister in accordance with sections 69T to 69X of the Act; and 

  
 48 

	 	(c)	may be amended by the Commission before it is approved if: 

  

	 	(i)	following reasonable consultation with Telecom, the Commission does not consider it appropriate to approve the migration plan as proposed by Telecom; and

  

	 	(ii)	following that consultation, the Commission then gives Telecom 20 Working Days notice of its intention to amend (including details of the amendments) and approve the
migration plan and Telecom does not submit an amended plan that is acceptable to the Commission before the end of that 20 Working Day period. 

 Example 
 Telecom has only been able to include EOI migration plans in
Schedule 1 for Relevant Wholesale Services that it: 
  

	 	(a)	is currently required to provide Service Providers with; and 

  

	 	(b)	knows it will soon be required to provide Service Providers with (where it has a reasonable understanding of what the service will consist of).

 If Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with another Relevant Wholesale Service (such as a new
UBA variant) in the future, a new EOI migration plan will need to be developed for this service, and Telecom will need to get this plan approved by the Commission. 
  

	48	Wholesale Unit will provide Resale Services to the Resale Equivalence standard 

 

	48.1	The standard of equivalence that applies to Resale Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services, is the Resale Equivalence standard. The Wholesale Unit will meet the
Resale Equivalence development milestones set out in Schedule 1 and will provide Resale Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services on the Resale Equivalence standard by 31 December 2009. 

 

	48.2	Notwithstanding clause 48.1 the Resale Equivalence standard does not apply to a Resale Service if: 

 

	 	(a)	the Wholesale Unit and the Service Provider have agreed to the application of a different standard; 

 

	 	(b)	subject to clause 48.3, 500 or fewer instances of the Resale Service are provisioned for Service Provider End-Users; or 

 

	 	(c)	subject to clause 48.3, there are no End-Users purchasing the comparable retail service; 

  
 49 

 and in each case, the Commission has been advised of the application of the different
standard and has not objected to it. In these circumstances the relevant different standard will apply. 
  

	48.3	If either clause 48.2(b) or 48.2(c) apply, and the Commission has been advised of the application of the different standard and has not objected to it, the Resale
Service must be provided at a standard that is no worse than the standard of provision as at the Approval Date which, for the avoidance of doubt, will be consistent with clause 5(c) of Schedule 1, part 1, subpart 1 of the Act.

  

	48.4	If Telecom is notified of any failure to meet the Resale Equivalence standard or any other standard of equivalence required by this clause, it will have a reasonable
amount of time (as set by the Commission following consultation with Telecom) to meet that standard provided that: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom takes all reasonable steps during that period to try to achieve compliance; and 

 

	 	(b)	the failure to meet the standard is inadvertent. 

  

	48.5	Telecom will not be in breach of these Undertakings to the extent that clause 48.4 applies. 

 

	49	Different standards of equivalence for newly Regulated Relevant Wholesale Services 

If a Relevant Wholesale Service is Regulated after the Approval Date, and the Minister, following consultation with Telecom, accepts a
recommendation from the Commission that a particular different standard of equivalence to EOI or Resale Equivalence should apply to that service, then: 
  

	 	(a)	that particular different standard of equivalence will apply to that service; 

 

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit will make the recommendation and information about its effect available to the public at all reasonable times on the Wholesale Unit’s Internet
website; and 

  

	 	(c)	if the Wholesale Unit is required to provide Service Providers with that service, it will provide that service on the applicable standard of equivalence in accordance
with a migration plan (including timeframes) approved by the Commission in accordance with clauses 47.2 and 47.3. 

  
 50 

	50	Wholesale Unit will build services ready for Equivalence of Inputs standard 

 

	50.1	The Wholesale Unit will build all new Relevant Wholesale Services (and associated systems) that it is not required to provide Service Providers with at the Approval
Date in such a manner as to ensure that Service Providers can purchase those services from the Wholesale Unit to the EOI standard (or, if applicable, the relevant other standard of equivalence required by clause 48 or 49) immediately or as soon
as practicable thereafter in the event that the Wholesale Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with the service. 

 Example 
 If the Wholesale Unit decides to build a new Relevant Wholesale
Service (such as a new UBA variant), then the Wholesale Unit must build that service in a manner that will enable it to be supplied to the EOI standard as quickly as possible in the event that the Wholesale Unit becomes required to provide Service
Providers with the service. This will most likely mean that the Wholesale Unit will build that new service in a manner that ensures it is compatible with and makes use of the 12 EOI building blocks described in Schedule 1. 

 

	50.2	Notwithstanding clause 50.1, the Wholesale Unit is not required to build or procure the build of a Relevant Wholesale Service after the Approval Date in such a way that
will allow the service to be provided to the EOI standard where: 

  

	 	(a)	the service is built specifically at the request of a particular Service Provider, and it is reasonably expected that Telecom and other Service Providers will not wish
to use that service. In such circumstances, the service will be built in a manner that will allow it to be provided at the standard required by the relevant Service Provider; or 

 

	 	(b)	the service is one that Telecom reasonably expects that it will not meaningfully consume itself because of the particular characteristics of the service, and therefore
the EOI standard is not appropriate because it cannot be measured or applied in such circumstances. In such circumstances, the Relevant Service will be built in a manner that will allow it to be supplied on fair and reasonable terms in accordance
with the non-discrimination undertaking in clause 56. 

  

	50.3	Without limiting clause 50.2, clause 50.1 is subject to any minor exceptions agreed by the Commission. 

 

	51	Other Relevant Services that Wholesale Unit chooses to provide 

 If the Wholesale Unit chooses to provide a Service Provider with a Relevant Wholesale Service that it is not required to provide Service Providers with, then the Wholesale Unit will provide that service
to the Service Provider on commercial terms in accordance with the non-discrimination undertaking in clause 56. 

  
 51 

	52	Wholesale Unit will act at arm’s-length from the Retail Units 

  

	52.1	In respect of Relevant Wholesale Services, the Wholesale Unit will operate at arm’s-length from the Retail Units. 

 

	52.2	The Wholesale Unit will: 

  

	 	(a)	have relationships, dealings, and transactions with the Retail Units in respect of Relevant Services that do not include elements that parties in their respective
positions would usually omit, and that do not omit elements that parties in their respective positions would usually include, if: 

  

	 	(i)	the parties were acting independently; 

  

	 	(ii)	the parties were acting at arm’s-length; and 

  

	 	(b)	in respect of Relevant Services, comply with the other Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the Wholesale Unit. 

 

	52.3	The purpose of this clause 52.3 is to: 

  

	 	(a)	enable reasonable interaction between the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units in order to enable the Retail Units to develop new retail services that are based on
non-Regulated packet-based bitstream services; and 

  

	 	(b)	facilitate innovation in a way that is most efficient and consistent with the way other Service Providers would develop services that are not Regulated.

 In order to achieve this purpose, the Arm’s-Length Rules in clauses 52.1, 52.2, 59 and 88.5 do not
apply to interactions between the Wholesale Unit and a Retail Unit in respect of a non-Regulated packet-based bitstream service (and its associated functions, including operational support systems) that is a Relevant Wholesale Service as described
in clause 45.2(a)(iv) until that Retail Unit offers a service that consumes the non-Regulated packet-based bitstream service on a commercial basis (which excludes bona fide trials undertaken as part of the retail service development). For the
avoidance of doubt, this clause must not be used in a way that undermines a robust operational separation of Telecom. 
  

	52.4	For the avoidance of doubt, clauses 52.1, 52.2, 70.1 and 70.2 will not require the Wholesale Unit to have trading or other purchase arrangements with the Retail Units
for obtaining services, information or inputs from Retail Units that are required for the Wholesale Unit to provide Resale Services. 

  
 52 

	52.5	The Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units under clauses 52.1, 52.2, 70.1 and 70.2 will be applied in a manner that will enable
the Wholesale Unit to: 

  

	 	(a)	obtain the information or advice needed from the Retail Units to provide Resale Services, including information and advice in relation to: 

 

	 	(i)	price changes; 

  

	 	(ii)	service change, grandfathering or withdrawal notifications; 

  

	 	(iii)	technical provision details; 

  

	 	(iv)	terms and conditions, policies, user guides, collateral, business rules or service delivery rules; and 

 

	 	(b)	participate in the development of Retail Unit services to the extent necessary to be able to develop the corresponding Resale Service; and 

 

	 	(c)	have access to the Retail Units’ assets that are required to provide Resale Services. 

 

	53	Separate management and reporting lines for the Wholesale Unit 

  

	53.1	Telecom will ensure that, at all times, one person is appointed to have responsibility for the management of the Wholesale Unit. Where the Wholesale Unit is part of a
Telecom Business Unit this person will be the manager of that Telecom Business Unit. 

  

	53.2	Telecom has discretion to determine the title of the position of the Manager of the Wholesale Unit. 

 

	53.3	The Manager of the Wholesale Unit will: 

  

	 	(a)	not have any responsibility for the ANS Unit or any of the Retail Units (but may also have responsibility for any other Telecom Business Unit);

  

	 	(b)	manage the Wholesale Unit in a way designed to secure compliance with the provisions of these Undertakings that apply to the Wholesale Unit; and

  

	 	(c)	report directly to the CEO. 

  

	54	Employees working for the Wholesale Unit will not work for the Retail Units 

 

	54.1	No Employee working for the Wholesale Unit may work for any of the Retail Units. 

  
 53 

	54.2	Clause 54.1 does not prevent the Wholesale Unit from doing technical or operational work for a Retail Unit where: 

 

	 	(a)	the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Unit have entered into a written agreement for the Wholesale Unit to do that work on commercial terms; 

 

	 	(b)	the agreement and the work covered by the agreement comply with the Arm’s-Length Rules and do not circumvent the intent of these Undertakings; and

  

	 	(c)	Telecom provides a copy of the written agreement to the IOG as soon as practicable after the agreement has been entered into, and after there has been any material
change to the agreement. 

  

	55	Wholesale Unit will formulate own Commercial Policies 

 The Wholesale Unit will formulate its own Commercial Policies in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services. In formulating any Commercial Policy for a Resale Service that is a Relevant Wholesale Service, the
Wholesale Unit may take into account the direct consequences that arise from the Resale Service being based on a corresponding retail service. 
 Example 
 There are a number of direct consequences of the voice access and
calling Resale Service being based on the Retail Unit’s Homeline service: 
  

	 	(a)	the price of the Resale Service is calculated by deducting a fixed wholesale discount from an average of the retail price points for the Homeline service;

  

	 	(b)	the characteristics of the Resale Service, including the inclusion of local calling, are determined by the Homeline service. 

There are Commercial Policies about the voice access and calling Resale Service that are not a direct consequence of the service being
based on the Homeline service. For example, the payment terms are determined by the Wholesale Unit. 
  

	56	Wholesale Unit will not discriminate 

  

	56.1	When doing or omitting to do anything in respect of the provision of a Relevant Wholesale Service, the Wholesale Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors)
will not discriminate between Service Providers and Retail Units or between Service Providers. 

  

	56.2	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	clause 56.1 does not prevent the Wholesale Unit from doing or omitting to do something in respect of the provision of a Relevant Wholesale Service that is
different for different recipients of that service where those differences reflect the different requirements of the recipients; 

  

	 	(b)	clause 56.1 is subject to clause 6; and 

  
 54 

	 	(c)	this clause does not limit clauses 47 to 49. 

  

	57	Wholesale Unit’s trading arrangements with the Retail Units 

  

	57.1	If the Wholesale Unit provides a Relevant Wholesale Service to a Retail Unit, the provision of that service to that Retail Unit will be governed by a written
arrangement that sets out the terms of supply, including price or appropriate transfer charges. 

  

	57.2	The Wholesale Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangement entered into for the purpose of clause 57.1 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the
arrangement is entered into, and after there has been a material change to that arrangement. 

  

	58	Wholesale Unit’s Customer Confidential Information 

  

	58.1	The Wholesale Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information to any other part of Telecom,
unless the Service Provider to which the information relates consents. 

  

	58.2	Notwithstanding clause 58.1, the Wholesale Unit may disclose Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information to another part of Telecom where that disclosure:

  

	 	(a)	is necessary operationally to enable the Wholesale Unit to provide a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(b)	is made in order to transfer an order for a Relevant Service from the Wholesale Unit to the ANS Unit (or vice versa) in accordance with arrangements made to comply with
clause 94; or 

  

	 	(c)	is permitted under clauses 91 or 100. 

  

	58.3	If Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clause 58.2(a) or 58.2(b), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose the
information to another person only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the Wholesale Unit to that other person would be permitted under clause 58.2; or 

 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	58.4	Any person who receives Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information under clause 58.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure of the
information to that other person would be permitted under clause 58.3. For the purposes of this clause 58, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 58.3. 

  
 55 

	58.5	If Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clauses 58.2(a), 58.2(b), 58.3 or 58.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed will
maintain the confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it.

  

	59	Wholesale Unit’s Commercial Information 

  

	59.1	The Wholesale Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose Wholesale Unit Commercial Information in respect of a Relevant Wholesale Service
to any other part of Telecom unless that information is also made available on an equal basis to all Eligible Service Providers in respect of that Relevant Service. 

 

	59.2	Notwithstanding clause 59.1, the Wholesale Unit may disclose Wholesale Unit Commercial Information to another part of Telecom where that disclosure:

  

	 	(a)	relates to a Relevant Wholesale Service that the Wholesale Unit is not required to provide Service Providers with and that the Wholesale Unit is not providing to a
Service Provider and has not yet decided to provide to Service Providers; 

  

	 	(b)	is necessary operationally to enable the Wholesale Unit to provide a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(c)	is made in order to transfer an order for a Relevant Service from the Wholesale Unit to the ANS Unit (or vice versa) in accordance with arrangements made to comply with
clause 94; or 

  

	 	(d)	is permitted under clauses 90 or 100. 

  

	59.3	If Wholesale Unit Commercial Information is disclosed under clause 59.2(b) or 59.2(c), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose the information to
another person only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the Wholesale Unit to that other person would be permitted under clause 59.2; or 

 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	59.4	Any person who receives Wholesale Unit Commercial Information under clause 59.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure of the information to
that other person would be permitted under clause 59.3. For the purposes of this clause 59, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 59.3. 

 

	59.5	If Wholesale Unit Commercial Information is disclosed under clauses 59.2(b), 59.2(c), 59.3 or 59.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed will maintain the
confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it. 

  
 56 

	60	Wholesale Unit’s incentive arrangements 

  

	60.1	All incentive remuneration for Employees working for the Wholesale Unit will reflect solely the objectives and performance of the Wholesale Unit and, if Telecom wishes,
any other Telecom Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) that manages the provision of wholesale services to Service Providers, and can include the personal performance of the Employees in their roles as Employees working for those units.

  

	60.2	The remuneration for Employees working for the Wholesale Unit will not comprise any incentives that are directly or indirectly linked to Telecom’s overall
performance. 

  

	60.3	Notwithstanding clauses 60.1 and 60.2, the long-term incentive and remuneration schemes for Employees working for the Wholesale Unit may include Telecom shares provided
that: 

  

	 	(a)	the extent to which those schemes comprise Telecom shares is in accordance with the description in Schedule 5 (or any modification notified to the IOG in accordance
with clause 60.3(c)); 

  

	 	(b)	the proportion of Telecom shares is not higher than the proportion of Telecom shares for the equivalent schemes for Employees working for the Retail Units; and

  

	 	(c)	Telecom notifies the IOG and the Commission of any changes to Schedule 5. 

  

	60.4	Notwithstanding clauses 60.1 and 60.2, the Manager of the Wholesale Unit or an Employee who reports directly to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (other than an
Employee who is responsible for Relevant Wholesale Services only) may receive incentive remuneration annually that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group in the relevant year, so long as the value of
that incentive remuneration: 

  

	 	(a)	in the case of the Manager of the Wholesale Unit, is less than 50% of the value of his or her total annual incentive remuneration; 

 

	 	(b)	in the case of the Manager of the Wholesale Unit, is less than 30% of the value of his or her total annual remuneration including base salary and incentive
remuneration; 

  

	 	(c)	in the case of an Employee who reports directly to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (other than an Employee who is responsible for Relevant Services only), is less
than 15% of the value of his or her total annual incentive remuneration; 

  
 57 

	 	(d)	in the case of an Employee who reports directly to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (other than an Employee who is responsible for Relevant Services only), is less
than 10% of the value of his or her total annual remuneration including base salary and incentive remuneration; and 

  

	 	(e)	complies with the incentive remuneration requirement in clause 60.5. 

  

	60.5	Telecom intends to build a dynamic wholesale services business that is focused on the needs of its customers who purchase Relevant Wholesale Services and other
wholesale services, and is a driving force in the industry. Accordingly, for the purpose of clause 60.4, incentive remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group will be less than incentive
remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of the Wholesale Unit and if Telecom wishes, any other Telecom Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) that manages the provision of wholesale services to Service
Providers. 

  

	60.6	Clause 60.1 and 60.2 do not prevent: 

  

	 	(a)	Employees working for the Wholesale Unit from participating in Telecom’s group-wide Employee benefit arrangements that are not directly or indirectly linked to
Telecom’s overall performance; or 

 Example 

Employees working for the Wholesale Unit may purchase discounted health insurance arranged by Telecom and offered to all Telecom
Employees. 
  

	 	(b)	Employees working for the Wholesale Unit who have previously worked for another part of Telecom from retaining any incentive remuneration or entitlement received as a
result of his or her work for the other part of Telecom. 

  

	60.7	For the avoidance of doubt, an Employee who reports directly to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit and who is only responsible for Relevant Wholesale Services must not
receive any incentive remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group. 

  

	60.8	Telecom will ensure that the use of incentive remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group in accordance with
clause 60.4 does not undermine a robust operational separation of Telecom. 

  

	60.9	For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of determining compliance with clauses 60.4 and 60.5: 

 

	 	(a)	the value of any Telecom shares offered to any Employee in accordance with clause 60.3 will be determined at the date of the offer to that Employee; and

  
 58 

	 	(b)	the fact that incentive remuneration offered or received under clause 60.3 is denominated in Telecom shares does not of itself mean that such incentive remuneration is
incentive remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group. 

  

	61	Accommodation for the Wholesale Unit 

  

	61.1	All Employees working for the Wholesale Unit will be located in access-controlled accommodation that is separately secured from the Retail Units.

  

	61.2	Notwithstanding clause 61.1, an Employee working for the Wholesale Unit is not required to be located in access-controlled accommodation that is separately secured
from the Retail Units if: 

  

	 	(a)	the Employee works in a place where the Wholesale Unit does not have a significant number of Employees; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Commission has agreed, on application by Telecom, that: 

  

	 	(i)	it would be impractical or unreasonably expensive to comply with the requirement in clause 61.1 in relation to that Employee; and 

 

	 	(ii)	appropriate alternative procedures are in place in relation to the Employee in order to ensure compliance with the Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the Wholesale
Unit. 

  

	62	Employees working for the Wholesale Unit 

  

	62.1	The Employees referred to in clause 62.2 will be either: 

  

	 	(a)	Employees who work solely for the Wholesale Unit; or 

  

	 	(b)	Employees who work solely for the Wholesale Unit and any other Telecom Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) that manages the provision of wholesale services to
Service Providers. 

  

	62.2	The Employees are: 

  

	 	(a)	all Employees who are directly involved in the management of the planning, design, implementation, and in-life service management of Relevant Wholesale Services except
to the extent that: 

  

	 	(i)	these functions are carried out by a Retail Unit by virtue of the fact that the Resale Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services are based on a corresponding retail
service; and 

  
 59 

	 	(ii)	those persons work for Shared Services; 

  

	 	(b)	all Employees who are directly involved in providing a wholesale sales function in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services except to the extent that those persons work
for the ANS Unit and are involved with the provision of this sales function in order to comply with arrangements made in accordance with clause 94; and 

 

	 	(c)	the managers of the Employees referred to in paragraphs 62.2(a) and (b) (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, Employees working for a Retail Unit, Shared
Services or the ANS Unit), up to and including the Manager of the Wholesale Unit. 

  

	62.3	Clause 62.1 does not prevent the Wholesale Unit from doing technical or operational work for Retail Units in accordance with clause 54.2. 

 

	63	Legal and regulatory Employees working for Wholesale Unit 

  

	63.1	Only the following Employees will be directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the Wholesale Unit in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services:

  

	 	(a)	Employees of Telecom working solely for the Wholesale Unit; 

  

	 	(b)	Employees of Telecom working solely for the Wholesale Unit and any other Telecom Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit and the Retail Units); or

  

	 	(c)	Employees of Telecom working solely for Group Legal Services or Group Regulatory. 

 

	63.2	Group Legal Services and Group Regulatory will operate as follows to the extent that its members are directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the
Wholesale Unit in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services: 

  

	 	(a)	all Employees of Group Legal Services and Group Regulatory who are directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the Wholesale Unit in respect of
Relevant Wholesale Services will be primarily accountable to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit for the advice that they provide to the Wholesale Unit; and 

  

	 	(b)	strict Chinese walls will be maintained between Employees directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services-related
issues to the Wholesale Unit and Employees who provide advice to a Retail Unit on the same or a related issue, including a rule that legal and regulatory staff that advise one of those units on an issue in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services
cannot also advise the other unit on that issue or any related issue. 

  
 60 

	64	Telecom will maintain DSPL and RSPL 

  

	64.1	Telecom will maintain and update DSPL and RSPL in accordance with the terms of the Commission’s Wholesale Determinations as if all of the Commission’s
Wholesale Determinations were still in force, subject to any amendments agreed between the parties to those determinations and subject to Telecom’s right to exclude replacement and successor services in accordance with clause 45.2(b)(iii).

  

	64.2	The requirement in clause 64.1 includes an obligation on Telecom to have DSPL and RSPL audited. 

 

	64.3	To avoid doubt, this clause only requires DSPL and RSPL to be maintained for the purposes of these Undertakings and does not have the effect of bringing back into force
any Commission Wholesale Determination that has expired. 

  

	64.4	Before 31 December 2008, the Wholesale Unit will launch a comprehensive consultation programme with Service Providers on the likely impact of clause 45.2(b)(iii)
and any transitional arrangements Telecom might put in place to manage that impact. 

  

	64.5	If the Wholesale Unit proposes to withdraw or grandfather a Resale Service that will not be replaced or succeeded by another Resale Service because
clause 45.2(b)(iii) applies, Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	give Eligible Service Providers in respect of that Resale Service at least 6 months’ prior notice of the withdrawal or grandfathering of that service;

  

	 	(b)	continue to provide the Resale Service as if it had not been withdrawn or grandfathered for at least 3 months’ after the corresponding retail service is first
withdrawn or grandfathered; and 

  

	 	(c)	if a Service Provider applies to the Commission for determination of the resale of a retail service that would, but for clause 45.2(b)(iii), have been a replacement or
successor service of that Resale Service, or the Commission requests a standard terms proposal from Telecom for resale of that retail service, by the earlier of: 

 

	 	(i)	3 months after notification of the withdrawal or grandfathering of the Resale Service; or 

 

	 	(ii)	31 December 2010; 

  
 61 

 continue to provide the Resale Service until the Commission has made a determination under
section 27 of the Act or a Standard Terms Determination. 
  

	65	FTTP Access Services 

  

	65.1	The Wholesale Unit will provide a FTTP Access Service to the Retail Units and Service Providers in areas where Telecom has deployed an FTTP Access Network Architecture.

  

	65.2	As soon as practicable after the Approval Date, the Wholesale Unit will consult with the Retail Units and Service Providers on the exact nature and design of the FTTP
Access Service and the date on which it will be made available to Service Providers and the Retail Units. 

  

	65.3	The Wholesale Unit will provide the FTTP Access Service on commercial terms in accordance with the non-discrimination undertaking in clause 56.

  

	65.4	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Undertakings requires the Wholesale Unit to provide a FTTP Access Service to a Service Provider if the Service Provider
refuses to provide Telecom with a similar service in any part of New Zealand where the Service Provider is capable of providing Telecom with a service that is materially the same as Telecom’s FTTP Access Service and: 

 

	 	(a)	there are no differences between Telecom and the Service Provider that objectively justify the Service Provider refusing to provide the similar service to Telecom. For
the avoidance of doubt, differences that are a result of the geographic location, scale or scope of the Service Provider’s FTTP Network Access Architecture or the Service Provider will not be considered to objectively justify a Service
Provider’s refusal to provide a similar service; 

  

	 	(b)	Telecom agrees to be provided with the similar service on materially similar terms and conditions; 

 

	 	(c)	Telecom has requested in writing to be provided with the similar service; and 

 

	 	(d)	it is in keeping with these Undertakings. 

  

	65.5	Any FTTP Access Service that Telecom has agreed to provide to a Service Provider at the Approval Date: 

 

	 	(a)	is not the FTTP Access Service for the purpose of clause 65.1; and 

  

	 	(b)	can continue to be offered by Telecom irrespective of any requirements of this clause 65. 

  
 62 

 Example 
 At the Approval Date Telecom will have agreed to provide an FTTP Network Access Service in a few fibre-only subdivisions. 
  

	66	Service IP Interconnection consultation 

  

	66.1	Service IP Interconnection is, in general terms, the exchange of service level traffic between a Service Provider’s NGN and Telecom’s NGN for the purpose of
ensuring service completion for IP-based services. The approach to Service IP Interconnection, including IP peering arrangements, remains the subject of industry discussion in New Zealand and internationally. 

 

	66.2	As soon as practicable after Separation Day, the Wholesale Unit (which has traditionally had a role in facilitating service level interconnection with Telecom’s
Fixed PSTN) will undertake a comprehensive consultation process with Service Providers about, as a minimum, the following matters: 

  

	 	(a)	the approach to Service IP Interconnection between Service Provider’s NGN networks and Telecom’s NGN network for conversational IP voice services which
originate in one party’s network and terminate in another’s, including the development of an IP Interconnection for Voice Service; 

  

	 	(b)	whether it is appropriate for additional elements of Service IP Interconnection for conversational IP voice services to be made a Relevant Wholesale Service and, if so,
how the Arm’s-Length Rules should be applied to that additional Relevant Wholesale Service; 

  

	 	(c)	the process for transitioning from service level Fixed PSTN interconnection for voice services to Service IP Interconnection for voice services including the possible
use of interim service level Fixed PSTN to IP NGN interconnection arrangements; 

  

	 	(d)	the introduction of Service IP Interconnection between Service Provider’s NGN networks and Telecom’s NGN network for the linking of End-Users’ virtual
private networks including the development of an IP Interconnection for Virtual Private Network Service; and 

  

	 	(e)	whether it is appropriate for additional elements of Service IP Interconnection for the linking of End-Users’ virtual private networks to be made a Relevant
Wholesale Service and, if so, how the Arm’s-Length Rules should be applied to that additional Relevant Wholesale Service. 

 This consultation will take into account evolving international standards and international best practice on these matters. 
  

	66.3	The scope of the consultation regarding the interconnection services described in clauses 66.2(a) and (d) will, at a minimum, include: 

 

	 	(a)	service definitions; 

  
 63 

	 	(b)	commercial model; 

  

	 	(c)	technical standards; 

  

	 	(d)	operational standards; and 

  

	 	(e)	timetable for service introduction. 

  

	66.4	The Wholesale Unit will endeavour to get the Telecommunications Carriers Forum (“TCF”) to agree to facilitate the consultation process required by clauses
66.2 and 66.3 and will by 4 April 2008 present a comprehensive Service IP Interconnection Consultation Project Proposal (“Consultation Proposal”) to the TCF Board requesting the establishment of a working party to be the vehicle for
the consultation. The Consultation Proposal will comply with all applicable TCF practices regarding project proposals and the formation and operation of working parties and will specify, at a minimum, the following elements:

  

	 	(a)	the subjects to be consulted on, which will include those required by clauses 66.2 and 66.3; 

 

	 	(b)	that the target deliverables of the Consultation Proposal will be: 

  

	 	(i)	an interim report to the TCF’s Board prior to 31 December 2008; 

  

	 	(ii)	a final report to the TCF’s Board prior to 31 July 2009; and 

  

	 	(c)	that participation will be open to all interested Service Providers; 

  

	 	(d)	that the working party will operate with an independent chair; and 

  

	 	(e)	that the Commission and Ministry of Economic Development will be invited to participate in any manner they deem appropriate. 

 

	66.5	If the TCF agrees to facilitate the consultation process in the manner contemplated by clause 66.4, then following delivery of the interim report referred to in
66.4(b)(i), the Wholesale Unit will, by 1 February 2009, develop and publish on the Wholesale Unit’s Internet website a plan for delivery of the IP Interconnection for Voice Service and IP Interconnection for Virtual Private Network
Service. 

  

	66.6	If as part of the consultation process required by clauses 66.2 and 66.3 the Wholesale Unit and Service Providers agree: 

 

	 	(a)	that it is appropriate for additional elements of Service IP Interconnection for conversational IP voice services or the linking of End-Users’ virtual private
networks to be made a Relevant Wholesale Service; and 

  
 64 

	 	(b)	how the Arm’s-Length Rules should be applied to that additional Relevant Wholesale Service, 

then Telecom will notify the Minister of the things that were agreed and endeavour to agree a variation to the Undertakings to reflect
those things in accordance with sections 69T to 69X of the Act. 
  

	66.7	Following completion of the consultation process required by clauses 66.2 and 66.3 the Wholesale Unit will, by 31 August 2009, develop and publish on the Wholesale
Unit’s Internet website a plan for addressing the matters listed in clause 66.3. 

  

	66.8	Where the Wholesale Unit provides Service IP Interconnection to Service Providers, it will do so on commercial terms that are fair and reasonable in the circumstances.

  

	66.9	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Undertakings requires: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom to provide Service IP Interconnection to a Service Provider if the Service Provider refuses to provide Telecom with a similar service on commercial terms that
are fair and reasonable in the circumstances; or 

  

	 	(b)	a particular industry-wide approach to Service IP Interconnection. 

  

	66.10	The TCF, the Ministry of Economic Development and the Commission can, at their discretion, determine what role they wish to take in the Service IP Interconnection
consultation process to be undertaken by the Wholesale Unit under this clause. 

  

	67	NGN consultation 

 Before
Separation Day, the Wholesale Unit will establish a comprehensive industry-wide NGN consultation programme. 

  
 65 

 PART 6: RETAIL UNITS 

 

	68	Outline of Part 6 

  

	68.1	This Part contains further undertakings that apply specifically to the one or more business units referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(iii) of the Act that must provide one
or more other functions. 

  

	68.2	The undertakings in this Part only apply to a unit or units referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(iii) of the Act that provide a retail function, which are together
called the Retail Units in these Undertakings. 

  

	69	Retail Units need not control any specific assets or provide any specific services 

These Undertakings do not require the Retail Units to: 
  

	 	(a)	control any specific assets; or 

  

	 	(b)	provide any specific services. 

  

	70	Retail Units will act at arm’s-length from Telecom Fixed Network Business Units 

 

	70.1	In respect of Relevant Services, the Retail Units will operate at arm’s-length from each Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit. 

 

	70.2	The Retail Units will: 

  

	 	(a)	have relationships, dealings, and transactions with any Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit in respect of Relevant Services that do not include elements that parties in
their respective positions would usually omit, and that do not omit elements that parties in their respective positions would usually include, if: 

  

	 	(i)	the parties were acting independently; 

  

	 	(ii)	the parties were acting at arm’s-length; and 

  

	 	(b)	in respect of Relevant Services, comply with the other Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the Retail Units. 

 

	71	Employees working for the Retail Units may not work for certain other units 

 

	71.1	No Employee working for a Retail Unit may work for any Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit. 

  
 66 

	71.2	Clause 71.1 does not prevent the Retail Unit from doing technical or operational work for a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit where: 

 

	 	(a)	the Retail Unit and the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit have entered into a written agreement for the Retail Unit to do that work on commercial terms;

  

	 	(b)	the agreement and the work covered by the agreement comply with the Arm’s-Length Rules and do not circumvent the intent of these Undertakings; and

  

	 	(c)	Telecom provides a copy of the written agreement to the IOG as soon as practicable after the agreement has been entered into, and after there has been any material
change to the agreement. 

  

	72	Retail Units will not influence Commercial Policy of Telecom Fixed Network Business Units 

 

	72.1	The Retail Units and all their Employees, agents and contractors will not influence or attempt to influence Commercial Policy in respect of Relevant Services of any
Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit, except through mechanisms and processes that are also available to all Eligible Service Providers of that Relevant Service on an equal basis. 

 

	72.2	For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of information and advice by the Retail Units (including their Employees, agents and contractors) in relation to retail
services on which Resale Services are based, including: 

  

	 	(a)	price changes; 

  

	 	(b)	service change, grandfathering or withdrawal notifications; 

  

	 	(c)	technical provision details; and 

  

	 	(d)	terms and conditions, policies, user guides, collateral, business rules or service delivery rules; 

is not influencing or an attempt to influence the Commercial Policy of a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit in respect of Resale Services
that are Relevant Wholesale Services. 

  
 67 

 PART 7: TELECOM FIXED NETWORK BUSINESS UNITS 

 

	73	Outline of Part 7 

  

	73.1	This Part contains further undertakings that apply specifically to the Telecom Fixed Network Business Units other than the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit (if any).

  

	73.2	In this Part, Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit means a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit other than the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit. 

 

	74	Employees working for Telecom Fixed Network Business Units may not work for the Retail Units 

 

	74.1	No Employee working for any Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit may work for a Retail Unit. 

 

	74.2	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in clause 74.1 prevents a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit from doing work: 

 

	 	(a)	that is the responsibility of that Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit and is being carried out for the benefit of the Retail Unit; or 

Example 

A Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit may be responsible for: 

 

	 	(a)	some part of the provisioning process for a retail service provided by a Retail Unit; or 

 

	 	(b)	building functionality that a Retail Unit uses to provide a retail service that consumes the Wholesale Unit BUBA input service 

In both cases, Employees working for a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit can provide these services. 

 

	 	(b)	that is technical or operational work for a Retail Unit where: 

  

	 	(i)	the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit and the relevant Retail Unit have entered into a written agreement for the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to do that work:

  

	 	(ii)	the written agreement and the work covered by the agreement do not circumvent the intent of these Undertakings; and 

 

	 	(iii)	Telecom provides a copy of the written agreement to the IOG as soon as practicable after the agreement has been entered into, and after there has been any material
change to the agreement. 

  

	75	Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Customer Confidential Information 

 

	75.1	Each Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose that unit’s Customer Confidential Information to the
Retail Units unless the Service Provider to which the information relates consents. 

  
 68 

	75.2	Notwithstanding clause 75.1, a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit may disclose its unit’s Customer Confidential Information to a Retail Unit where that
disclosure is necessary operationally to enable the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to participate in the provision of a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings. 

 

	75.3	If a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clause 75.2, the person to whom the information is disclosed may
disclose the information to another person in a Retail Unit only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to that other person would be permitted under clause 75.2; or 

 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	75.4	Any person who receives a Telecom Fixed Network Unit’s Customer Confidential Information under clause 75.3 may disclose that information to another person only if
disclosure of the information to that other person would be permitted under clause 75.3. For the purposes of this clause 75, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 75.3. 

 

	75.5	If a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clauses 75.2, 75.3 or 75.4, the person to whom the information is
disclosed will maintain the confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it.

  

	76	Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Commercial Information 

  

	76.1	Each Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose that unit’s Commercial Information in respect of a
Relevant Service to the Retail Units unless that information is also made available to all Eligible Service Providers on an equal basis. 

  

	76.2	Notwithstanding clause 76.1, a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit may disclose its Commercial Information to a Retail Unit if the information:

  

	 	(a)	relates to a Relevant Service that Telecom is not required to provide Service Providers with and that Telecom is not supplying to a Service Provider and has not yet
decided to provide to Service Providers; or 

  
 69 

	 	(b)	is necessary operationally to enable the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to participate in the provision of a Relevant Service in accordance with these
Undertakings. 

  

	76.3	If a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Commercial Information is disclosed under clause 76.2(b), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose
the information to another person in a Retail Unit only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to that other person would be permitted under clause 76.2; or 

 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	76.4	Any person who receives Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit Commercial Information under clause 76.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure
of the information to that other person would be permitted under clause 76.3. For the purposes of this clause 76, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 76.3. 

 

	76.5	If a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Commercial Information is disclosed under clauses 76.2(b), 76.3 or 76.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed
will maintain the confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it.

  
 70 

 PART 8: ENFORCEMENT AND OVERSIGHT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SEPARATION PLAN 

 

	77	Establishment of the Independent Oversight Group 

 Telecom will establish an Independent Oversight Group consisting of 5 members. 
  

	78	Appointment of members of the IOG 

  

	78.1	The Board will appoint the members of the IOG, with the majority of members being independent of Telecom. 

 

	78.2	The Board will appoint one of the independent members of the IOG to be the Chairperson of the IOG. 

 

	78.3	When appointing IOG members under clause 78.1, the Board: 

  

	 	(a)	will not appoint an Employee who works for the ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit, or a Retail Unit; 

 

	 	(b)	will not appoint any person as an independent member who has a material conflict of interest; and 

 

	 	(c)	will consult with the Commission: 

  

	 	(i)	on the appropriate skills mix for the IOG; and 

  

	 	(ii)	before appointing the chairperson and other independent members. 

  

	78.4	For the purpose of deciding whether a person has a material conflict of interest, the Board will have regard to whether the person is: 

 

	 	(a)	an Employee, or has recently been an Employee; 

  

	 	(b)	a director or senior executive of another telecommunications provider; 

  

	 	(c)	a partner or senior executive of any firm, company, or other organisation providing services to Telecom or any other telecommunications provider;

  

	 	(d)	an employee of the Commission; or 

  

	 	(e)	a material shareholder in Telecom or in any other telecommunications provider. 

 

	78.5	The Board can remove members of the IOG. However, before the Board removes a member of the IOG, it will first consult with the Commission. 

  
 71 

	79	Functions of the IOG 

  

	79.1	Telecom will establish terms of reference for the IOG that provide for the IOG to have the following functions in respect of these Undertakings:

  

	 	(a)	those in clause 84 in respect of key performance indicators, and codes of conduct for Employees, independent contractors performing the role of an Employee, the
CEO and the Board and: 

  

	 	(i)	recommending those indicators and codes to the Board, if the final product of the consultation process under that clause is satisfactory to the IOG;

  

	 	(ii)	reviewing performance against those indicators and codes, and recommending changes to those indicators and codes; and 

 

	 	(b)	processing complaints about compliance with these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(c)	requesting information and carrying out any investigations to assess compliance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(d)	requesting the Support Office to carry out any investigations to assess compliance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(e)	reviewing reports prepared in accordance with these Undertakings by the Support Office; 

 

	 	(f)	being kept informed of service-level agreements in respect of Relevant Services set by Telecom and reviewing Telecom’s performance against those agreements;

  

	 	(g)	reviewing the provision of Relevant Services internally to Telecom Business Units in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(h)	reviewing the process of making, considering, advising, and implementing decisions under clause 41 and reviewing whether requests have been dealt with in accordance
with that process; 

  

	 	(i)	reviewing any documentation that these Undertakings require to be supplied to the IOG and investigating whether that documentation shows that there has been a breach of
these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(j)	reporting to the Board as soon as is reasonably practicable after the IOG becomes aware of any of Telecom’s actions or omissions that, in the IOG’s opinion,
may become issues of concern in terms of compliance with these Undertakings; 

  
 72 

	 	(k)	reporting to the Board and the Commission: 

  

	 	(i)	as soon as is reasonably practicable after the IOG becomes aware of any non-trivial breach of these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(ii)	on a regular basis, at times agreed with Telecom, on Telecom’s compliance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(iii)	annually, in an annual review of Telecom’s compliance with these Undertakings; and 

 

	 	(l)	making, subject to clause 86, each of its annual reports, and any other report or document that the IOG chooses to publish, available on an Internet website that
is available to the public at all reasonable times; and 

  

	 	(m)	every other function contemplated for the IOG in these Undertakings. 

  

	79.2	The terms of reference established by Telecom under clause 79.1 will provide for the IOG to have the powers necessary to perform the functions listed in clauses 79.1(a)
to (m). 

  

	80	Funding and support of the IOG 

  

	80.1	Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	fully fund the IOG in its performance of the functions in clause 79; 

  

	 	(b)	pay each member of the IOG who is appointed to a paid position; 

  

	 	(c)	reimburse each member of the IOG for actual and reasonable travelling and other expenses incurred in carrying out his or her office as a member;

  

	 	(d)	organise and pay for professional indemnity insurance for each member of the IOG, if requested by the member; 

 

	 	(e)	prepare any reports that the IOG may reasonably require in relation to Telecom’s compliance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(f)	ensure that the IOG has access to the Employees, any independent contractor performing the role of an Employee, and information that the IOG may reasonably request;

  

	 	(g)	ensure, subject to clause 86, that every report prepared by Telecom for the IOG or by the IOG under these Undertakings is made available to the public at all
reasonable times on Telecom’s Internet website if the report relates to: 

  

	 	(i)	a breach of these Undertakings under clause 79.1(k)(i); 

  
 73 

	 	(ii)	codes of conduct for Employees, independent contractors performing the role of an Employee, the CEO and the Board in relation to these Undertakings; or

  

	 	(iii)	key performance indicators that relate to these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(h)	use its best endeavours to provide whatever other assistance the IOG may reasonably require in the performance of its functions. 

 

	81	Establishment of the Support Office 

 Telecom will establish a support office that will assist the IOG in the performance of its functions. 
  

	82	Employment of staff for the Support Office 

 Telecom will employ sufficient staff for the Support Office, and provide other resources as necessary, to: 
  

	 	(a)	enable the Support Office to operate at a level that meets the reasonable requirements of the IOG; and 

 

	 	(b)	ensure that the Support Office is able to operate with a sufficient level of independence from Telecom. 

 

	83	Funding and support for the Support Office 

 Telecom will fully fund the Support Office and use its best endeavours to provide whatever assistance the Support Office may reasonably require in the performance of its functions. 

 

	84	Performance measures and other checks of compliance with Undertakings 

 

	84.1	Telecom will, in consultation with the IOG: 

  

	 	(a)	prepare key performance indicators related to compliance with these Undertakings and progress towards compliance, and Telecom will have those indicators considered by
the IOG; and 

  

	 	(b)	prepare codes of conduct for Employees and independent contractors performing the role of an Employee, the CEO and the Board and have those codes considered by the IOG.

  
 74 

	84.2	Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	provide additional information to the IOG and the Commission to demonstrate compliance with these Undertakings, as reasonably requested by the IOG or the Commission,
including preparing reports or other information related to compliance that are reasonably requested by the IOG or the Commission; and 

  

	 	(b)	use its best endeavours to assist the IOG in conducting an annual review of Telecom’s compliance with these Undertakings. 

 

	84.3	Any information referred to in clause 84.2(a) will be: 

  

	 	(a)	provided in the manner and form required by the IOG and the Commission; 

  

	 	(b)	provided within the timeframe that is specified by the IOG and the Commission; and 

 

	 	(c)	where requested by the IOG, requested in accordance with a process agreed by Telecom and the IOG in order to ensure that requests are directed to the most appropriate
contact person within Telecom who can best facilitate the provision of correct information in a timely manner. 

  

	84.4	Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	every two months, or more regularly at Telecom’s discretion, provide to the IOG and the Commission a confidential progress report on key Undertakings-related work
programme items by status and risk. The report will highlight key Undertakings-related work programme items in respect of which Telecom considers there is a significant risk that it will not be able to achieve compliance. Telecom and the IOG will
agree on the key Undertakings-related work programme items on which Telecom will report. 

  

	85	Audit 

  

	85.1	Telecom will appoint independent external auditors and pay for an independent external audit of the IOG’s annual report. 

 

	85.2	For the purpose of clause 85.1, the appointment of the auditor and the terms of appointment for the auditor are subject to the approval of the Commission, and the
terms of appointment will place the auditor under a duty of care to the Commission. 

  

	85.3	Telecom will, subject to clause 86, make each report of the auditor provided in accordance with clause 85.1 available on an Internet website that is available
to the public at all reasonable times. 

  
 75 

	86	Reports containing confidential or commercially sensitive information 

 Telecom or the IOG may remove from any report that is made available to the public under clauses 79.1(l), 80.1(g) or 85.3 any information that the IOG agrees is confidential or commercially sensitive
information that can be removed, provided that a full version of the report, including that information, is provided to the IOG, the Commission, and the Minister. 
  

	87	Confidentiality 

  

	87.1	Except where specifically stated otherwise, or as required by law, all reports, documents and information provided by Telecom to the IOG, the Commission or the Minister
in relation to these Undertakings are the property of Telecom and must be kept confidential and may only be used by the IOG or Commission for the purpose of performing their proper functions in respect of these Undertakings.

  

	87.2	Telecom and the IOG may agree and implement an information sharing protocol to aid in maintaining the status and confidentiality of information that may be provided to
the IOG. 

  
 76 

 PART 9: PARTICIPATION IN POLICY AND DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN INFORMATION 

 

	88	General rules applicable to all Employees 

  

	88.1	The Board, CEO and Employees will act in a way that gives effect to these Undertakings. 

 

	88.2	Employees will not, in doing or omitting to do anything in respect of a Relevant Service, discriminate in favour of one Required Telecom Business Unit (or its
customers, End-Users, suppliers, or Employees) at the expense of another Required Telecom Business Unit (or its customers, End-Users, suppliers, or Employees) except as otherwise permitted in these Undertakings. 

 

	88.3	To avoid doubt, clause 88.2 does not prevent: 

  

	 	(a)	an Employee working for a Required Telecom Business Unit from discriminating in favour of that unit; and 

 

	 	(b)	an Employee who does not work for a Required Telecom Business Unit from making recommendations in their role as advisors to the Board or CEO, providing information or
advice to Telecom Business Units (in a manner that complies with clause 89) or making decisions in what the Employee reasonably believes is in the best interests of Telecom as a whole, irrespective of whether it results or could result in different
consequences for different Required Telecom Business Units. 

  

	88.4	No Employee, other than an Employee working for the ANS Unit, will, in respect of Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit provides Service Providers with or,
subject to clause 88.7, Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit has decided to provide Service Providers with but is not currently providing to them (“upcoming ANS Unit services”): 

 

	 	(a)	except through mechanisms and processes that are also available to all Eligible Service Providers in respect of those Relevant Network Access Services on an equal
basis, directly or indirectly participate in the ANS Unit’s formulation or making of: 

  

	 	(i)	the annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans of the ANS Unit to the extent they relate to those Relevant Network Access Services;

  

	 	(ii)	other significant plans of the ANS Unit to the extent they relate to those Relevant Network Access Services; 

 

	 	(iii)	the Commercial Policy of the ANS Unit in respect of those Relevant Network Access Services; or 

  
 77 

	 	(b)	be permitted to have access to ANS Unit Commercial Information in respect of a Relevant Network Access Service unless that information is also made available to all
Eligible Service Providers of the Relevant Network Access Service on an equal basis; or 

  

	 	(c)	be permitted to have access to ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information in relation to a Relevant Network Access Service unless the Service Provider to which the
information relates consents. 

  

	88.5	No Employee, other than an Employee working for the Wholesale Unit, will in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit provides Service Providers
with or, subject to clause 88.8, Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit has decided to provide Service Providers with but is not currently providing to them (“upcoming Wholesale Unit services”): 

 

	 	(a)	except through mechanisms and processes that are also available to all Eligible Service Providers in respect of those Relevant Wholesale Services on an equal basis,
directly or indirectly participate in the Wholesale Unit’s formulation or making of: 

  

	 	(i)	the annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans of the Wholesale Unit to the extent they relate to those Relevant Wholesale Services;

  

	 	(ii)	other significant plans of the Wholesale Unit to the extent they relate to those Wholesale Relevant Services; 

 

	 	(iii)	the Commercial Policy of the Wholesale Unit in respect of those Relevant Wholesale Services; or 

 

	 	(b)	be permitted to have access to Wholesale Unit Commercial Information in respect of a Relevant Wholesale Service unless that information is also made available to all
Eligible Service Providers of the Relevant Wholesale Service on an equal basis; or 

  

	 	(c)	be permitted to have access to Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information in relation to a Relevant Wholesale Service unless the Service Provider to which the
information relates consents. 

  

	88.6	For the avoidance of doubt, clauses 88.4(a) and 88.5(a) do not limit Telecom from setting commercial policy of general application across Telecom which it is
appropriate to set centrally. Telecom will provide the IOG with an updated register identifying commercial policy of general application across Telecom that could materially impact on the provision of Relevant Services every 6 months commencing on
1 July 2008, and will make any commercial policy of general application across Telecom available on request to the IOG. 

  
 78 

	88.7	For the purpose of clause 88.4, any Service Provider who the ANS Unit reasonably anticipates will seek access to an upcoming ANS Unit service will be an Eligible
Service Provider for the purpose of that service. 

  

	88.8	For the purpose of clause 88.5, any Service Provider who the Wholesale Unit reasonably anticipates will seek access to an upcoming Wholesale Unit service will be an
Eligible Service Provider for the purpose of that service. 

  

	88.9	This clause 88 is subject to the exceptions set out in these Undertakings including (without limitation): 

 

	 	(a)	clause 7 (which relates to the role of the Board and the CEO); 

  

	 	(b)	clauses 33, 58 and 75.2 (which allows disclosure of ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information in certain circumstances); 

 

	 	(c)	clauses 34, 59 and 76.2 (which allows disclosure of ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit Commercial Information in certain circumstances); 

 

	 	(d)	clause 88.6 (which allows Telecom to set commercial policy of general application across Telecom); and 

 

	 	(e)	clauses 89 to 91 (which allows for Part A Persons to Participate in Policy, for Part B Persons to access Commercial Information, and for Part C Persons to access
Customer Confidential Information in certain circumstances). 

  

	89	Rules for Part A Persons in relation to Participation in Policy 

  

	89.1	Part A Persons may Participate in Policy made or formulated by the ANS Unit by: 

 

	 	(a)	recommending to the Board or the CEO to direct the ANS Unit; or 

  

	 	(b)	providing information (but not advice or instruction) to the ANS Unit in response to a request from the ANS Unit for that information in order to assist the ANS Unit in
making its own decision. 

  

	89.2	Any Participation in Policy under clause 89.1: 

  

	 	(a)	will be no more than is reasonable and necessary to enable the Part A Person to perform their role; 

  
 79 

	 	(b)	will be transparent to the IOG by either: 

  

	 	(i)	if the Board or CEO accepts a recommendation to direct the ANS Unit under clause 89.1(a), the Board or CEO complying with clause 7 (to the extent that clause
7 applies to that direction); 

  

	 	(ii)	if information provided under clause 89.1(b) is intended or likely to encourage the ANS Unit to take a materially different approach to a significant matter, or
otherwise materially influence the content or shape of the relevant policy, recording that information in writing and making it available to the IOG on request by the IOG; and 

 

	 	(c)	in respect of the Executive, excludes participation by any member of the Executive who manages the Wholesale Unit, a Retail Unit or another Telecom Fixed Network
Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit). For the avoidance of doubt, this means that an Executive Member who manages the Wholesale Unit, a Retail Unit or another Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) cannot Participate in
Policy of the ANS Unit. 

  

	89.3	Part A Persons may Participate in Policy made or formulated by the Wholesale Unit by: 

 

	 	(a)	recommending to the Board or the CEO to direct the Wholesale Unit; or 

  

	 	(b)	providing information (including advice but not instruction) to the Wholesale Unit. 

 

	89.4	Any Participation in Policy under clause 89.3: 

  

	 	(a)	will be no more than is reasonable and necessary to enable the Part A Person to perform their role; 

 

	 	(b)	will be transparent to the IOG by either: 

  

	 	(i)	if the Board or CEO accepts a recommendation to direct the Wholesale Unit under clause 89.3(a), the Board or CEO complying with clause 7 (to the extent that
clause 7 applies to that direction); 

  

	 	(ii)	if information provided under clause 89.3(b) is intended or likely to cause the Wholesale Unit to take a materially different approach to a significant matter, or
otherwise materially influence the content or shape of the relevant policy, recording that information in writing and making it available to the IOG on request by the IOG; and 

 

	 	(c)	in respect of the Executive, excludes participation by any member of the Executive who manages the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit. For the avoidance of doubt, this means
that an Executive Member who manages the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit cannot Participate in Policy of the Wholesale Unit. 

  
 80 

	89.5	For the avoidance of doubt, clause 89 does not limit: 

  

	 	(a)	Part A Persons from participating in the business of the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit if that participation is not Participation in Policy; or

  

	 	(b)	the duties or roles of the Manager of the ANS Unit in respect of the ANS Unit, the Manager of the Wholesale Unit in respect of the Wholesale Unit and TCNZ’s
directors, the CEO or the Board in accordance with clause 7. 

  

	90	Rules for Part B Persons in relation to Commercial Information 

  

	90.1	The ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit may disclose Commercial Information of that unit to a Part B Person provided that: 

 

	 	(a)	the Part B Person has a legitimate need for the information; and 

  

	 	(b)	the disclosure is no more than is reasonable and necessary to enable that Part B Person to perform their role. 

 

	90.2	Clause 90.1 is subject to the following limitations: 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit cannot disclose its Commercial Information to members of the Executive who manage the Wholesale Unit, a Retail Unit or another Telecom Fixed Network
Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) but can disclose summaries of ANS Unit Commercial Information to those members of the Executive; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit cannot disclose its Commercial Information to members of the Executive who manage the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit but can disclose summaries of
Wholesale Unit Commercial Information to those members of the Executive. 

  

	90.3	Any summaries of Commercial Information provided to a member of the Executive under Clause 90.2 will: 

 

	 	(a)	contain no more information than is reasonable and necessary to enable the Executive member to perform their role; and 

 

	 	(b)	be in a form that could not reasonably be expected to identify any customers or End-Users of a Service Provider. 

 

	90.4	If information is supplied under clause 90, the person to whom the information is disclosed will be required to maintain, and aid in maintaining, the
confidentiality of the information, and not to disclose the information except as permitted under these Undertakings. 

  
 81 

	90.5	For the avoidance of doubt, Part B Persons may receive any Commercial Information if that information is also made available to all Eligible Service Providers on an
equal basis or as otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	90.6	For the avoidance of doubt, a Part B Person can disclose Commercial Information to other Part B Persons in accordance with this clause 90. 

 

	91	Rules for Part C Persons in relation to Customer Confidential Information 

 

	91.1	The ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit may disclose Customer Confidential Information of that unit to a Part C Person provided that: 

 

	 	(a)	the Part C Person has a legitimate need for the information; and 

  

	 	(b)	the disclosure is no more than is reasonable and necessary to enable that Part C Person to perform their role. 

 

	91.2	Clause 91.1 is subject to the following limitations: 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit cannot disclose its Customer Confidential Information to members of the Executive who manage the Wholesale Unit, a Retail Unit or another Telecom Fixed
Network Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) but can disclose summaries of ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information to those members of the Executive; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit cannot disclose its Customer Confidential Information to members of the Executive who manage the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit but can disclose summaries
of Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information to those members of the Executive. 

  

	91.3	Any summaries of Customer Confidential Information provided to a member of the Executive under clause 91.2 will: 

 

	 	(a)	contain no more information than is reasonable and necessary to enable the Executive member to perform their role; and 

 

	 	(b)	be in a form that could not reasonably be expected to identify any customers or End-Users of a Service Provider. 

 

	91.4	If information is supplied under clause 91, the person to whom the information is disclosed will be required to maintain, and aid in maintaining, the
confidentiality of the information, and not to disclose the information except as permitted under these Undertakings. 

  

	91.5	For the avoidance of doubt, a Part C Person can disclose Customer Confidential Information to other Part C Persons in accordance with this clause 91.

  
 82 

 PART 10: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

 

	92	Amendments to Part A Persons, Part B Persons and Part C Persons and Shared Services 

 

	92.1	Telecom and the Commission may, by agreement, amend: 

  

	 	(a)	the contents of the lists of persons and functional groups referred to in Schedule 2; and 

 

	 	(b)	the definition of the roles of any of those persons or functional groups. 

  

	92.2	If amendments are made under clause 92.1, Telecom will make the amended information available on its Internet website that is available to the public at all
reasonable times. 

  

	93	Certification by managers of Part A Persons, Part B Persons and Part C Persons that Undertakings complied with 

The most appropriate senior manager (who must be a member of the Executive or a direct report of a member of the Executive) of each of the
persons and functional groups referred to in Schedule 2 (but excluding the Board and the CEO) will certify to the Board annually that, to the best of their knowledge after making reasonable inquiry, they and the Employees working for their groups
have complied with these Undertakings (except for any breaches that have been reported to the IOG and the Commission). 
  

	94	Consultation with Service Providers about which unit they prefer to deal with 

 

	94.1	As soon as practicable, Telecom will use its best endeavours to consult with all Service Providers who are Eligible Service Providers in respect of any Relevant Service
about whether they would prefer to deal only with the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit in respect of all of the Relevant Services that the Service Provider purchases from Telecom and, if so, which unit. 

 

	94.2	If following consultation under clause 94.1, a significant number of Eligible Service Providers would prefer, Telecom will implement arrangements so that:

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit, as the case may be, can take orders for Relevant Services and any other required information from Service Providers on behalf of the
other unit and communicate with the Service Provider regarding the delivery of the order; 

  

	 	(b)	a Service Provider can choose to deal with only 1 unit for purchases of all Relevant Services where it predominantly purchases services from that unit and where, as a
matter of convenience, it wishes to place all of its orders for Relevant Services with that unit; and 

  
 83 

	 	(c)	if a Service Provider chooses to deal with only 1 unit, the Service Provider experiences no material disadvantage in terms of price, service, or quality as a result of
that choice. 

  

	94.3	If following consultation under clause 94.1 a significant number of Eligible Service Providers do not prefer the option of dealing with only 1 unit, then the default
option will be that: 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit will provide a wholesale sales function for Relevant Network Access Services; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit will provide a wholesale sales function for Relevant Wholesale Services. 

 

	94.4	If Telecom implements arrangements as described in clause 94.2(a): 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit will still provide a wholesale sales function for Relevant Network Access Services; 

 

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit will still provide a wholesale sales function for Relevant Wholesale Services; and 

 

	 	(c)	a Service Provider who does not choose the option of dealing with only 1 unit as described in clause 94.2(b) may continue to separately deal with the ANS Unit to order
Relevant Network Access Services and the Wholesale Unit to order Relevant Wholesale Services. 

  

	95	Force majeure 

  

	95.1	A “force majeure event” is any: 

  

	 	(a)	act of God, fire, earthquake, storm or flood; 

  

	 	(b)	strike, lockout, work stoppage or other labour hindrance; 

  

	 	(c)	explosion, collision or nuclear accident; 

  

	 	(d)	sabotage, riot, civil disturbance, insurrection, epidemic, national emergency (whether in fact or law) or act of war (whether declared or not);

  

	 	(e)	the failure of any equipment, materials, services or supplies provided to Telecom by any other person; 

 

	 	(f)	unavoidable accident; or 

  

	 	(g)	other event beyond the reasonable control of Telecom; but 

  
 84 

 does not include: 

 

	 	(h)	loss of supply of any essential services where such loss of supply is caused by Telecom’s action or negligence; 

 

	 	(i)	any event which Telecom could have prevented or overcome by the exercise of reasonable diligence and at reasonable cost; or 

 

	 	(j)	any lack of funds for any reason. 

  

	95.2	If Telecom fails, or believes it might fail, to meet an obligation under these Undertakings because of a force majeure event, it will: 

 

	 	(a)	give notice to the IOG and the Commission of the event and the likely effect of the event as soon as is reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of the event;

  

	 	(b)	in the case of an anticipated failure, continue to meet the obligation for as long as possible; and 

 

	 	(c)	following the failure, do all it reasonably can to meet the obligation as soon as is practicable. 

 

	95.3	Telecom will not be in breach of these Undertakings if it fails to meet an obligation under these Undertakings to the extent that, and for as long as, such failure is
the result of a force majeure event. 

  

	96	Telecom will establish arrangements to ensure compliance 

  

	96.1	TCNZ will: 

  

	 	(a)	establish arrangements to ensure that it and each of its Subsidiaries, and all of their officers, Employees, agents, and contractors, comply with these Undertakings,
and with any documents or procedures that are required by, or necessary to give effect to, these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(b)	provide evidence to the IOG of the steps that they have taken to comply with clause 96.1(a). 

 

	96.2	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Undertakings requires Telecom to obtain the agreement of, or endeavour to procure, any contractor to act in the best
interests of Telecom or any part of Telecom except to the extent that the contractor is acting as an agent of Telecom. 

  
 85 

	97	Undertakings do not limit outsourcing 

  

	97.1	Nothing in these Undertakings limits Telecom’s ability to contract with any other person to operate any of Telecom’s assets or to perform any of
Telecom’s functions or to carry out any activities in respect of Relevant Services that would otherwise be carried out by Telecom, provided that: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom will obtain the agreement of that other person necessary to ensure that the terms of the outsourcing subjects that other person to the same obligations as would
be imposed on an Employee working for the Telecom Business Unit whose business is being outsourced; and 

  

	 	(b)	Telecom retains the ability to ensure that the way in which those assets are operated, functions are performed, or activities are carried out will not undermine a
robust operational separation of Telecom. 

  

	97.2	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	these Undertakings do not prevent Telecom from using the same contractor or person to supply outsourced services to more than one Telecom Business Unit; and

  

	 	(b)	clause 97.1 does not require Telecom to impose obligations on contractors that are fundamentally inconsistent with the nature of a contractor’s outsourced
business, such as an obligation for individual persons to solely work for a Telecom Business Unit and have separate accommodation; 

 provided always that the terms of the outsourcing must require compliance with the rules under these Undertakings relating to the disclosure of Customer Confidential Information and Commercial
Information. 
 Example 
 Telecom may outsource any of the functions referred to in clause 38 provided that it does so in a way that is consistent with the Arm’s-Length Rules. 

 

	98	Shared assets and systems 

To avoid doubt, any Required Telecom Business Unit may share assets and systems with any other Telecom Business Unit, provided that the
terms on which those assets or systems are shared comply with the requirements of these Undertakings. 
  

	99	Conditions on use of Shared Services 

  

	99.1	Any Required Telecom Business Unit can use Shared Services to carry out work that the unit is required to do under or in connection with these Undertakings.

  

	99.2	If a Required Telecom Business Unit uses Shared Services to carry out any work that the unit is required to do under or in connection with these Undertakings, the unit
will have arrangements in place to ensure that the terms on which it uses Shared Services complies with these Undertakings including ensuring that, when Shared Services does work for that Required Telecom Business Unit it is bound by the same rules
under these Undertakings relating to the disclosure of Customer Confidential Information and Commercial Information as that unit. 

  
 86 

	100	Access Planners 

  

	100.1	For the purpose of this clause: 

  

	 	(a)	Access Planners means the small group of Employees working for the ANS Unit (at all times less than 20 persons unless the IOG agrees in writing otherwise) who
perform the Access Planner Function; and 

  

	 	(b)	Access Planner Function means applying the Telecom fixed network group policies and investment tactics prepared by Group Technology in order to make day-to-day
decisions, and co-ordinate day-to-day work, in relation to deployment or rearrangement of Telecom equipment in and connected to the Access Network for the purpose of ensuring the efficient and effective operation of the Telecom fixed network as a
whole where: 

  

	 	(i)	those decisions are consistent with the ANS annual and long-term technology plans (or equivalent documents) and the applicable Telecom fixed network group policies and
investment tactics; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the capital cost of the deployment or rearrangement of Telecom equipment subject to any decision (in terms of capital costs incurred or saved as a result of that
deployment or arrangement) is not greater than $250,000 (or any greater amount agreed by the Commission). 

  

	100.2	To the minimum extent necessary to properly perform the Access Planner Function, Access Planners may in carrying out their function across the Telecom Fixed Network
Business Units, access and use Commercial Information and Customer Confidential Information of, and balance the network interests of, those units. 

  

	100.3	In performing the Access Planner Function, Access Planners will not be considered to be influencing the Commercial Policy of the Wholesale Unit.

  

	100.4	If Access Planners receive Wholesale Unit Commercial Information or Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information, they will be required to maintain the
confidentiality of the information and may only disclose the information to another person if disclosure is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	100.5	The minor relaxations to the Arm’s-Length Rules for Access Planners under this clause are required to ensure that decisions within the scope of the Access Planner
Function regarding the development of Telecom’s fixed network can be made in a co-ordinated manner to enable the efficient and effective operation of the Telecom fixed network as a whole. 

  
 87 

	101	Advisors 

 Telecom will
ensure that its selection and appointment of advisors does not undermine a robust operational separation of Telecom. 
  

	102	Certification by Board, CEO, and managers of Required Telecom Business Units that Undertakings complied with 

 

	102.1	The Board will certify annually (by all directors signing personally or by another director appointed as his or her agent for this purpose) on behalf of TCNZ that, to
the best of the directors’ knowledge after making reasonable inquiry, TCNZ and all its Subsidiaries have complied with these Undertakings (except for any breaches that have been reported to the IOG and the Commission). 

 

	102.2	Telecom will ensure that the following people certify annually to the Board that, to the best of their knowledge after making reasonable inquiry, they have complied
with these Undertakings (except for any breaches that have been reported to the IOG and the Commission): 

  

	 	(a)	the CEO; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit, the Manager of the Wholesale Unit, the managers of the Retail Units, and the manager of any other Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit.

  

	103	Whistleblowing 

 Telecom
will establish a system to: 
  

	 	(a)	facilitate the disclosure and investigation of breaches of these Undertakings; and 

 

	 	(b)	enable Employees to report matters to the IOG, and to protect Employees who do so. 

 

	104	Statement of assets of ANS Unit as at 1 July 2008 

  

	104.1	Telecom will prepare a statement of the assets controlled by the ANS Unit as at 1 July 2008. 

 

	104.2	The statement prepared under clause 104.1 will: 

  

	 	(a)	be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice; 

  
 88 

	 	(b)	be prepared in accordance with the same accounting policies as the accounts of Telecom; and 

 

	 	(c)	reconcile with the accounts of Telecom. 

  

	104.3	Telecom will appoint, and pay for, an independent external audit of the statement of assets prepared under clause 104.1. 

 

	104.4	No later than 1 October 2008, Telecom will provide the IOG, the Commission, and the Minister with: 

 

	 	(a)	copies of the statement of assets and the independent External Auditor’s report; and 

 

	 	(b)	full information setting out the methodologies used to prepare the statement of assets, which will include descriptions of any models used, and all assumptions and
estimates that are necessary to provide assurance as to the robustness of the calculations made in preparing the statement, including identifying the owner of the assets. 

 

	104.5	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause affects Part 2B of the Act. 

 

	105	Inadvertent failure to comply with Arm’s-Length Rules and requirement for certain Employees to work for the ANS and Wholesale Units before 31 December
2008 

  

	105.1	This clause applies during the period beginning on the Separation Day and ending on 31 December 2008. 

 

	105.2	After being notified of any failure to comply with any of the Arm’s-Length Rules, or any requirement that a particular Employee working for the ANS Unit or the
Wholesale Unit is required to comply with, Telecom will be allowed reasonable time to comply provided that: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom has agreed with the Commission what a reasonable time would be in the circumstances; 

 

	 	(b)	Telecom takes all reasonable steps during that period to try to achieve compliance; and 

 

	 	(c)	the failure to comply was inadvertent. 

  

	105.3	If the requirements of clause 105.2 are met, Telecom will not be in breach of these Undertakings in relation to the failure to comply notified under
clause 105.2. 

  
 89 

	106	Failure to comply with these Undertakings 

 Telecom will not be in breach of these Undertakings in circumstances where Telecom fails to meet a requirement of these Undertakings and the failure to comply is trivial or de minimis. 

 

	107	Employees working for Telecom 

  

	107.1	Nothing in these Undertakings prevents an Employee working for one part of Telecom from ceasing work for that part and working for another part of Telecom, as long as
clause 107.2 is complied with. 

  

	107.2	Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	ensure that any Employee who ceases to work for one part of Telecom and works for another part of Telecom remains bound by the requirements relating to disclosure of
any Customer Confidential Information or Commercial Information to the extent that information is only known to them because he or she previously worked for another part of Telecom; and 

 

	 	(b)	not use clause 107.1 as a means of undermining a robust operational separation of Telecom. 

 

	108	Compliance with the law 

Nothing in these Undertakings limits any obligation of Telecom, the Board, the CEO, an Employee, a Telecom agent or a Telecom contractor
to comply with any law that is binding on, or applies to, that person or Telecom, or prevents such compliance. 
  

	109	Enforceability of these Undertakings 

  

	109.1	These Undertakings are not enforceable by any person other than in accordance with sections 69Q to 69S of the Act. 

 

	109.2	For the avoidance of doubt this clause does not limit the effect of section 69N of the Act. 

 

	110	TSO 

 Nothing in these
Undertakings limits Telecom’s obligations under any TSO Instrument. 
  

	111	Review of Undertakings and Telecom’s performance 

  

	111.1	After 31 December 2009, Telecom may ask the Commission to undertake a review of, and provide a report to the Minister, copied to Telecom, on, Telecom’s
performance under these Undertakings, and the workability of these Undertakings. 

  
 90 

	111.2	After 31 December 2011, Telecom may ask the Commission to undertake a review of, and provide a report to the Minister, copied to Telecom, on, Telecom’s
performance in relation to its governance, information sharing, and policy participation reporting obligations under these Undertakings, including a recommendation on whether the governance, information sharing, and policy participation reporting
obligations should be reduced. 

  

	112	Migration plans 

 Telecom
will meet its obligations in the migration plans in Schedule 1, in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 1. 
  

	113	Rural Telecommunications Services 

  

	113.1	Each Rural Telecommunications Service is a Relevant Service. To the extent that a Rural Telecommunications Service would otherwise be excluded as a Relevant Service
under clause 18.2(c)(iv) or clause 45.2(b)(vii) of these Undertakings, the Rural Telecommunications Service is deemed to be a Relevant Service. 

  

	113.2	The ANS Unit will not be in breach of clause 31.1 or clause 21.1 if (for whatever reason) the ANS Unit provides a service that is not an ANS Priority Rural
Telecommunications Service but which is functionally or technically the same as (or similar to) an ANS Priority Rural Telecommunications Service, on terms and conditions (including as to price) that are different to those offered for such an ANS
Priority Rural Telecommunications Service. 

  

	113.3	The Wholesale Unit will not be in breach of clause 56.1 or clause 47.1 if (for whatever reason) the Wholesale Unit provides a service that is not a Wholesale Priority
Rural Telecommunications Service but which is functionally or technically the same as (or similar to) a Wholesale Priority Rural Telecommunications Service, on terms and conditions (including as to price) that are different to those offered for such
a Wholesale Priority Rural Telecommunications Service. 

  

	113.4	The ANS Unit will not be in breach of clause 31.1 or clause 21.1 if the ANS Unit does not make ANS Priority Rural Telecommunications Services available (for whatever
reason) more widely than is required by the terms of the RBI Contract. 

  

	113.5	The Wholesale Unit will not be in breach of clause 56.1 or clause 47.1 if the Wholesale Unit does not make Wholesale Priority Rural Telecommunications Services
available (for whatever reason) more widely than is required by the terms of the RBI Contract. 

  
 91 

	113.6	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	clause 31.1 and/or clause 21.1 (as applicable) will apply in relation to the provision by ANS 

 

	 	(i)	of an ANS Priority Rural Telecommunications Service; and 

  

	 	(ii)	of a Relevant Service that is not an ANS Priority Rural Telecommunications Service. 

 

	 	(b)	clause 56.1 and/or clause 47.1 (as applicable) will apply in relation to the provision by the Wholesale Unit 

 

	 	(i)	of a Wholesale Priority Rural Telecommunications Services; and 

  

	 	(ii)	of a Relevant Service that is not a Wholesale Priority Rural Telecommunications Service. 

 Examples: 
 Service Provider A requests a RBI direct fibre access service from ANS in
Kimbolton in the Manawatu. ANS provides the service at the price required by the RBI contract. Service Provider B requests a similar service in Henderson in Auckland (which is not covered by the RBI Contract). It will not be a breach of clauses
31.1 or 21.1 if ANS charges Service Provider B a higher price than Service Provider A. 
 Okato School in Taranaki is tendering for
the supply of broadband services. A number of Service Providers are responding to that tender, and propose to use a fibre bitstream service in order to provide the broadband to Okato School. This is an “RBI Fibre Bitstream Service for Priority
Users”. Any Service Provider that requests the RBI Fibre Bitstream Service for Priority Users from the Wholesale Unit to serve Okato School would receive the service on the agreed RBI terms (including the RBI price). The Service Providers are
also tendering to supply broadband to Okato Cheese Factory, which is not a Priority User. Any Service Provider that requests the fibre bitstream service on standard commercial terms to supply the Okato Cheese Factory would receive the same price
from the Wholesale Unit. However, it will not be a breach of clauses 56.1 or 47.1 if the price for the fibre bitstream service to Okato School differs from the price for the fibre bitstream service to the Okato Cheese Factory. 

The Wholesale Unit offers a “Premium RBI Fibre Bitstream Service for Priority Users” over specific fibre optic connections built or upgraded
under the RBI contract to all Service Providers. This is an end-to-end service. It will not be a breach of clauses 56.1 or 47.1 if the Wholesale Unit offers an aspect of the service (e.g. the backhaul between a first data switch and a designated
handover point) from Westport on the West Coast (which is not a subsidised RBI service) at a higher price, than might otherwise be assumed as part of the end-to-end RBI service 
 The Wholesale Unit makes available a “Premium RBI Fibre Bitstream Service for Priority Users” to support services delivered to cellsites in RBI areas. A mobile or wireless operator may face a
higher price for a similar service in a non-RBI area. The higher price in the urban area will not be a breach of clause, 56.1 or 47.1. 

Service Provider A requests an RBI Direct Fibre Access Service in Collingwood in the Golden Bay, and the ANS Unit provides the service to Service
Provider A. Service Provider B requests a similar fibre access service in Wadestown in Wellington (which is not covered by the RBI contract) but the ANS Unit does not have the service available in that area. It is not a breach of clauses 31.1 or
21.1 if the ANS Unit does not provide the service to service Provider B. 

  
 92 

 SCHEDULE 1 – TRANSITION TO EQUIVALENCE 

PART A: BINDING COMMITMENTS 
  

	1	GENERAL DEFINITIONS 

  

	1.1	In this Schedule 1, unless the context requires otherwise: 

 Basic UBA or BUBA means the unbundled bitstream access service called the Basic UBA Service in the UBA STD and: 

 

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UBA STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled bitstream access service that Telecom becomes required to provide under the UBA STD as a result of a review, clarification or
amendment to the UBA STD; 

 B2B Gateway means an automated machine to machine interface between a Telecom
Business Unit (that provides a Relevant Service) and Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units that enables the Telecom Business Unit to exchange data in relation to Relevant Service transactions (for example, ordering, provisioning and
fault management transactions) in the same way with Service Providers and the other Telecom Business Units; 
 BUBA with
POTS means BUBA where there is an active analogue telephone service on the same copper pair as the BUBA service (but does not include that analogue telephone service); 
 BUBA without POTS means BUBA where there is not an active analogue telephone service on the same copper pair as the BUBA service; 

Contingent, in relation to a milestone, means that Telecom is not required to achieve the milestone, or take any action directed at
achieving the milestone (including, without limitation, reporting on the milestone under paragraph 4.1), unless the milestone is converted to an Enforceable milestone in accordance with paragraph 4.3; 

Core FMO Capability Requirements means in relation to a particular Relevant Service that the following EOI capability building
blocks are completed in the FMO Environment for the Wholesale Unit for the Relevant Service: 
  

	 	(a)	Channels EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(b)	Customer Information Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  
 93 

	 	(c)	Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(d)	Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 

	 	(e)	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 

	 	(f)	Product Management EOI Building Block Completed; and 

  

	 	(g)	Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 Customer Difficult Personal Circumstances means circumstances personal to a particular customer in which a responsible telecommunications service provider would not force a customer to change their
service experience (for example where the customer is classified as a new customer because of a divorce or a death in the family or where other relevant hardships or personal business circumstances apply); 

December 2009 Requirements means, in relation to a particular Relevant Service: 

 

	 	(a)	the following requirements: 

  

	 	(iii)	Telecom Business Units and Service Providers are provided with the same service on the same terms (including price); 

 

	 	(iv)	Telecom Business Units and Service Providers are able to use the same: 

  

	 	(A)	B2B Gateway; or 

  

	 	(B)	Online Portal that meets the reasonable needs of those Service Providers or other Telecom Business Units who do not require or are not capable of using the B2B Gateway;

 in the same way for ordering, provisioning, and fault management of the service; 

 

	 	(v)	Telecom Business Units use only the B2B Gateway or Online Portal referred to in (ii) above for ordering, provisioning and fault management of the service;

  

	 	(vi)	Telecom Business Units and Service Providers receive the same service level reporting for the service; and 

  
 94 

	 	(b)	The following EOI capability building blocks are completed for the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) for the Relevant Service: 

 

	 	(i)	Product Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(ii)	Channels EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(iii)	Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 

	 	(iv)	Customer Information Management EOI Building Block Completed; and 

  

	 	(v)	Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed. 

 Detailed Design Document means, in relation to EOI Inventory Management Systems for a particular Telecom Business Unit, the document which contains the information required to commence the build of
the EOI Inventory Management Systems for that Telecom Business Unit; 
 Detailed Service Desk Design Document means, in
relation to EOI Service Desk Systems for a particular Telecom Business Unit, the document which contains the information required to commence the build of EOI Service Desk Systems in the FMO Environment for that Telecom Business Unit; 

DSTN Services means any Telecom service delivered over the DSTN network platform at the Approval Date, including the services
called Digital Voice Access Services (DVA), Low Speed Digital Data Services (LSDDS), High Speed Digital Data Services (HSDDS) using DSTN, Multistream Services and Digital Voice Services (DVS); 

Enforceable, in relation to a milestone, means that Telecom is required under these Undertakings to achieve the milestone;

 Enhanced UBA or EUBA means the unbundled bitstream access services called the Enhanced UBA Services in the UBA
STD and: 
  

	 	(a)	includes those services as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UBA STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled bitstream access service that Telecom becomes required to provide under the UBA STD as a result of a review, clarification or
amendment to the UBA STD; 

 EOI Inventory Management Systems has the meaning given to that term in
paragraph 2.4(a); 

  
 95 

 EOI Service Desk Systems means the systems required to Complete the Service
Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block; 
 Existing PSTN Lines means “x” number of
Telecom fixed access lines where “x” equals: 
  

	 	(a)	the total number of Telecom fixed access lines existing on the Approval Date for which there is a provisioned fixed PSTN line circuit as at the Approval Date, if this
number is agreed between Telecom and the Minister on or before 30 June 2008; and if not 

  

	 	(b)	1,800,000; 

 EUBA Coverage
Milestone means any milestone in the PSTN migration plan that refers to: 
  

	 	(a)	the availability of EUBA without POTS on a percentage of Existing PSTN Lines; or 

 

	 	(b)	a number of distribution cabinets having been installed or equipped with ADSL2 and or equivalent DSL capability; 

EUBA with POTS means EUBA where there is an active analogue telephone service on the same copper pair as the EUBA service (but does
not include that analogue telephone service); 
 EUBA without POTS means EUBA where there is not an active analogue
telephone service on the same copper pair as the EUBA service; 
 Fixed Voice Customer Lines means any Telecom fixed
access line being supplied with a Retail Unit service designed to be a primary line voice service; 
 Frame Relay means,
in Telecom’s network, a set of interfaces and protocols supported by the data networks to provide Frame Relay Services and access connections to data services like the One Office Services and Unbundled Partial Circuits; 

Frame Relay Services means any Telecom service described as a frame relay service as at the Approval Date and including those
services as they may evolve over time; 
 Future Mode of Operation Environment or FMO Environment means, in relation to a
particular Relevant Service, an environment in which the Wholesale Unit is predominantly using new systems (i.e. systems that were first been introduced into the systems stack used by the Wholesale Unit after 31 March 2008) to provide customer
information management, B2B Gateway, Self Service Portal, order management (sales order management), order management (service order management) and service management (service desk) for the purpose of meeting the Core FMO Capability Requirements
and moving toward achieving EOI; 

  
 96 

 High Speed Network Service or HSNS means the Wholesale Unit’s service of
that name (which is a Layer 2 Ethernet access tail service delivering non contended bandwidth over Telecom’s fibre optic network and is described in the Wholesale Unit’s Wholesale Services Price List) as it may evolve over time;

 Inventory Data means in relation to a particular Relevant Service, the data used to describe the physical
characteristics, quantity and location of assets in a way that facilitates the use of these assets in the supply of the Relevant Service; 
 IP Trunking Service means an IP based service that provides connectivity between a private VOIP network and the public telephone network; 

ISDN means Integrated Services Digital Network, and is a set of adjunct capabilities to Telecom’s PSTN; 

ISDN Services means any service provided primarily by means of Telecom’s fixed PSTN and its associated support systems and
provided over ISDN telephone lines, including Primary Rate Access (PRA) and Basic Rate Access (BRA) lines; 
 Non Code Access
or NCA means a service that allows end-customers connected to Telecom’s fixed PSTN to make toll calls using their preferred toll call Service Provider without having to first dial a prefix which identifies the Service Provider;

 Non Standard Connection means any instance of a Retail Broadband Service that, for technical reasons, reasons related
to customer experience or a customer’s personal circumstances, is inappropriate for migration to a Retail Broadband Service that consumes BUBA or EUBA. For the avoidance of doubt Non Standard Connections are expected to represent only a small
proportion of total connections and include: 
  

	 	(a)	any connection or type of connection where migration could: 

  

	 	(i)	present major technical issues; or 

  

	 	(ii)	materially impair the functionality of the service; or 

  

	 	(iii)	adversely impact customer experience including triggering a requirement for a customer to undertake material investment or system changes; 

in a manner that cannot be resolved using efforts that are reasonable having regard to the number of customers affected and the likely
cost of resolving the issue. 

  
 97 

 One Office Services means any Telecom managed data service described as being in the
one office service family as at the Approval Date; 
 Online Portal means a manual web-based interface between a Telecom
Business Unit (that is providing a Relevant Service) and Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units that enables the Telecom Business Unit to exchange data in relation to Relevant Service transactions (for example, ordering, provisioning and
fault management transactions) in the same way with Service Providers and the other Telecom Business Units; 
 Other Legacy
Data Services means the Telecom services called (as at the Approval Date) Dedicated Internet Access, DSTN Services, X25, Corporate Internet Data (CID), IP Net, Megalink, Metro IP, Metro LAN Extension, LanLink, Netway Integrated Access, High
Speed Digital Data (using ATM), Analogue Data and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM); 
 Outlier Broadband Products means
the Telecom services called (as at the Approval Date) Remote Office, School Zone Starter and Eftpos Service; 
 (Over ATM)
in relation to a service, means that the instances of that service are supplied using DSL technology employing ATM network interfaces; 
 (Over Ethernet) in relation to a service, means that the instances of that service are supplied using DSL technology employing Ethernet network interfaces; 

Product Plans of Intent means a provisional delivery schedule for future services or variations of existing services released by a
Telecom Business Unit for the purpose of facilitating industry consultation; 
 Product Plans of Record means a committed
delivery schedule for future services or variations of existing services (that includes details of committed service scopes and launch dates) released by a Telecom Business Unit for the purpose of allowing Service Providers and other Telecom
Business Units to commit to their own product roadmaps and other marketing activities; 
 PSTN Services means any Telecom
service provided predominantly by means of Telecom’s fixed PSTN and its associated support systems existing at the Approval Date; 
 Retail Broadband Services means any DSL-based broadband Internet access service provided by Retail Units but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Outlier Broadband Products or their replacements;

 Stop Innovation means that, for a given service, no new material enhancements will be made to the functionality of the
service unless that new functionality is required to operationally maintain the service; 

  
 98 

 Stop Sell to New Customers means that, for a given service, the service will not be
available to customers who do not currently receive the service. Moves, adds and changes (MACs) will still be permitted for existing customers of that service; 
 Telecom PSTN Services means any Telecom service provided by the Retail Units to end-customers predominantly by means of Telecom’s fixed PSTN and its associated support systems existing at the
Approval Date. 
 Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3 means the Telecom line density zones known as Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 3a and Zone
3b and generally used by Telecom to describe those urban density areas of New Zealand served by telephone exchanges with a total line count of greater than 500 lines, and which at 30 June 2008 together include not less than 80% of total
Existing PSTN Lines. Before the Approval Date, Telecom will provide to the Minister a list of the cities and towns whose urban population areas are included in these zones. Telecom will provide to the Minister full details of the definitive
geographic areas covered by these zones (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not change over time), on or before 30 June 2008. Following consultation with the Minister and the Commission Telecom will also by 30 June 2008 provide to the
Minister full details of the precise method for classifying all customer service addresses within these zones. This method must ensure that as at 30 June 2008 not less than 80% of total Existing PSTN Lines are in these zones; 

Tracking, in relation to a milestone, means that: 
  

	 	(a)	Telecom intends to achieve the milestone, and is required to measure and report on the milestone under paragraph 4; but 

 

	 	(b)	it will not be a breach of these Undertakings if Telecom does not achieve the milestone; 

2010 Requirements means in relation to a particular Relevant Service that the following EOI capability building blocks are
completed using either systems that were used by the Wholesale Unit before 31 March 2008 (augmented as required) or the FMO Environment for the Wholesale Unit for the Relevant Service: 

 

	 	(h)	Channels EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(i)	Customer Information Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(j)	Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(k)	Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 

	 	(l)	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

  
 99 

	 	(m)	Product Management EOI Building Block Completed; and 

  

	 	(n)	Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 UBA Backhaul means the unbundled bitstream access backhaul service that Telecom is required to provide Service Providers with under the UBA Backhaul STD; and 

 

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UBA Backhaul STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled bitstream access backhaul service that Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with under the UBA Backhaul STD as a
result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UBA Backhaul STD; 

 UBA Backhaul Standard Terms
Determination or UBA Backhaul STD means the Commission’s first Standard Terms Determination regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled bitstream access backhaul; 

UBA Standard Terms Determination or UBA STD means the Commission’s Standard Terms Determination dated 12 December
2007 regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled bitstream access; 
 UCLL means the unbundled copper local loop
network service that Telecom is required to provide Service Providers with under the UCLL STD; and 
  

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled copper local loop network service that Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with under the UCLL STD as a result of a
review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL STD; 

 UCLL Access Equipment means DSLAMs or equivalent
equipment that are predominantly used by Telecom for the purpose of providing access to, and interconnection with, UCLL or UCLL Backhaul including any necessary supporting equipment; 

UCLL Backhaul means the unbundled copper local loop network backhaul service that Telecom is required to provide Service Providers
with under the UCLL Backhaul STD; and 
  

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL Backhaul STD; but 

  
 100

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled copper local loop network backhaul service that Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with under the UCLL Backhaul
STD as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL Backhaul STD; 

 UCLL Backhaul Standard
Terms Determination or UCLL Backhaul STD means the Commission’s first Standard Terms Determination regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled copper local loop network backhaul; 

UCLL Co-Location means the unbundled copper local loop network co-location service that Telecom is required to provide Service
Providers with under the UCLL Co-Location STD; and 
  

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL Co-Location STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled copper local loop network co-location service that Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with under the UCLL
Co-Location STD as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL Co-Location STD; 

 UCLL
Co-Location Standard Terms Determination or UCLL Co-Location STD means the Commission’s Standard Terms Determination dated 7 November 2007 regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled copper local loop network
co-location; 
 UCLL Standard Terms Determination or UCLL STD means the Commission’s Standard Terms
Determination dated 7 November 2007 regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled copper local loop network; 

Unbundled Network Service or UNS means the Wholesale Unit’s service of that name (which is a Layer 2 access tail
service provided over a copper network, based on DSL technology and is described in the Wholesale Unit’s Wholesale Services Price List) as it may evolve over time; 
 Unbundled Partial Circuits or UPC means the Wholesale Unit’s service of that name (which is a Layer 2 access tail service provided over a copper network, based on Frame Relay technology
and is described in the Wholesale Unit’s Wholesale Services Price List) as it may evolve over time; 
 Withdraw
Service means that, for a given service, the service is no longer available to customers. 

  
 101

	2	COMPLETION OF EOI BUILDING BLOCKS DEFINITIONS 

 In this Schedule 1, unless the context requires otherwise: 
  

	2.1	Billing Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	the same processes and systems are used when raising a bill for another Telecom Business Unit or Service Provider for the Relevant Service; 

 

	 	(b)	the processes and systems in (a) ensure that the Telecom Business Unit bills Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units for the Relevant Service in the
billing cycle of the Service Provider or the other Telecom Business Unit following the supply of the Relevant Service; and 

  

	 	(c)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has notified the Commission in writing that the conditions in (a) and (b) above
are met; 

 and Complete the Billing Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning;

  

	2.2	Channels EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	the data standards that Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units will need to use to interface with the B2B Gateway and Online Portal have been published on
the Internet website of the Telecom Business Unit; 

  

	 	(b)	the B2B Gateway and Online Portal have been completed and tested and are ready for piloting; 

 

	 	(c)	for each of the B2B Gateway and Online Portal, a single process for staff of Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units to become authenticated is published;

  

	 	(d)	a pilot for each of the B2B Gateway and Online Portal has been conducted with at least one Service Provider in each pilot, and each pilot has demonstrated that a
participant in the pilot can successfully order the Relevant Service and raise trouble tickets in relation to that Relevant Service; 

  

	 	(e)	Service Providers can and other Telecom Business Units must use the B2B Gateway or the Online Portal to place orders for the Relevant Service and raise trouble tickets
in relation to the Relevant Service; and 

  
 102

	 	(f)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has notified all Eligible Service Providers and the other Telecom Business Units in
writing of the requirement in (e) above; 

 and Complete the Channels EOI Building Block has the
corresponding meaning; 
  

	2.3	Customer Information Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit:

  

	 	(a)	the same systems and processes are used by the Telecom Business Unit to capture, query and use data relating to Service Providers (and their customers) and other
Telecom Business Units (and their customers) to which the Telecom Business Unit supplies the Relevant Service; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the condition in (a) above is met;

 and Complete the Customer Information Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning;

  

	2.4	Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit that: 

 

	 	(a)	processes and systems have been developed or adapted such that the Telecom Business Unit uses the same systems and processes to capture the Inventory Data that is
necessary to enable the Telecom Business Unit to fulfil, assure and bill the Relevant Service for Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units (“EOI Inventory Management Systems”); and 

 

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the EOI Inventory Management Systems have
been tested and are ready for the Inventory Data to be copied from Telecom’s inventory management systems existing at the Approval Date; 

 and Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning; 
  

	2.5	Migration to Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed means in relation to a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit:

  

	 	(a)	that at any time all necessary Inventory Data relating to the Relevant Service is stored in the EOI Inventory Management Systems; 

  
 103

	 	(b)	that when fulfilling, assuring and billing the Relevant Service the relevant Telecom Business Unit only accesses Inventory Data from the EOI Inventory Management
Systems; and 

  

	 	(c)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the conditions in (a) and
(b) above are met; 

 and Complete the Migration to Inventory Management EOI Building Block has the
corresponding meaning; 
  

	2.6	Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed means in relation to a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom
Business Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	a single process requiring the same end-customer data to be provided is used by Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units to order the Relevant Service from
the Telecom Business Unit; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has notified Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units in writing of the requirement
in (a) above; 

 and Complete the Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building
Block has the corresponding meaning; 
  

	2.7	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed means in relation to a particular Relevant Service and a particular
Telecom Business Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	processes and policies are in place that prioritise and schedule the fulfilment of orders (“Order Scheduling Function”) from a Service Provider or another
Telecom Business Unit for the Relevant Service in a way that does not take account of whether the order is from a Service Provider or another Telecom Business Unit; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the Order Scheduling Function prioritises
and schedules orders for the Relevant Service in a way that does not take account of whether the order is from a Service Provider or another Telecom Business Unit; 

and Complete the Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning;

  
 104

	2.8	Product Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	the product catalogue of services in relation to the Relevant Service is visible to Service Providers and Telecom Business Units through the Online Portal or the
Internet website of the Telecom Business Unit; 

  

	 	(b)	the product catalogue contains definitive information on the specification, price, order mechanisms, availability, geographic coverage and service level options (if
any) in relation to the Relevant Service; 

  

	 	(c)	the Product Plans of Intent and Product Plans of Record (if any) for the Relevant Service are visible to Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units through the
Online Portal or the Internet website of the Telecom Business Unit; and 

  

	 	(d)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the conditions (a), (b) and
(c) above are met; 

 and Complete the Product Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding
meaning; 
  

	2.9	Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed means that, in relation to a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom
Business Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	Service Providers can and other Telecom Business Units must use the same processes to raise, track and escalate faults in relation to the Relevant Service;

  

	 	(b)	Service Providers can and other Telecom Business Units must use the B2B Gateway or Online Portal to raise and track faults in relation to the Relevant Service; and

  

	 	(c)	Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units are notified of service or network faults affecting the Relevant Service using the same process, timeframes and
levels of information in relation to the Relevant Service (recognising that required information may be specific to a fault or Service Provider or other Telecom Business Unit); 

and Complete the Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning; 

 

	2.10	Workforce Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	that a single process exists for dispatching field force personnel to provision orders from Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units for that Relevant
Service; 

  
 105

	 	(b)	the single process referred to in (a) is initiated only in accordance with the requirement in paragraph 2.7 above that the Order Scheduling Function prioritises
and schedules orders from a Service Provider or another Telecom Business Unit for the Relevant Service in a way that does not take account of whether the order is from a Service Provider or another Telecom Business Unit; 

 

	 	(c)	the processes by which Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units enquire about, monitor and are notified of completion of field force requests in relation to
the Relevant Service are the same; and 

  

	 	(d)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the conditions in (a), (b) and
(c) above are met; 

 and Complete the Workforce Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding
meaning; 
  

	2.11	Completed on an Opt-In Basis means, in relation to a building block, that the systems, processes and requirements that are a condition of that building block
being completed are available to Service Providers and Telecom Business Units, but Service Providers and Telecom Business Units are not yet required to use those systems and processes or meet those requirements. 

 

	3	INTERPRETATION 

  

	3.1	The commentary in Part B of this Schedule is not binding on Telecom. Part B is non-binding explanatory material that describes how Telecom proposes to complete the
migration of certain Relevant Services to the EOI standard, the practical issues involved and why it is done in the way Telecom proposes. It does not limit the binding requirements in Part A of this Schedule in any way, and cannot be used to aid in
the interpretation of the binding requirements in Part A. 

  

	3.2	References in this Schedule to a service being available means the service being available subject to normal provisioning process requirements that are consistent with
usual industry good practice. 

  

	3.3	Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Schedule to the same means exactly the same, subject to: 

 

	 	(a)	trivial differences; 

  

	 	(b)	differences relating to; 

  

	 	(i)	credit requirements and vetting procedures; 

  
 106

	 	(ii)	payment procedures; 

  

	 	(iii)	matters of national and crime-related security, physical security, security required to protect the operational integrity of the network, or any other security
requirements agreed by Telecom and the Commission; 

  

	 	(iv)	provisions relating to the termination of supply; 

  

	 	(v)	provisions relating to dispute resolution (to the extent necessary because Telecom is one company); 

 

	 	(vi)	requirements for a safe working environment; and 

  

	 	(c)	differences that are agreed by Telecom and the Commission in writing; 

  

	 	(d)	differences that are requested by a Service Provider in writing and agreed to by Telecom; 

 

	 	(e)	differences that are specified elsewhere in these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(f)	differences relating to terms required by a residual terms determination under subpart 2A of Part 2 of the Act. 

 

	3.4	References in this schedule to a vendor or service supply contract signed for development means that the vendor or service supply contract for the design phase
using the chosen technology has been signed or is in the final stages of negotiation before signing. 

  

	3.5	References in this Schedule to: 

  

	 	(a)	Basic UBA or BUBA means both BUBA without POTS and BUBA with POTS unless stated otherwise; and 

 

	 	(b)	Enhanced UBA or EUBA means both EUBA with POTS and EUBA without POTS unless stated otherwise. 

 

	3.6	Where terms are defined in the main body of these Undertakings those definitions apply to this Schedule 1. 

 

	3.7	When interpreting this Schedule 1, the interpretation provisions in clause 2 of the main body of these Undertakings apply. 

  
 107

	4	MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING OF MILESTONES 

  

	4.1	Telecom will provide the IOG and the Commission with quarterly reports which report on Telecom’s progress in achieving the milestones set out in this Schedule,
including details of; 

  

	 	(a)	whether Telecom considers it has achieved any milestone due to be achieved in the quarterly period preceding the report; 

 

	 	(b)	whether Telecom expects to achieve any milestone due to be achieved in the quarterly period following the report; 

 

	 	(c)	if Telecom has not achieved any milestone due to be achieved in the quarterly period preceding the report, or does not expect to achieve any milestone due to be
achieved in the quarterly period following the report: 

  

	 	(i)	the circumstances giving rise to Telecom’s inability to achieve the milestone; and 

 

	 	(ii)	any steps that Telecom intends to take to remedy the non-achievement of the milestone or to reduce the likelihood of not achieving the milestone (as the case may be).

  

	4.2	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in clause 4.1 or in any report provided by Telecom under clause 4.1 limits or affects Telecom’s obligations under
these Undertakings in relation to the milestones set out in this Schedule. 

 Contingent milestones

  

	4.3	If Telecom submits acceptable alternative commitments to the Minister on or before 31 March 2011 then the Contingent milestones will no longer form part of these
Undertakings and will have no effect. If: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom does not submit proposed alternative commitments to the Contingent milestones to the Minister for approval on or before 31 March 2011; or

  

	 	(b)	the alternative commitments submitted by Telecom are unacceptable and, following negotiation, Telecom and the Minister are unable to arrive on acceptable alternative
commitments; 

 then the Minister may give notice in writing to Telecom that the Contingent milestones specified in
these Undertakings will become Enforceable milestones, required to be completed to a revised timetable which shall ensure delivery of the Core FMO Capability Requirements for the supply of all new orders of BUBA and EUBA services no more than 18
months after Telecom receives notification of the Minister’s decision. The Minister may require a review of the revised timetable by an expert appointed by the Minister in consultation with Telecom and, if necessary, require Telecom to revise
its timeframe to one recommended by the independent expert. 

  
 108

	5	UCLL MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	5.1	Telecom will migrate UCLL to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 UCLL migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	UCLL available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UCLL STD).	  	The date(s) specified by the UCLL STD	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of the B2B Gateway required for the ANS Unit to Complete the Channels EOI Building
Block.	  	31 March 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of a single process requiring the same end-customer data to be provided for Service Providers and
other Telecom Business Units to order Relevant Network Access Services from the ANS Unit to enable the ANS Unit to Complete the Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block.	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development or adaptation of processes and systems that have capability to capture the Inventory Data that
enables the ANS Unit to fulfil, assure and bill Relevant Network Access Services to enable the ANS Unit to Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block.	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of the process by which Service Providers and Telecom Business Units enquire about, monitor and
are notified of completion of field force requests to enable the ANS Unit to Complete the Workforce Management EOI Building Block.	  	30 September 2008	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 109

					
	 UCLL migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units (on the same financial terms and conditions as the UCLL STD) as an input in the supply of
all:
  

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services;

 

•        BUBA without POTS services (Over Ethernet and Over ATM);
and
  

•        EUBA without POTS services.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	ANS Unit informs Service Providers and Telecom Business Units of the data format that will be required to raise service desk trouble tickets when Service Management (Service Desk
Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed.	  	31 December 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Detailed Design Document v 1.0 for the ANS Unit EOI Inventory Management Systems finalised and approved by the Manager of the ANS Unit.	  	31 December 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Detailed Design Document v 2.0 for the ANS Unit EOI Inventory Management Systems finalised and approved by the Manager of the ANS Unit	  	31 March 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Pilots of B2B Gateway and Online Portal in relation to UCLL services commenced with at least one Service Provider in each pilot.	  	31 March 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	The EOI capability building blocks listed in paragraph (b) of the definition of December 2009 Requirements are Completed on an Opt-in Basis for the ANS Unit for the supply of
all UCLL services.	  	30 June 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all UCLL services.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of all Frame Relay Services (where delivered over copper lines).	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 110

					
	 UCLL migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed for the ANS Unit for supply of all UCLL services.	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of all:

 

•        BUBA without POTS services (Over Ethernet and Over ATM);
and
  

•        EUBA without POTS services.
	  	30 June 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed for the ANS Unit for UCLL services ordered after this date.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Billing Management EOI Building Block Completed for the ANS Unit for UCLL services ordered after this date.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Migration of UCLL Inventory Data to EOI Inventory Management Systems (developed to Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block for the ANS Unit for UCLL) has
commenced.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of UPC services (where delivered over copper lines) ordered after this date.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input into the supply of all UNS (Over Ethernet) services.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Workforce Management EOI Building Block Completed for the ANS Unit for UCLL services ordered after this date.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Migration to Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed in relation to all UCLL services.	  	30 June 2011	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for the supply of all UCLL services.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of all UPC services (where delivered over copper lines).	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 111

	6	UCLL BACKHAUL MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	6.1	Telecom will migrate UCLL Backhaul to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 UCLL Backhaul migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	UCLL Backhaul available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UCLL Backhaul STD).	  	The date(s) specified by the UCLL Backhaul STD	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The EOI capability building blocks listed in paragraph (b) of the definition of December 2009 Requirements are Completed on an Opt-in Basis for the ANS Unit for all UCLL
Backhaul services.	  	30 June 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all UCLL Backhaul services.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UCLL Backhaul is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of any EUBA and BUBA (Over Ethernet) service where access to Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network
is required to provide the service. 	  	30 June 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed for ANS Unit for UCLL Backhaul services ordered after this date.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	UCLL Backhaul is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of any UNS (Over Ethernet) service where access to Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network is required
to provide the service.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Workforce Management EOI Building Block Completed for ANS Unit for UCLL Backhaul services ordered after this date.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for the supply of all UCLL Backhaul services.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 112

	7	UCLL CO-LOCATION MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	7.1	Telecom will migrate UCLL Co-location to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 UCLL Co-location migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	UCLL Co-location available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UCLL Co-Location STD).	  	The date(s) specified in the UCLL Co-Location STD	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for all UCLL Co-location services provided to a Telecom Business Unit for UCLL Access Equipment installed in a Telecom local exchange between the Approval Date and
31 December 2008.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for all new UCLL Co-location services provided after this date to Service Providers and Telecom Business Units.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EOI standard applies to all UCLL Co-location services provided to a Telecom Business Unit for UCLL Access Equipment installed in a particular Telecom local exchange before the
Approval Date.	  	 Later of:
  

•        31 December 2008;

 
 or
  

•        When a Service Provider first obtains UCLL Co-location in
the particular exchange
	  	Enforceable Milestone

 Note: See paragraph 17.7 regarding the application of the EOI standard to UCLL Co-location services. 

  
 113

	8	BUBA AND EUBA MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	8.1	Telecom will migrate BUBA and EUBA to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 BUBA migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	BUBA and EUBA available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UBA STD).	  	The date(s) specified in the UBA STD	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of the B2B Gateway to enable the Wholesale Unit to Complete the Channels EOI Building
Block.	  	31 March 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of a single process that requires the same end-customer data to be provided for Service Providers
and other Telecom Business Units to order Relevant Wholesale Services (other than Resale Services) from the Wholesale Unit to enable the Wholesale Unit to Complete the Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only).	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development or adaptation of processes and systems that have the capability to capture the Inventory Data that
enables the Wholesale Unit to fulfil, assure and bill Relevant Wholesale Services (other than Resale Services) to enable the Wholesale Unit to Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block.	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Wholesale Unit informs Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units of the data format that will be required to raise service desk trouble tickets when the Service Management
(Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Business requirements completed for the Wholesale Unit EOI Inventory Management Systems.	  	31 January 2009	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 114

					
	 BUBA migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	Detailed Service Desk Design Document v.1.0 for the Wholesale Unit EOI Service Desk Systems finalised and approved by the Manager of the Wholesale Unit.	  	31 March 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Detailed Design Document v.1.0 for the Wholesale Unit EOI Inventory Management Systems finalised and approved by the Manager of the Wholesale Unit.	  	30 April 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	The core capability required to Complete the Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block in the FMO Environment has been built and is ready for testing by
the Wholesale Unit.	  	30 June 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	End-customer trials underway for a new Retail Broadband Service that consumes BUBA and/or EUBA as an input.	  	30 June 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all BUBA and EUBA services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The Wholesale Unit has launched and is using the Services Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed in the FMO Environment for the Wholesale
Unit.	  	30 September 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	BUBA and/or EUBA is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of Retail Broadband Services that are provided to new customers after this date (except where
Customer Difficult Personal Circumstances apply).	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 2010 Requirements met for the supply of all new orders of BUBA and EUBA services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	30 June 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 115

					
	Billing Management EOI Building Block Completed for Wholesale Unit for orders received after this date for all BUBA and EUBA services.	  	31 December 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	90% of Retail Broadband Service customers (who were purchasing a Retail Broadband Service as at 31 December 2009 and who are still purchasing a Retail Broadband Service)
migrated to new Retail Broadband Services that consume BUBA or EUBA as an input, excluding Non Standard Connections that Telecom has notified to the IOG and the Commission.	  	31 July 2012	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Migration of BUBA and EUBA Inventory Data to EOI Inventory Management Systems (developed to enable the Wholesale Unit to Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block for
BUBA services and EUBA services) has commenced.	  	31 December 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Core FMO Capability Requirements met for the supply of all new orders of BUBA and EUBA services.	  	To be determined in accordance with paragraph 4.3	  	Contingent Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for supply of all BUBA and EUBA services (excluding migration of Retail Broadband Service customers).	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	100% of Retail Broadband Service customers migrated to new Retail Broadband Services that consume BUBA or EUBA as an input, excluding Non Standard Connections that Telecom has
notified to the IOG and the Commission.	  	31 December 2012	  	Enforceable Milestone

 Note: See paragraph 17.8 regarding the application of the EOI standard to BUBA with POTS and EUBA with POTS. 

  
 116

	9	UBA BACKHAUL MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	9.1	Telecom will migrate UBA Backhaul to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 UBA Backhaul migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	UBA Backhaul available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UBA Backhaul STD).	  	The dates specified in UBA Backhaul STD.	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Wholesale Unit informs Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units of the data format that will be required to raise service desk trouble tickets when the Service Management
(Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed.	  	31 December 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all UBA Backhaul services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Completed definition do not apply.
	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UBA Backhaul service is consumed by Telecom Retail Units as an input in the supply of all Retail Broadband Services that use EUBA or BUBA (Over Ethernet) as an input where a
determined Wholesale Unit backhaul service is required by the Retail Units.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 2010 Requirements met for supply of all new orders of UBA Backhaul services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Workforce Management EOI Building Block Completed for Wholesale Unit for UBA Backhaul services.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Core FMO Capability Requirements met for supply of all new orders of UBA Backhaul services	  	To be determined in accordance with paragraph 4.3	  	Contingent Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for supply of all UBA Backhaul services.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 117

	10	HSNS, UNS (OVER ETHERNET) AND UPC MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	10.1	Telecom will migrate HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet) and UPC to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 HSNS, UNS and UPC migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	UNS (Over ATM) and UPC available to Service Providers.	  	Approval Date	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	UNS (Over Ethernet) available to Telecom Business Units and Service Providers.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all:
  

•        HSNS services; and

 

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 New orders for UPC received after this date supplied on the December 2009 Requirements.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	30 September 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	If a customer was able to receive UNS (Over ATM) at a specific location on the Approval Date, they can receive UNS (Over Ethernet) at that location.	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Wholesale Unit Stop Sell to New Customers for UNS (Over ATM).	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 Billing Management EOI Building Block Completed for Wholesale Unit for orders received after this date for:

 

•        HSNS services;

 

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services; and

 

•        UPC services.
	  	31 December 2010	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 118

					
	 HSNS, UNS and UPC migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 2010 Requirements met for the supply of all new orders of:

 

•        HSNS services;

 

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services; and

 

•        UPC services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the Channels EOI
Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Core FMO Capability Requirements met for the supply of all new orders of:

 

•        HSNS services;

 

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services; and

 

•        UPC services.
	  	To be determined in accordance with paragraph 4.3	  	Contingent Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for the supply of all HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet) and UPC services.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UNS (Over ATM) Withdraw Service (except where there is significant customer impact in withdrawing this service).	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 119

	11	RESALE SERVICES MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	11.1	Telecom will make the following service delivery improvements in relation to Resale Services that are Wholesale Relevant Services: 

 

					
	 Resale Services milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 Broadband Wiring Only Orders
  

Systems and processes are in place such that when a broadband service related field force work order from a Service Provider is changed at the request of
the end-customer, Service Providers are advised of the changes or additions when the work order has been completed (instead of when the bill is generated for the Service Provider).
	  	31 March 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 NCA provisioning
  

Service Providers are able to submit NCA orders online.
  

Service Providers are able to submit NCA orders concurrently with a request for a fixed PSTN line circuit and/or broadband service for the same
end-customer.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Visibility of existing orders on a customer line

 
 When an order from a Service Provider in relation to a Resale Service is rejected
because an order already exists in relation to that fixed access line, the Service Provider is provided with the same information as the Telecom Business Units have access to, in similar timeframes, about why the order is rejected and when the open
service order will close.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Unmet broadband demand
  

Systems and processes are available and used to capture service requests from Service Providers and Telecom Business Units relating to broadband in a
location where the network capacity to provide the service does not exist.
  

Policies are in place which require that decisions to install broadband services will not take into account whether such service requests are made by
Service Providers or Telecom Business Units.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 120

					
	 Resale Services milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 Visibility of Line Status
  

Systems are available to Service Providers that allow Service Providers to check whether or not a line is “intact” within a similar timeframe as
Telecom Business Units are able to check whether or not a line is “intact”.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Access to service company schedules
  

Service Providers are able to view the work schedule of service companies, and book service requests in a similar timeframe as Telecom Business
Units.
	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 PSTN number reservation
  

Service Providers are able to review available PSTN numbers and select or reserve an available PSTN number for their end-customer in a similar timeframe
as Telecom Business Units.
	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 121

	12	PSTN MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	12.1	Rather than redesigning PSTN Services to consume UCLL, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan: 

 

					
	 Voice Service migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of the core capability required for the Retail Units to deliver a voice service which is designed
to be a primary line voice service that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an
input.	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	A Retail Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service and that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or
better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input is ready for service in an internal Telecom trial and can be demonstrated.	  	31 March 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	A Retail Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service and that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or
better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input is ready for service in an external trial and can be demonstrated.	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as
EUBA) is available to 50% of Existing PSTN Lines.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 122

					
	 Voice Service migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	A Retail Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service and that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or
better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input is available for purchase by customers of the Retail Units.	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	More than 1500 distribution cabinets have been installed or equipped with ADSL2+ or equivalent DSL capability (e.g. VDSL capability) in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3, with DSLAMs
installed and operational. At least 99% of lines served off these cabinets and within those zones will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	More than 2200 distribution cabinets have been installed or equipped with ADSL2+ or equivalent DSL capability (e.g. VDSL capability) in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3, with DSLAMs
installed and operational. At least 99% of lines served off these cabinets and within those zones will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	More than 2800 distribution cabinets have been installed or equipped with ADSL2+ or equivalent DSL capability (e.g. VDSL capability) in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3, with DSLAMs
installed and operational. At least 99% of lines served off these cabinets and within those zones will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point.	  	30 June 2011	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Telecom will provide a report to the Minister on progress towards the completion of the programme of work set out at paragraph 12.6.	  	31 March 2011	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 123

					
	 Voice Service migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as
EUBA) is available to 80% of Existing PSTN Lines.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	More than 3500 distribution cabinets have been installed or equipped with ADSL2+ or equivalent DSL capability (e.g. VDSL capability) in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3, with DSLAMs
installed and operational. At least 99% of lines within those zones will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Telecom will provide an additional binding PSTN migration plan to the Minister, IOG and Commission which must include:

 

•        additional Tracking Milestones for the period of
1 January 2013 to 31 December 2015 which demonstrate a migration path that is manifestly consistent with achievement by Telecom of the 2015 and 2020 Enforceable Milestones set out below; and
	  	30 June 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 •        a description of the technical solution or solutions Telecom has deployed
to facilitate this migration, and evidence that demonstrates these solutions and any associated systems have been designed to be capable of supporting a migration of the size and speed set out in the migration plan; and
	  		  	

  
 124

					
	 Voice Service migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 •         a description of the arrangements Telecom has taken or will take to
facilitate Service Providers purchasing Resale Services to migrate those services off the PSTN Services at a pace that is consistent with the 2015 and 2020 Enforceable Milestones set out below.
	  		  	
			
	 More than 15% of Fixed Voice Customer Lines in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3 as at 31 December 2012 are being supplied with a Retail
Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service and that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Service supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input.

 
 Telecom will have its compliance with this Enforceable Milestone audited by an
External Auditor on request from the IOG or Commission.
  
 (Refer example
below)
	  	31 December 2012	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The number of Telecom fixed access lines using Telecom PSTN Services will be less than 40% of Existing PSTN Lines. All other Telecom fixed access lines that are supplied with a
Retail Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service will have been migrated onto a retail service that uses a Relevant Service as an input which meets the EOI requirements in these Undertakings.	  	31 December 2015	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	All Telecom customers migrated off PSTN Services and Telecom has ceased selling PSTN Services to customers.	  	31 December 2020	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 125

 Example 
 To meet the 2012 Enforceable Milestone, Telecom must get 15% of its own retail customer lines in the relevant zones on to a new voice service that consumes an EOI input. Telecom lines that are being used
by Service Providers to provide end-customer services (for example by the Service Provider having unbundled access to the line via the UCLL service or by the Service Provider receiving the EUBA without POTS service or a resold Homeline service from
the Wholesale Unit) will not be counted when determining if this 15% target has been met. 
  

	12.2	On or before 30 June in each of the years 2009 and 2010 Telecom will also provide a report to the Minister, the IOG and the Commission setting out Telecom’s
progress towards meeting the 2012, 2015 and 2020 Enforceable Milestones set out in this PSTN Migration Plan, including: 

  

	 	•	 	 the number of Existing PSTN Lines migrated off the PSTN Services as at 31 May that year, and a forecast of the number of Existing PSTN Lines
Telecom reasonably expects to have migrated off the PSTN Services by 31 May the following year; 

  

	 	•	 	 Telecom’s progress in defining the technical solution or solutions it will adopt to achieve the migration targets referenced in the 2012, 2015 and
2020 Enforceable Milestones set out in this PSTN Migration Plan. 

 The IOG may report publicly each year at a
summary level on the content of these reports. 
  

	12.3	As set out in the PSTN Migration Plan, the Enforceable milestones that Telecom must achieve by 31 December 2011 will mean that 99% of lines in Telecom Zones 1, 2
and 3 (being at least 80% of Existing PSTN Lines) will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point. 

 

	12.4	Telecom expects that as a consequence of achieving the Enforceable milestones in the PSTN Migration Plan as at 31 December 2011 there will be a significant
increase in broadband performance within the Local Access Network and, in particular, the engineering design rules applied to the Local Access Network as part of those Enforceable milestones will mean that: 

 

	 	(a)	84% of all Existing PSTN Lines will be technically capable of 10 Mbps or better within the Local Access Network; and 

 

	 	(b)	89% of all Existing PSTN Lines will be technically capable of 5 Mbps or better within the Local Access Network; 

where technically capable means in respect of (a) and (b) above that the Local Access Network component of the Existing PSTN
Lines is estimated to be capable of this performance based upon cable attenuation data, engineering design rules, and equipment type. These measures do not take local environmental influences such as customer premises wiring or interference
effects into account, and therefore may not reflect actual customer experience. 

  
 126

	12.5	Paragraphs 12.3 and 12.4 do not add to or affect the Enforceable milestones in the PSTN Migration Plan. Paragraph 12.4 is not enforceable and failure by Telecom to
achieve the outcomes described in paragraphs 12.4 (a) and (b) above will have no consequence under these Undertakings. 

  

	12.6	Telecom will implement a programme of work aimed at demonstrating the capability of a primary line voice service that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant
Wholesale Service with equivalent or better real time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input that supports key low speed data services. This programme of work will include:

  

	 	(a)	undertaking work to address and/or identify options for resolving issues raised with Telecom’s primary line voice service by participants in trials completed prior
to this provision being added to these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(b)	consultation with relevant industry stakeholders to attempt to resolve: 

  

	 	(i)	interoperability issues with VoIP services and low speed data services; and 

 

	 	(ii)	house wiring standards for VoIP services; and 

 as well as obtaining information from the relevant industry stakeholders the purpose of the consultation will be to begin to inform them of potential issues. 

 

	 	(c)	Preparation of a report identifying the range and nature of likely low data speed interoperability issues and exploring potential short and longer term solutions to
these issues. 

  
 127

	13	ISDN MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	13.1	Rather than redesigning existing ISDN Services to consume UCLL, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan: 

 

					
	 ISDN migration milestone obligation
	  	
Date by which
milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

	Telecom will meet the Resale Equivalence standard for the resale of ISDN Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Telecom will offer an IP Trunking Service that consumes HSNS as an input.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Telecom will offer an IP Trunking Service that:
  

•      consumes UNS as an input where it is feasible to use UNS inputs;
and
  

•      otherwise consumes UPC as an input.
	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Telecom will offer an IP Trunking Service that consumes HSNS, UNS or UPC as an input.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Telecom will Withdraw Service for all ISDN Services.	  	31 December 2020	  	Enforceable Milestone

  

	13.2	Telecom will act in a way that is consistent with a strategy to ultimately migrate ISDN Service customers to EOI input based services and cease selling ISDN Services.
As such, where Telecom has developed and is offering alternative services to ISDN Services (that consume inputs that will be supplied to the EOI standard by 2011) and these alternative services meet the customer’s needs, these alternative
services will be offered to the customer. 

  
 128

	14	OUTLIER BROADBAND SERVICES MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	14.1	Rather than redesigning existing Outlier Broadband Services to consume EOI inputs, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan for these services:

  

					
	 Outlier migration milestone obligation
	  	
Date by which
milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

	All orders for Outlier Broadband Services received after this date will be provisioned using Outlier Broadband Services that are based on a Telecom Retail Broadband Service that
consumes BUBA or EUBA delivered to the December 2009 Requirements standard as an input.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	All orders for Outlier Broadband Services received after this date will be provisioned using Outlier Broadband Services that are based on a Telecom Retail Broadband Service that
consumes BUBA or EUBA delivered to the EOI standard as an input.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 129

	15	ONE OFFICE MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	15.1	Rather than redesigning One Office Services to consume EOI inputs, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan: 

 

					
	 One Office migration milestone obligation
	  	
Date by which
milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

	The Retail Units will Stop Innovation for One Office Services.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	A Retail Unit will make available to customers a new business grade managed network layer data service (New Data Service) that consumes HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet), UPC or another
Wholesale Unit input service that is supplied on a basis that meets the December 2009 Requirements.	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The Retail Units will Stop Sell to New Customers for One Office Services. For the avoidance of doubt after this date when an existing One Office contract expires, the customer will
have the opportunity to extend that contract.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	At least 500 New Data Service data tails are being provided to Retail Unit customers.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The New Data Service will consume HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet), UPC or another Wholesale Unit input service that is supplied to the EOI standard.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  

	15.2	Telecom will act in a way that is consistent with a strategy to ultimately migrate One Office Service customers to EOI input based business grade managed data services
and decommission the One Office Services. 

  
 130

	16	OTHER LEGACY DATA SERVICES MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	16.1	Rather than redesigning Other Legacy Data Services to consume EOI inputs, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan: 

 

					
	 Other Legacy Data milestone obligation
	  	
Date by which
milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 The Retail Units will Stop Innovation and Stop Sell to New Customers for all of the following services:

 

•      DSTN Services;

 

•      X25; and

 

•      Netway Integrated Access.
	  	31 December 2007	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 The Retail Units will Stop Innovation for all of the following services:

 

•      Analogue Data services;

 

•      ATM;

 

•      Corporate Internet Data;

 

•      Dedicated Internet Access;

 

•      High Speed Digital Data (using ATM);

 
 •      IP
Net;
  

•      Lanlink;

 

•      Megalink; and

 

•      MetroLAN Extension.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The Retail Units will Withdraw Service for DSTN Services.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 The Retail Units will Withdraw Service for all of the following services:

 

•      X25; and

 

•      Netway Integrated Access.
	  	30 June 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 131

					
	 Other Legacy Data milestone obligation
	  	
Date by which
milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 The Retail Units will Stop Sell to New Customers for all of the following services:

 

•      Analogue Data services;

 

•      ATM;

 

•      Corporate Internet Data;

 

•      Dedicated Internet Access;

 

•      High Speed Digital Data (using ATM);

 
 •      IP
Net;
  

•      Lanlink;

 

•      Megalink; and

 

•      MetroLAN Extension.
	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  

	16.2	Telecom will act in a way that is consistent with a strategy to ultimately migrate all Other Legacy Data Services customers to EOI input based services and decommission
the relevant legacy data platforms. 

  
 132

	17	GENERAL EQUIVALENCE MIGRATION OBLIGATIONS 

 Highest level of equivalence as soon as practicable 
  

	17.1	If a material change in circumstances makes it practicable to improve or accelerate a Tracking milestone or an Enforceable milestone in a migration plan
in this Schedule for a Relevant Service, Telecom will propose to the Commission a variation to that migration plan to give effect to that improvement or acceleration including any consequential changes to other parts of the migration plan. Any such
changes to the migration plan shall only become effective with the consent of the Commission. 

 Use of
alternative equivalence based inputs 
  

	17.2	Where in this Schedule Telecom commits to consume a specified input service in the provision of another service, Telecom may choose to consume an alternative input
service provided the alternative is being supplied to Telecom Business Units and Service Providers on the same or a better standard of equivalence as that for the specified input service. Where Telecom chooses to consume an alternative input,
Telecom will report to the IOG on the change, the reasons for the change, and provide an explanation to confirm that the alternative is being supplied to Telecom Business Units and Service Providers on the same or a better standard of equivalence as
that for the specified input service. 

 Consequence of breach of Legacy migration plan 

 

	17.3	If Telecom is in material default in achieving an Enforceable milestone in a migration plan in paragraphs 12 to 16 (inclusive) then, as soon as practicable after
becoming aware of that default, Telecom will give the Minister written notice of the default. 

  

	17.4	If: 

  

	 	(a)	the Minister receives a notice from Telecom under clause 17.3; or 

  

	 	(b)	in the Minister’s opinion, Telecom is in material default in achieving an Enforceable milestone in a migration plan in paragraphs 12 to 16 (inclusive),

 the Minister may give written notice to Telecom requiring Telecom to remedy the default (“Remedy
Notice”). 
  

	17.5	If Telecom receives a Remedy Notice and Telecom is in material default in achieving an Enforceable milestone in a migration plan in paragraphs 12 to 16 (inclusive)
and Telecom does not remedy that default to the Minister’s satisfaction within 60 working days of receipt of the Remedy Notice, the Minister may give Telecom written notice voiding the relevant migration plan (“Voiding Notice”) and
Telecom’s obligations in respect of the services covered by that migration plan shall then be deemed to be to start consuming EOI inputs in the provision of those services as soon as practicable after receipt of the Voiding Notice.

  
 133

	17.6	Nothing in paragraph 17.5 excuses Telecom from any failure to meet an Enforceable milestone or from the legal consequences of such failure. 

UCLL Co-location for existing UCLL Access Equipment 

 

	17.7	Where the EOI standard applies to the provision of UCLL Co-location, the UCLL Co-location services provided to Telecom Business Units and the terms and conditions for
such UCLL Co-location services can, for UCLL Access Equipment that was first installed in exchanges prior to the Approval Date, be different from the UCLL Co-location services provided to, and the terms and conditions for, Service Providers to the
extent necessary to ensure that Telecom is not required to relocate or make any alterations to that equipment. 

Differences in the systems and processes for BUBA with POTS and EUBA with POTS 

 

	17.8	In relation to the application of the EOI standard to BUBA with POTS or EUBA with POTS, differences in the systems and processes (including operational support
processes) used by Telecom for the delivery of the service to itself and to Service Providers (“Delivery Processes”) will be permitted where: 

  

	 	(a)	because Telecom is providing both the EUBA service or BUBA service and the active analogue telephone service to the same party (i.e. both to itself or both to a Service
Provider) part of the Delivery Process for the unbundled bitstream access service (for example, the investigation of faults) overlaps with, and cannot practicably be separated from, the Delivery Process for the active analogue telephone service
(which will not meet the EOI standard) and as a result the process used is different from the EOI Delivery Process for the unbundled bitstream access service; and 

 

	 	(b)	the differences from the EOI Delivery Process for the unbundled bitstream access service are of a minor nature and do not materially impact on the quality of the
unbundled bitstream access service; 

  

	17.9	Within 6 months of the application of the EOI standard to BUBA with POTS and EUBA with POTS, Telecom will complete an audit of the Delivery Process for these services
in order to identify the specific circumstances where there is a delivery process overlap as described in paragraph 17.8(a) above and make this transparent to the IOG, the Commission and Service Providers. 

  
 134

 Consent Delays 

 

	17.10	If, despite the exercise of reasonable diligence by Telecom, an application (or series of applications) for approvals or other consents required by law to undertake the
cabinet development, fibre roll out and associated work required to meet a EUBA Coverage Milestone in the PSTN migration plan is declined or granted subject to conditions (“Consent Problem”), and, despite Telecom having taken reasonable
steps to mitigate the effects of that Consent Problem, the Consent Problem will materially delay or has materially delayed Telecom’s overall ability to meet that EUBA Coverage Milestone then: 

 

	 	(a)	as soon as practicable, but no later than 20 Working Days before the date on which the EUBA Coverage Milestone is due to be met, Telecom may request the Commission to
extend the date by which Telecom will be required to meet that EUBA Coverage Milestone by the period of that delay or such other period as the Commission thinks is reasonable in the circumstances; and 

 

	 	(b)	subject to paragraphs 17.11 and 17.18, the Commission may grant such an extension if it considers the extension to be appropriate. 

 

	17.11	The Commission is not required to consider a request from Telecom to extend the date by which Telecom will be required to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone as a result of
a Consent Problem in accordance with paragraph 17.10 unless, at the time Telecom makes a request under paragraph 17.10(a) or as soon as reasonably practicable after: 

 

	 	(a)	Telecom consults with the Commission regarding the details of and reasons for the Consent Problem, the steps being taken by Telecom to mitigate the effects of that
Consent Problem, the delay that will be caused or the delay already caused by the Consent Problem and the milestone due date extension proposed by Telecom; and 

 

	 	(b)	Telecom provides the Commission with a report from an independent expert (whose appointment was agreed to by the Commission) on whether or not, in his or her opinion:

  

	 	(i)	the Consent Problem has occurred; 

  

	 	(ii)	Telecom exercised reasonable diligence to prevent the Consent Problem occurring; 

 

	 	(iii)	Telecom has taken reasonable steps to mitigate the effects of the Consent Problem; 

 

	 	(iv)	Telecom’s overall ability to meet the EUBA Coverage Milestone will be or has been materially delayed as a result of the Consent Problem; and

  

	 	(v)	the extension to the due date for the EUBA Coverage Milestone proposed by Telecom is appropriate in the circumstances. 

  
 135

	17.12	Telecom will provide the Commission with any other information that the Commission reasonably requires to consider Telecom’s request for an extension under clause
17.10. 

  

	17.13	If the Commission extends the date by which Telecom is required to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone, then Telecom will publish a revised PSTN migration plan that
includes the new due date for the EUBA Coverage Milestone on its Internet website. 

 New Cabinetisation
Requirements 
  

	17.14	If the Commission issues a determination in relation to the unbundled copper local loop Designated Access Service after the Approval Date and that determination
requires Telecom to provide Service Providers with access to Telecom’s distribution cabinets in a new manner or in accordance with a new process (“New Cabinetisation Requirements”) and, despite Telecom having taken reasonable steps to
mitigate the effects of those requirements this will materially delay or has materially delayed Telecom’s overall ability to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone in the PSTN migration plan then: 

 

	 	(a)	as soon as practicable, but no later than 20 Working Days before the date on which the EUBA Coverage Milestone is due to be met, Telecom may request the Commission to
extend the date by which Telecom will be required to meet that EUBA Coverage Milestone by the period of that delay or such other period as the Commission thinks is reasonable in the circumstances; and 

 

	 	(b)	Subject to paragraphs 17.15 and 17.18, the Commission may grant such an extension if it considers the extension to be appropriate. 

 

	17.15	The Commission is not required to consider a request from Telecom to extend the date by which Telecom will be required to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone as a result of
New Cabinetisation Requirements in accordance with paragraph 17.14 unless; 

  

	 	(a)	where the Commission has provided Telecom with adequate opportunity to comment on the New Cabinetisation Requirements of the determination before issuing the
determination, Telecom has advised the Commission of the impact of the requirements prior to the determination being issued; 

  

	 	(b)	at the time Telecom makes a request under paragraph 17.14(a) or as soon as reasonably practicable after Telecom consults with the Commission regarding the details of
the delay that will be caused or the delay already caused by the New Cabinetisation Requirements and the milestone due date extension proposed by Telecom; and 

  
 136

	 	(c)	at the time Telecom makes a request under paragraph 17.14(a) or as soon as reasonably practicable after Telecom provides the Commission with a report from an
independent expert (whose appointment was agreed to by the Commission) on whether or not, in his or her opinion: 

  

	 	(i)	Telecom has taken reasonable steps to mitigate the effects of the New Cabinetisation Requirements; 

 

	 	(ii)	Telecom’s overall ability to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone will be or has been materially delayed as a result of the New Cabinetisation Requirements; and

  

	 	(iii)	the extension to the due date for the EUBA Coverage Milestone proposed by Telecom is appropriate in the circumstances. 

 

	17.16	Telecom will provide the Commission with any other information that the Commission reasonably requires to consider Telecom’s request for an extension under clause
17.14. 

  

	17.17	If the Commission extends the date by which Telecom will be required to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone, then Telecom will publish a revised PSTN migration plan that
includes the new due date for the EUBA Coverage Milestone on its Internet website. 

  

	17.18	The date by which an Enforceable milestone in the PSTN migration plan has to be achieved cannot be extended by the Commission under paragraphs 17.10 or 17.14
(whether as the result of one or more Consent Problems or a combination of Consent Problems and New Cabinetisation Requirements) by more than 12 months from the original date set out in these Undertakings. 

 

	17.19	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in paragraphs 17.10 to 17.16 above limit the operation of clause 95 in the main body of these Undertakings.

  

	17.20	For the avoidance of doubt nothing in paragraphs 17.10 to 17.16 above allows Telecom to request any change to any milestone in the PSTN migration plan that is not an
EUBA Coverage Milestone. 

 Resale Services 

 

	17.21	In relation to Resale Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services, the Wholesale Unit will: 

 

	 	(a)	provide a process for Service Providers to raise issues regarding the application of the Resale Equivalence standard to the services; 

 

	 	(b)	discuss any issues raised with the relevant Service Provider, to fully understand the nature of the issue and its impact; 

 

	 	(c)	where the issue identifies a failure to meet the Resale Equivalence standard, within 20 working days put in place a plan to remedy that failure and provide details of
that plan to the relevant Service Provider; and 

  

	 	(d)	report all issues raised, and the resolution of the issues, to the IOG. 

  

	 	(e)	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in paragraph 17.21 limits the obligations of the Wholesale Unit to supply Resale Services at the Resale Equivalence standard in
accordance with clause 48 in the main body of these Undertakings. 

  
 137

 SCHEDULE 1 – TRANSITION TO EQUIVALENCE 

PART B: NON-BINDING EXPLANATION 
  

	18	INTRODUCTION  

  

	18.1	This part first provides an explanation of the 12 EOI “building blocks” that Telecom must complete to transition Relevant Services to the EOI standard. These
building blocks refer to capabilities and functionalities that will be familiar to industry participants. The explanation in this part is intended to give a lay reader a high level understanding of the comprehensive changes Telecom will be making
over the next four years, and how some of the key tracking and Enforceable milestones will be measured. 

  

	18.2	This is followed by sections that give a commercial context to some of the migration plans in Part A. Not all migration plans are discussed, as for some the timetable
is self explanatory. However for others there is an important commercial context influencing the way the migration plan has been structured, and this is discussed below. 

 

	18.3	Finally, to address some queries raised during the consultation phase, additional explanation is given regarding the roll-out of the Ethernet platform and the plans for
the eventual decommissioning of the legacy ATM network platform. 

  

	18.4	This Part B is not binding on Telecom. 

  

	19	EOI BUILDING BLOCKS 

  

	19.1	To explain the scale of the task over the next four years to achieve EOI for those Relevant Services that Telecom is required to provide to the EOI standard, and to
give transparency to what drives the timetable in each migration plan, Telecom has identified (using industry definitions) 12 foundation capabilities (the “building blocks”). Telecom needs to complete and integrate these building blocks
over the next four years to meet the separation and equivalence requirements in the Undertakings. 

  
 138

	19.2	The 12 EOI “building blocks” are illustrated below:  

 

 
  

	19.3	To complete each of the 12 building blocks requires substantially new systems in one or more Telecom Business Units. This is because the systems need to execute some
functions that were not required in the old ‘vertically integrated’ Telecom model, or the existing systems cannot be adapted to meet the new Undertakings requirements. 

 

	19.4	The Wholesale Unit can use mainly enhanced existing systems to complete the building blocks that are required to meet the December 2009 Requirements and 2010
Requirements. For the Wholesale Relevant Services that are moving to EOI, most of these enhanced existing systems will be replaced when the Wholesale Unit moves to the FMO Environment and completes the building blocks that form part of the Core FMO
Capability Requirements. 

  

	19.5	A summary of each of the 12 building blocks, why each building block is required, and what is required to complete and integrate them, is set out below.

 Building Blocks that form part of the milestones in Part A 

 

	19.6	The milestones set out in Part A refer to eight of the building blocks. In addition, there are 4 other building blocks that Telecom must complete to meet the EOI
standard by 2011. 

  
 139

 Product Management 

Overview 
  

	19.7	Under operational separation Telecom needs to be able to build services, and service components, that can be used by both Service Providers and Telecom Business Units,
and that can be adapted to meet specific Service Provider and Telecom Business Unit requirements without having to rebuild the entire end-to-end product. 

  

	19.8	Also, product information relating to existing and future Relevant Services that the ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit supply must be shared with other Telecom Business Units
and Service Providers on an equivalent basis. To this end: 

  

	 	(a)	product catalogues for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit will be the definitive public domain sources for current information regarding the Relevant Services offered
by those units for both other Telecom Business Units and Service Providers; 

  

	 	(b)	future Relevant Service developments for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit are captured in the two types of product roadmap: a preliminary version used for the basis
of consultation (Product Plan of Intent) and a committed version upon which other Telecom Business Units and Service Providers can base their own product roadmaps (Product Plan of Record). 

Interdependencies 
  

	19.9	The Product Management EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for each Relevant Service that must meet the EOI standard
to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only), the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

 

	19.10	The Product Management building block must be completed in order for Service Providers and Telecom Business Units to select Relevant Services and place orders from an
online product catalogue. Therefore, interdependency exists between the Product Management, Channels and Order Management EOI building blocks. 

  

	19.11	If some of the systems that will underpin the Product Management EOI building block are not completed on time, it may be possible to put in place ‘manual
work-arounds’ that allow the relevant Telecom Business Unit to still meet the December 2009 Requirements and the EOI standard. 

  

	19.12	The primary impact on Service Providers and Telecom Business Units of such a delay/scope reduction is likely to be lower functionality to search for service
information, reduced ability to offer commercial service variants and reduced ability to build bespoke offers to meet Service Providers’ and Telecom Business Units’ needs. 

  
 140

	19.13	Such a manual work-around would not result in a lower level of equivalence, although there would be some impact on the service experience for all customers.

 Channels: B2B Gateway and Online Portal 

Overview 
  

	19.14	The B2B Gateway and Online Portal will provide the ability for Service Providers, the Wholesale Unit (where applicable) and Retail Units to efficiently transact with
the Telecom Business Unit that is supplying the Relevant Service using the same interface standards. 

  

	19.15	The capability for Service Providers to transact with the Wholesale Unit (for certain services) is currently provided through the Online Order and Tracking system
(OO&T). While this system can be used to accommodate the initial additional volumes that the Retail Units are likely to process through the Wholesale Unit for Relevant Wholesale Services, it will not scale to meet post “base migration”
retail volumes and will not deliver the improved customer experience Service Providers and Telecom Business Units are seeking. Therefore it needs to be replaced. The Wholesale Unit will initially use mainly enhanced existing systems (including
OO&T) to complete this building block. New channel systems will be used by the Wholesale Unit when it meets the Core FMO Capability Requirements. 

 Interdependencies 
  

	19.16	The Channels EOI building block provides the interface with Service Providers and Telecom Business Units, so must be in place for capabilities such as ability to order,
raise faults or view reports to be presented to Service Providers or Telecom Business Units. 

  

	19.17	As such, the Channels EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services that must be provided to the EOI
standard to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only), the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

Customer Information Management (CIM)  

Overview 
  

	19.18	The ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit and Retail Units require ready access to key information regarding their customers. This includes organisational details for automated
processes, and contact information for sales and account management activities. 

  

	19.19	Critically, each business unit must be able to manage its customers independently in accordance with the information sharing restrictions in the Undertakings.

  
 141

	19.20	To provide a robust solution for the information sharing restrictions and the EOI requirements of the Undertakings Telecom needs to: 

 

	 	(a)	design, build and implement a segmented Customer Information Management EOI building block database environment for the Retail Units, Wholesale Unit and ANS Unit;

  

	 	(b)	implement identity management in the Customer Information Management EOI building block and create an identity administration portal with role based security access;

  

	 	(c)	integrate the Customer Information Management EOI building block with the B2B Gateway, Online Portal and various other systems. 

Interdependencies 
  

	19.21	The Customer Information Management EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services that must be
provided to the EOI standard to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only), the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

Workforce Management  
 Overview 
  

	19.22	The ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit, Retail Units and Service Providers need to be able to enquire, monitor and be notified of completion of work in relation to a particular
Relevant Service. 

  

	19.23	The ANS Unit will be responsible for a consolidated Workforce Management capability. Users of the workforce services will be able to view the workforce schedules and
book service personnel via EOI interfaces (B2B Gateway and Self Service Portal). 

  

	19.24	A new capability platform and significant process redesign is required to deliver equivalent access to workforce services for both Telecom Business Units and Service
Providers. 

 Interdependencies 

 

	19.25	The Workforce Management EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for Relevant Services that must meet the EOI standard to
meet that EOI standard. 

  

	19.26	Workforce Management is tightly linked to three other EOI building blocks: Service Management, Inventory Management and Order Management. Only when all of these
building blocks have been completed and integrated can the EOI standard be reached. 

  
 142

	19.27	The integration activity across these 4 building blocks will provide an increased level of automation and efficiency and deal with any residual non-equivalence issues
across the back office functions in relation to Relevant Services that must meet the EOI standard. 

Inventory Management 
 Overview 
  

	19.28	Telecom inventory is currently managed using more than 20 different systems – a situation that has evolved over the last 15 years as Telecom has responded
incrementally to new business needs. 

  

	19.29	In contrast, to meet the operational separation commitments, Telecom will need to hold the inventory data on a set of consolidated platforms with secured access by user
group. 

  

	19.30	Telecom needs to transition existing platforms and design, build and implement new Inventory Management capabilities, and integrate these platforms with the Service
Management, Order Management and Workforce Management EOI building blocks. 

  

	19.31	Once the new Inventory Management EOI building block is complete, the existing data, which is held on the various systems in a variety of formats, must be copied over
to the new platform. Completing this building block, integrating this with other building blocks and copying over the existing data while offering continuous service to Telecom Business Units, Service Providers and end-customers is a significant
task, and one of the major dependencies for achievement of the EOI standard by 31 December 2011. 

Interdependencies 
  

	19.32	The Order Management processes rely on an accurate network inventory. 

  

	19.33	The Service Management processes require accurate inventory to be able to diagnose faults and relate network events to individual services and the customers affected.

  

	19.34	The Workforce Management processes rely on accurate inventory information to dispatch appropriately skilled and equipped staff to correctly fulfil orders or resolve
faults. 

  

	19.35	The Supply Chain and Logistics processes need to assign existing, and order additional, inventory in order to manage the service experienced by customers, meet market
demand and the cost effective build out of the network. 

  

	19.36	As such, the Inventory Management EOI building block must be completed, and integration completed with other building blocks (as outlined above) for the Wholesale Unit
to meet the 2010 Requirements and the Core FMO Capability Requirements and the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit to meet the EOI standard. 

  
 143

 Order Management (Sales and Service Order Management)

 Overview 
  

	19.37	Separation into the ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit and Retail Units requires disconnection of the activities involved in Order Management into two different components:

  

	 	(a)	the Sales Order Management component that relates to the ‘front office’ functions including (but not limited to) capturing customer data and configuring the
offer/proposal/quote to the Telecom Business Unit or Service Provider, and end-customer in question; 

  

	 	(b)	the Service Order Management component that relates to the ‘back office’ functions including (but not limited to) order decomposition, pre-qualification and
hand-off to relevant provisioning systems, jeopardy management and exception handling. 

  

	19.38	Sales Order Management will differ significantly between the different Telecom Business Units, as it must reflect the different customer types and relationships.
Current systems cannot be adopted to meet these different requirements. 

  

	19.39	Similarly, the current Service Order Management capability is also completed by systems that cannot be separated to enable equivalent and secure access by Service
Providers. 

  

	19.40	As a result, Telecom needs to design, build and implement new Sales and Service Order Management capabilities. This requires migration of customer, product and
databases from legacy systems to the new systems, and extensive integration of new systems. 

Interdependencies – Sales Order Management 
  

	19.41	The Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for Relevant Services
that must meet the EOI standard to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only), the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

 

	19.42	Further, the Sales Order Management component must be completed for the Order Management Service Order Management component functionality to be fully enabled (which has
further downstream dependencies, as outlined below). 

 Interdependencies – Service Order Management

  

	19.43	The Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI building block must be completed for the Wholesale Unit to meet the 2010 Requirements and the Core
FMO Capability Requirements for the Relevant Services that must meet the EOI standard and the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services that must meet the EOI standard to meet the EOI standard. 

  
 144

	19.44	This component is closely linked to the Billing, Workforce Management, Supply Chain & Logistics and Inventory Management EOI building blocks. As such, none of
these other building blocks will be able to carry out their full intended functions unless the Service Order Management component has been completed. 

 Service Management 
 Overview 

 

	19.45	Telecom’s commitment to an outstanding customer experience and compliance with the Commission’s regulated service level terms means a significant investment
in its Service Management capability. This will involve linking Telecom’s service and support systems with those of Service Providers, the ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit and Retail Units for the day-to-day management of customer experience and
service obligations. 

  

	19.46	The purpose of the Service Management EOI building block is to ensure that agreed service levels are met for all Relevant Services provided and, where faults occur,
that Service Providers and Telecom Business Units have equal visibility of information and can deal with faults in the same manner. 

  

	19.47	This building block provides an “end to end” view of a Relevant Service, and includes all functions, processes, resources and information necessary for the
management and operation of that service, and is considered as 3 components: 

  

	 	(a)	Service Desk is the front office component of Service Management. This will be completed separately for each of the ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units.
This allows each units’ respective customers to raise, track and escalate trouble tickets (in response to faults); 

  

	 	(b)	Fault Resolution is a back-office component of Service Management, and provides the processes for prioritisation and scheduling of fault resolution activities;

  

	 	(c)	SLA & Performance Management is also a back office component of Service Management. This provides the proactive management of network capacity and ensures that
service availability and performance are aligned to defined SLAs. 

 Interdependencies – Service Desk

  

	19.48	The Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services
that must be provided to the EOI standard to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements, the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

  
 145

 Interdependencies – SLA & Performance Management and Fault Resolution

  

	19.49	As both SLA & Performance Management and Fault Resolution components interface with similar back-end systems, the interdependencies are described together.

  

	19.50	Both the SLA & Performance Management and Fault Resolution components must be for completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit to meet the EOI standard.

  

	19.51	The systems defined by these components will need to be integrated with the necessary supporting EOI building block capabilities such as Inventory Management, Supply
Chain and Logistics, Workforce Management, Order Management and Customer Information Management. 

Billing Management 
 Overview 
  

	19.52	Telecom needs the ability to calculate and present for payment a range of usage-based, one-off and re-occurring billing functions to its customers.

  

	19.53	To implement the operational separation requirements, the billing functions need to be extended to support billing capabilities for the Retail Units, the Wholesale Unit
and the ANS Unit that enable reconciliation of orders and invoices for those different business units. 

Interdependencies 
  

	19.54	New or revised billing capabilities are planned for all Telecom Business Units. Replacing billing platforms requires integration with a number of other EOI building
block capabilities such as Inventory Management, Order Management, and Channels, along with the migration of existing customer databases on to new platforms. 

 

	19.55	The Billing Management EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services that must be provided on an EOI
basis to meet the EOI standard. 

 Additional Building Blocks 

 

	19.56	In addition to the building blocks that form part of the milestones in Part A, Telecom must complete the following 4 other building blocks in order to be able to meet
the EOI standard. 

 Sales Management 

Overview 
  

	19.57	In the context of meeting the EOI standard, Sales Management is required to enable the separate Telecom Business Units to maintain individual relationships with
customers, including providing information about products, systems and operational changes, account management activities around processing orders, invoices and reconciliation, service escalation and rebates and payments. 

  
 146

	19.58	The nature of the sales interactions differ between the ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit and Retail Units, and as such require different technologies to meet the individual
business unit requirements. 

 Interdependencies 

 

	19.59	The Sales Management EOI Building block is tightly linked with the Customer Information Management EOI Building block. The Sales Management EOI Building Block will be
vital in ensuring the currency and completeness of data contained within the Customer Information Management systems. Although the Sales Management EOI Building Block is not a pre-requisite for meeting the December 2009 Requirements, it is
Telecom’s intent that this be delivered in advance of this date for operational efficiency and customer experience reasons. 

 Supply Chain and Logistics 
 Overview

  

	19.60	The ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit and Retail Units need to be able to manage the supply of physical stock items (e.g. home gateways, mobile phones, accessories, CPE, network
components). 

  

	19.61	Although these Supply Chain functions are not directly related to Relevant Services, they do support EOI and separation by enabling Telecom Business Units to adhere to
internal trading arrangements around stock and logistics. 

 Interdependencies 

 

	19.62	As outlined earlier, the Supply Chain and Logistics EOI building block is tightly linked with a number of other building blocks that fulfil back office functions, most
notably Inventory Management. 

  

	19.63	This building block must be integrated with the Inventory Management, Service Management and Workforce Management EOI building blocks to meet the EOI standard.

 Enterprise Management 

Overview 
  

	19.64	Enterprise Management capability supports both transaction and asset management, which Telecom needs to implement to meet the requirements of the Undertakings. This
requires enhancement of Telecom’s core financial system and the supporting financial and organisational systems. 

 Interdependencies 
  

	19.65	The Enterprise Management EOI Building Block predominantly stands alone, although it will draw inputs from the Customer Information Management, Billing Management EOI
Building Blocks. 

  
 147

 Business Intelligence and Reporting 

Overview 
  

	19.66	Separation, and enabling Telecom Business Units to act at arm’s-length in respect of Relevant Services in accordance with the Undertakings, requires enhancement of
Business Intelligence and Reporting systems. 

  

	19.67	Operational separation increases the reporting obligations on Telecom. The ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units need to report separately in certain
instances and more extensively than current systems allow. As a result, Telecom needs to implement a new business intelligence capability. 

 Interdependencies 
  

	19.68	The Business Intelligence and Reporting EOI building block will require a number of inputs from other building blocks to perform its intended functions: predominantly
(but not limited to) Service Management, Billing Management, Customer Information Management EOI building blocks. 

  

	20	BUBA AND EUBA MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	20.1	BUBA and EUBA are wholesale services that allow Service Providers and the Retail Units to build and sell retail broadband products. BUBA and EUBA services are supplied
by the Wholesale Unit. 

  

	20.2	The BUBA without POTS and EUBA without POTS services will allow Service Providers and Retail Units to offer a broadband service to an end-customer without an analogue
telephony service on the same access line. 

  

	20.3	In addition, the Wholesale Unit will offer BUBA with POTS and EUBA with POTS services, which allow Service Providers and the Retail Units to offer broadband services as
a bundle with an analogue telephony service, delivered over the same access line. 

  

	20.4	The BUBA and the EUBA services differ in that the EUBA services allow the Service Provider or the Retail Units to also offer services based on a defined
“realtime” class of service performance. 

  

	20.5	BUBA services are delivered over two separate infrastructures: ATM and Ethernet. BUBA (Over Ethernet) is currently being rolled out over new Ethernet based DSLAMs
(ISAMs), whereas BUBA (Over ATM) is based on older ATM based DSLAMs (ASAMs). BUBA (Over ATM) will be replaced over time as this equipment reaches end of life. Importantly, however, both BUBA (Over Ethernet) and BUBA (Over ATM) will meet the same
equivalence standards at the three key equivalence milestones (2009, 2010 and 2011). 

  

	20.6	From 31 December 2009, the Retail Units will consume BUBA and/or EUBA in the delivery of Retail Broadband Services provided to new customers (except where
extenuating circumstances apply). To do this the Retail Units need to develop: 

  

	 	(a)	the network technology associated with a retail ISP (such as authentication and traffic management), with appropriate interfaces to the Wholesale Unit BUBA or EUBA
input service; 

  
 148

	 	(b)	the sales order and service management capabilities to order, provision and pass faults across to the Wholesale Unit via the B2B Gateway provided as part of the
December 2009 Requirements; and 

  

	 	(c)	the billing and payment management capability to make payments to the Wholesale Unit for BUBA and EUBA inputs and bill end-customers. 

 

	20.7	This is a significant re-engineering of the business of the Retail Units. 

  

	20.8	The migration of the Retail Units’ existing broadband customer base to a new service based on the BUBA and/or EUBA inputs is a separate, and complex task. The
migration will be done in two phases, to meet two milestones. 

  

	20.9	The first milestone is 90% of the Retail Broadband Services customers (existing as at 31 December 2009) migrated by 31 December 2010. For this part of the
customer base, it is possible to migrate the service taken by the customer to BUBA and/or EUBA without needing to contact or involve the customer. This is not without complications, however. The circumstances of customers will differ, and Telecom
will need to map each customer scenario and settle the way in which migration will be done. 

  

	20.10	Clearly, the most important objective is to minimise the impact on customers. For this reason, this phase of the migration will be completed in a series of stages. For
each customer scenario the migration will be piloted with selected Telecom staff and issues resolved. The pilot will then be extended to selected customers, and again any unforeseen issues will be resolved. Migration is then implemented in a series
of small batches of customers until all the customers for that migration scenario have been migrated to a service using the BUBA or EUBA input. This will be repeated for each customer scenario over the course of 2010 until 90% of the Retail
Units’ broadband customers have been migrated. 

  

	20.11	The second milestone is migration of the remaining 10% of the Retail Units’ Retail Broadband Services customers by 31 December 2011. For these remaining
customers (approximately 70,000 in number) Telecom has yet to determine a migration approach that does not impact on customers. Each migration may require a technician to contact the customer and reconfigure the existing modem (either over the phone
or at the home) or exchange the existing modem for a new modem. This second migration will affect some customers, and Telecom needs to take all practical mitigation steps to minimise any disruption this may cause. Clearly this will be a time and
resource intensive exercise. 

  
 149

	21	HSNS, UNS (OVER ETHERNET) AND UPC 

  

	21.1	HSNS, UNS and UPC are intermediate input services that allow Service Providers and the Retail Units to build and offer business-grade data services. While not required
to do so by the terms of the Minister’s determination, Telecom will provide HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet) and UPC services to the EOI standard in accordance with the migration plan in Part A of this Schedule. 

 

	21.2	These services constitute a comprehensive suite of business grade intermediate data tails over both fibre and copper. Using these services, Service Providers and the
Retail Units can build their own Wide Area Network (WAN) and Point-to-Point data services. Future Retail Unit WAN and Point-to-Point data services will consume these inputs. 

HSNS 
  

	21.3	HSNS is a commercial fibre access based intermediate input service provided by the Wholesale Unit to Service Providers and the Retail Units. 

UNS and UPC 
  

	21.4	UNS and UPC are both commercial copper access based intermediate input services provided by the Wholesale Unit to Service Providers and the Retail Units.

  

	21.5	UNS and UPC differ in respect to access technology. UNS is a DSL service, whereas UPC is based on Frame Relay. 

UNS 
  

	21.6	UNS will be offered in two variants. Telecom currently provides UNS based on ATM based infrastructure (referred to as UNS (Over ATM)). A replacement UNS service is
being rolled out over new Ethernet based infrastructure and is referred to as UNS (Over Ethernet). 

  

	21.7	UNS (Over ATM) is a legacy service that will not meet the EOI standard. Instead, from 31 December 2009 it will no longer be offered to new customers and will be
withdrawn from service by 31 December 2011. As Telecom rolls out UNS (Over Ethernet), customers will be migrated from UNS (Over ATM) to UNS (Over Ethernet). UNS (Over Ethernet) will be supplied in accordance with the December 2009 Requirements
by 30 September 2009, the 2010 Requirements by December 2010, the Core FMO Capability Requirements by 31 December 2010, and to the EOI standard by 31 December 2011. 

 

	21.8	Telecom considers UNS (Over Ethernet) to be a superior offer for Service Providers to UNS (Over ATM) as it generally offers higher bandwidth and allows Service
Providers to use the same network interface for both HSNS and UNS, so has lower operating cost for Service Providers. For these reasons, Telecom has made a commercial decision to withdraw UNS (over ATM) and anticipates the migration from UNS (ATM)
to UNS (Ethernet) (and therefore to an EOI service) will be driven by customer demand, and be complete by 31 December 2011. 

  
 150

 UPC 
  

	21.9	UPC will continue to fulfil a particular geographic niche beyond 2011, offering the input service needed for copper based business data services outside of the UNS
(Over Ethernet) footprint. Although volumes will remain low (there are currently under 2000 tails), this requirement will persist because some business end-customers (particularly those in rural areas) receive managed data services over long copper
local loops. Frame Relay is better suited to carrying data over long copper loops, and this service should not be withdrawn before a suitable (and cost effective) alternative is rolled out. 

 

	21.10	As volumes and most importantly, the moves, adds and changes (MACs), for UPC are low, Telecom is able to develop processes that allow it to ultimately meet the EOI
standard. It is this combination of long on-going life, low volumes and viability of a manual process that allows Telecom to make an exception in providing this legacy service at the EOI standard. 

 

	22	ROLL OUT OF ETHERNET PLATFORM 

  

	22.1	This section provides additional explanation regarding Telecom’s intention to extend the footprint of its Ethernet based infrastructure and migrate services off
the ATM based infrastructure. 

  

	22.2	ATM is the basis of Telecom’s legacy data transport network and is the basis of Telecom’s earlier DSL technologies. Telecom currently offers a range of
ATM-based services across this network, although these services will be replaced by Ethernet-based services over time as the NGN is rolled-out and customers migrated. Similarly, new DSL equipment which is Ethernet-based is being deployed to support
new services and higher bandwidths. 

  

	22.3	Generally speaking, the business cases for Service Providers to migrate from ATM to Ethernet-based services are compelling, as the Ethernet-based products often offer
higher performance and the Ethernet-based equipment is both far cheaper than the corresponding ATM equipment and can be used for multiple Ethernet-based services (e.g. the same Ethernet handover links can be used by Service Providers for EUBA, UNS
(Over Ethernet) and HSNS). 

  

	22.4	The migration business case is perhaps even more compelling for Telecom, as the Ethernet footprint will extend to cover over 80% of the New Zealand population by the
end of 2011. Continued expansion of the UNS (Over Ethernet) footprint will ultimately allow Telecom to drive cost and complexity out of its business by decommissioning the ATM core. As the ATM core network is decommissioned, all ATM-based services
will be withdrawn. 

  

	22.5	It is in Telecom’s interests for customers to migrate to NGN services such that it can close down (and therefore remove the cost and complexity of managing) legacy
data platforms (e.g. the ATM and DSTN platform). 

  
 151

	22.6	However, there are some customer requirements that cannot be met by NGN services, due to either footprint or functionality. This situation clearly needs to be resolved
before legacy data platforms can be closed. 

  

	22.7	UPC, which is an ATM-based service, is currently used to serve customers in outlying areas. The access technology for UPC is often Frame Relay over copper lines, served
by equipment located in Telecom exchange buildings. Although DSLAMs may be present in the same exchanges, it may be the case that customers’ needs are best met through UPC as (in simplistic terms) Frame Relay is a better underlying technology
than DSL for offering data services over long copper loops. 

  

	22.8	In order to decommission the ATM network, these UPC tails will ultimately need to be replaced. There are potential technology options to this problem today (e.g.
cabinetisation to shorten the long loops). However, at the time when the business case for the decommissioning of the ATM is considered there may be others that offer better customer outcomes and/or are more economic. As such, no specific
undertaking is made at this time as to the approach that will be taken. 

  

	22.9	In cases where existing customer needs cannot be met by NGN services (e.g. because the legacy services are intimately integrated with customers’ business critical
systems) then Telecom will consult customers to set decommissioning plans that give customers the time and support to remove dependency on such products. 

  

	23	PSTN 

  

	23.1	Telecom’s PSTN epitomises the issue raised by legacy services in the move to operational separation and the EOI standard. To convert the PSTN Services so that they
consume EOI inputs would take up a large proportion of Telecom’s skilled technical staff and resources. The effect would be to delay the migration plans for UCLL, BUBA, EUBA and Resale Services as well as the deployment of other next generation
services and infrastructure – to look backward rather than look forward. 

  

	23.2	As an alternative to rebuilding PSTN services Telecom is making comprehensive forward looking commitments at both the wholesale and retail level.

  

	23.3	At the wholesale level, Telecom is committing to making available a voice capable broadband input service to be provided by the Wholesale Unit on an EOI basis on 80% of
Existing PSTN Lines by the end of 2011. Where this Wholesale Unit EOI voice capable broadband input is available, Telecom Retail and all other service providers will be able to use this to provide new retail voice services. 

  
 152

	23.4	While the actual performance of broadband services is determined by a number of factors – including for example factors beyond Telecom’s control such as the
quality of a customer’s house wiring or modem – this roll-out of the Wholesale Unit EUBA or equivalent service will also significantly enhance the performance of the broadband access network within the 80% EUBA coverage area. This area
includes not only the major centres, but the urban areas of towns right across New Zealand, including the townships of places such as Methven, Reefton and Waikouaiti in the South, and Edgecumbe, Ngatea and Foxton Beach in the North.

  

	23.5	At the retail level by the end of 2009, Telecom will have developed, tested and launched a Retail Unit primary line voice service that consumes EOI inputs (either EUBA
without POTS or an equivalent input). Telecom then commits to a series of aggressive customer migration targets. 

  

	23.6	A central challenge for Telecom is that complete migration off the PSTN requires changes by other Service Providers as well as changes by Telecom. For this reason the
first two customer migration targets relate to Telecom’s retail customer base in 2010 and 2012 

  

	23.7	An important step is Telecom providing a further binding migration plan in 2011 for the period 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2015. This will not only address
the services sold by Retail Units, but also the steps Telecom is taking to facilitate Service Providers purchasing Resale Services to migrate those services off the PSTN Services. 

 

	23.8	In planning for this customer migration, Telecom has two realistic PSTN customer migration options, presenting a trade-off between short term up-take and long term
flexibility and service delivery. 

  

	23.9	The preferred option, and the option Telecom is committed to, is voice over broadband. The central feature of this option is the delivery of voice services over a
broadband access connection, along with other IP-based services. A broadband gateway device is installed in the home to connect the analogue telephone. 

  

	23.10	This approach has a number of major attractions. The single broadband connection supports a much wider range of services than just voice and broadband Internet,
potentially including TV, video-on-demand, remote working, home monitoring and security applications. Changes to services are implemented mainly by installing new software in the network and the customer buying any necessary digital equipment.

  

	23.11	The principal challenges are the need for physical change at the customer’s premises, and the underlying network technology is complex and not yet mature.

  
 153

	23.12	Overall, then, the Voice over Broadband approach: 

  

	 	(a)	will have a lower take up initially, as fewer customers will value the new services sufficiently to make the changes in the home, but this will increase as further
services become available and the complexity decreases; 

  

	 	(b)	is not an appropriate model for forcing a migration of customers, as changes need to happen at the customer’s premises; 

 

	 	(c)	is the preferred model for the longer term, for both customers and Telecom. It increases the range of services that can be delivered, simplifies service delivery, and
increases customer flexibility. 

  

	23.13	The alternative option is PSTN Emulation. The central feature of this option is use of VOIP to emulate a PSTN connection. No change is required in the customer’s
premises, but the analogue connection supported today by the PSTN is converted to VOIP within the network. 

  

	23.14	The clear advantage of this approach is that the physical connection at the customer premises does not change. 

 

	23.15	There are a number of disadvantages, however. This approach significantly complicates service delivery long term, for both broadband and voice services. The range of
voice services currently available to customers (e.g. Smartphone Services) differ or services operate differently (e.g. short dial codes for the configuring the service may differ). Importantly, this configuration would require a new EOI ready
Wholesale Unit input product, and the technology to build such a product is not currently available. 

  

	23.16	This approach also requires two physical ports per customer at the DSLAM (where the analogue connection terminates). This potentially increases capital and operating
costs in managing multiple service delivery models. 

  

	23.17	Telecom’s PSTN customer migration plan is based on the Voice over Broadband Option as the preferred approach based on customer opt-in, but acknowledges this will
not be sufficient to achieve desired rates of customer migration and it will be necessary to also deploy PSTN Emulation and forcibly migrate customers to this. Other options will also be considered, but any option will ultimately be based on an EOI
input service. 

  

	24	ISDN 

  

	24.1	ISDN is a legacy service that supports two business end-services. In the vast majority of cases, ISDN is used to provide connectivity between PBX (Public Branch
Exchange) equipment that sits on a customer’s premises and the Telecom PSTN network. In addition, ISDN is used to provide connectivity for video conferencing solutions. 

  
 154

	24.2	Telecom has limited spare ISDN capacity and has been focused for some time on addressing this situation by developing an IP trunking product (IP Enterprise Connect, or
IPEC) which will consume wholesale inputs (such as HSNS, UNS or UPC). 

  

	24.3	The technical capability and feasibility pilot of IPEC is planned for December 2008, and a series of commitments around the availability of this service and the
consumption of equivalence based inputs in the provision of the service are set out in the migration plan in Part A of this Schedule. 

  

	24.4	While it is in Telecom’s interests to migrate customers to IPEC as it becomes available, Telecom does not plan to force ISDN Services customers to migrate off
these services. Rather, the pace of the migration will be dictated by customers. 

  

	24.5	The key reason why Telecom is not forcing migration on customers is that many business customers have significant investment in PBX equipment that is completely
dependent on the current ISDN standard and functionality. 

  

	24.6	While many of the new PBXs launched to the market in the last two or three years can be upgraded to run an IP trunk interface, the majority of PBX users today (Telecom
estimates up to 70% of the market) have equipment that cannot be upgraded. 

  

	24.7	Further, while most of the newer PBXs can theoretically be upgraded to run an IP trunk interface, experience from overseas is that there are significant challenges in
preserving all of the end-customer features when migrating to an IP trunk. This has been most in evidence when different types of equipment from multiple vendors are involved (as different protocols or interpretations of standards have been
variously employed). As such, some customers with even the new PBXs will be reluctant to migrate. 

  

	24.8	Similarly, newer video conferencing equipment is IP-based, and does not require ISDN connectivity, so this already niche demand will further diminish over time.
However, a forced migration off ISDN would render existing (and costly) video conferencing equipment immediately obsolete. 

  

	24.9	Given PBXs have an average product life of seven years, and video conferencing equipment may have similar or longer product life, Telecom anticipates that it will take
up to 13 years to fully migrate the customer base. 

  

	25	ONE OFFICE 

  

	25.1	Unlike the Retail Broadband Services it is not feasible to re-engineer One Office to consume Wholesale Unit EOI inputs. 

  
 155

	25.2	One Office Services are complex services designed for customers with multiple sites. Each customer site includes a Telecom-owned router that is pre-configured to the
existing versions of One Office Services (well over 10,000 sites in total). 

  

	25.3	In order to re-engineer One Office Services to consume HSNS, UNS and UPC, it would be necessary to cease the service to every single site and replace or reconfigure the
routers manually (at the customer premises) before re-providing the re-engineered One Office Services. This would be very resource intensive and materially disrupt the operations of many of New Zealand’s largest public and private sector
organisations. 

  

	25.4	Instead Telecom is committing to stopping innovation of the One Office Services to new customers by 31 December 2008 and stopping sales to new customers of this
family of services by 31 December 2009. 

  

	25.5	By the same date (30 September 2009), Telecom is also committing to launching a new managed network layer (or “Layer 3”) data service that will be available
to new and existing customers. This service (the “New Data Service”) will consume wholesale HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet) and UPC equivalence based inputs from its inception. Where possible, the New Data Service will be built using HSNS or UNS
(Over Ethernet) inputs. In areas where HSNS and UNS (Over Ethernet) are not available, the New Data Service will be built using UPC. Over time and as technology develops, other wholesale inputs provided on an equivalent basis may be used.

  

	25.6	To demonstrate commitment to developing the New Data Service in such a way that it is fit-for-purpose and competitive, Telecom is committed to having provided at least
500 data tails by 31 December 2010. 

  

	25.7	Telecom is not proposing to force a migration of customers from the One Office Services. Doing so would risk significant disruption to large proportions of the public
and private sector. 

  

	25.8	Some of New Zealand’s largest businesses and users of telecommunications services are critically dependent on the One Office Services. For example, the
banking and government sectors are heavily reliant on One Office Services. Migration poses significant risks for these customers – any failure would go straight to the integrity of their internal systems, and their ability to operate.

  

	25.9	For this reason migration will require a significant commitment of time and resources from both the customer and Telecom. Migration for the customer is not as simple as
requesting a new service – because the One Office Services is business critical for the customer, the customer must be involved in the development and implementation of the new solution. As the New Data Service will give the customer additional
functionality, terms and service level agreements will also need to be reviewed for each customer. 

  
 156

	25.10	The Wholesale Unit is committed to providing a comprehensive suite of intermediate services that allow Service Providers and the Retail Units to build superior services
to the existing One Office suite. In these competitive markets, customers will have the choice of migrating their services when it makes strategic sense for them to do so, and they will have the choice of a number of credible suppliers.

  

	25.11	As a result of Telecom’s undertakings regarding UNS, HSNS and UPC, One Office Services customers will be able to choose to migrate to enhanced new services and
migrate away from One Office Services in a way that both takes advantage of the new technology, and manages the risks to their business systems. 

  

	26	UCLL CO-LOCATION 

  

	26.1	UCLL Co-Location is a generic service that enables Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units to rent space in exchanges and install the necessary equipment to
use the UCLL service. 

  

	26.2	Telecom has given an assurance to the Telecommunication Carriers Forum that any new Wholesale Unit DSLAMS installed after the date of the UCLL Co-location STD will be
installed in the same rooms in the exchange and under the same terms as for all other Service Providers, and thus be in compliance with the UCLL Co-location STD. The primary steps involved in achieving EOI for UCLL Co-location are:

  

	 	(a)	changing the processes for the ordering of footprint space, billing, and information provision from the ANS Unit so that other Telecom Business Units and Service
Providers are using the same systems and processes for the installation of equipment in the future; 

  

	 	(b)	completing audits of the exchange footprint space that is occupied by the Telecom equipment of other Telecom Business Units that accesses the UCLL or UCLL Backhaul
services; 

  

	 	(c)	the ANS Unit charging other Telecom Business Units for all relevant installed equipment on the same basis as other Service Providers (including charges for power, air
conditioning, and other components of this service set out in the Commission’s Standard Terms Determination). 

  

	26.3	By 30 June 2008, other Telecom Business Units will pay the ANS Unit for UCLL Co-location at all exchanges on the basis of an estimated exchange footprint. Any
financial imbalance arising from differences between the estimated and measured footprint will be addressed retrospectively, when an exchange is audited in accordance with the process outlined below. 

  
 157

	26.4	By 31 December 2008, the EOI standard will apply to all new equipment (that accesses the UCLL or UCLL Backhaul services) that other Telecom Business Units install
at a Telecom local exchange after the Approval Date. 

  

	26.5	In relation to Wholesale Unit and Retail Unit equipment existing at the Approval Date an audit will be progressed on the basis that when a Service Provider is provided
with UCLL Co-location service from a particular exchange an audit of the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units’ access equipment will be done at the same time. The Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units will therefore start consuming the UCLL
Co-location service to the EOI standard using a measured footprint from that particular exchange at the same time as the first Service Provider. 

  

	27	RESALE 

  

	27.1	Resale is a form of access where a Service Provider takes a wholesale version of a Telecom retail service, and sells it under the Service Provider’s own brand. The
Service Provider is not buying a network input from Telecom, but a complete retail service to resell. 

  

	27.2	These Undertakings set a specific standard for Telecom to meet for resale services, being the Resale Equivalence standard. Telecom has consulted with the industry and
identified the core systems and process improvements that need to be made in order to meet the Resale Equivalence standard. 

  

	27.3	Telecom has committed to make these core improvements in Part A. Some of these changes will be made by 31 December 2008, and the remainder will be made before
31 December 2009. 

  

	27.4	In paragraph 17.15 Telecom has also committed to a process to address any Resale Equivalence issues that arise in the future. 

  
 158

 SCHEDULE 2 – SHARED SERVICES, PART A PERSONS, PART B PERSONS, AND PART C PERSONS 

The contents of this Schedule may be revised from time to time in accordance with clause 92. 

Part 1 

Shared Services 
 Shared
Services means the following teams or functional groups within Telecom, comprising some or all of the teams that supply operational and support services to more than one part of Telecom, without influencing the Commercial Policy of the ANS Unit or
the Wholesale Unit: 
 Shared Capability means the team consisting of skilled technology practitioners who support
business as usual and change programmes utilising in-house staff, occasional direct contractors, and talent from Telecom’s partners and suppliers. In respect of a particular programme of work, Shared Capability is responsible for documenting
detailed requirements of the programme, designing, developing and building technology solutions that deliver the programme requirements, project management and administration, testing and quality auditing, and management of resources. 

Shared Services and Finance means the team responsible for: 

 

	 	(a)	supply chain – including managing the commercial relationships with Telecom’s infrastructure and corporate vendors, and management of network spares;

  

	 	(b)	billing services – including monthly billing of customers, monthly bill payment collection and processing, managing billing disputes, managing systems parameter
tables, current and future billing capability; 

  

	 	(c)	revenue – including ensuring the accuracy and integrity of revenue and related volumes reported in Telecom’s financial systems, development of revenue
assurance strategy and frameworks, ensuring billing integrity, reconciliation processes, and assisting with regulatory and statutory requirements; 

  

	 	(d)	provisioning – including co-ordination of the activation of managed and unmanaged voice and data services to Service Providers and End-Users, including feasibility
assessment for new connections, customer network audits and managed cut-overs for all product types; 

  

	 	(e)	property – including managing all corporate property for Telecom nationally including leases on buildings, power, capital funding to establish new sites, staff
facilities, furniture and physical security, installation of power and data cabling to work stations; 

  
 159

	 	(f)	information resources – including managing Telecom’s information management policy framework and all related standards and guidelines, managing enterprise
information architecture for unstructured information, intranet management, and library services; 

  

	 	(g)	credit and risk – including managing the collection process for Telecom, and minimising Telecom’s exposure to loss through fraud, bankruptcies, receivership
and liquidations; 

  

	 	(h)	shared Financial and Support Services – including supporting provisioning of month-end accounting and financial support services around planning analysis,
performance reporting, purchasing, payments, payroll and Employee expenses; 

 Technology Operations means
the team responsible for IS operations, field services, service delivery, technology services, sales and operations planning, operations strategy, network operations, portfolio management, operational risk services, and service co-ordination. This
includes providing governance and leadership for Telecom’s technology design and operational processes, service design and readiness, service resource management, operation and management of IT assets across Telecom, management of the national
operations centre, maintenance, restoration and build of Telecom’s network; 
 Programme Delivery means the team that
co-ordinates delivery of work programmes, including managing programme delivery and associated processes. 

  
 160

 Part 2 
 Part A Persons, Part B Persons, and Part C Persons 
  

							
	  	  	 PART A
	  	 PART B
	  	 PART C

	 Person or functional group

(including successors)
	  	 Can Participate in Policy of ANS
Unit or Wholesale Unit
so long as it
is in accordance with clause 89
	  	 Can receive Commercial
Information of ANS Unit
or
Wholesale Unit so long as it is in
accordance with clause 90
	  	 Can receive Customer
Confidential Information of
ANS
Unit or Wholesale Unit so long as
it is in accordance with clause 91

				
	Board	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	CEO	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Executive	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Finance	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	 Group Legal Services

(subject to clause 63)
	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	 Group Regulatory

(subject to clause 63)
	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Technology	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	

  
 161

							
	  	  	 PART A
	  	 PART B
	  	 PART C

	 Person or functional group

(including successors)
	  	 Can Participate in Policy of ANS
Unit or Wholesale Unit
so long as it
is in accordance with clause 89
	  	 Can receive Commercial
Information of ANS Unit
or
Wholesale Unit so long as it is in
accordance with clause 90
	  	 Can receive Customer
Confidential Information of
ANS
Unit or Wholesale Unit so long as
it is in accordance with clause 91

				
	Group Strategy and Development	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	
				
	Group Company Secretary Office	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Company Secretary	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Public Affairs	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Audit and Risk	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Crisis Management Team	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Shared Services	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	External Auditors	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Human Resources	  		  	Yes	  	

  
 162

							
	  	  	 PART A
	  	 PART B
	  	 PART C

	 Person or functional group

(including successors)
	  	 Can Participate in Policy of ANS
Unit or Wholesale Unit
so long as it
is in accordance with clause 89
	  	 Can receive Commercial
Information of ANS Unit
or
Wholesale Unit so long as it is in
accordance with clause 90
	  	 Can receive Customer
Confidential Information of
ANS
Unit or Wholesale Unit so long as
it is in accordance with clause 91

				
	UIP Office	  		  	Yes	  	
				
	IOG and Support Office	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Required Telecom Business Unit Compliance Investigators	  		  	Yes	  	Yes

  
 163

 SCHEDULE 3 – TIER SITES 
 The Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 sites referred to in these Undertakings are those Telecom sites that are identified as Tier 1, Tier 2, or Tier 3 in the following tables, using Telecom’s classification
nomenclature. Tier 0 sites are not relevant, and are not included in these tables. 
 The contents of this schedule may be updated to reflect
changes in Telecom’s network from time to time, provided that any such changes are consistent with Telecom’s then current network architecture classification rules and those changes are agreed by Telecom and the Commission in writing.

 Table 1 
 Tier 1 and Tier 2 sites 
  

							
	Region	  	Tier 1	  	Tier 2	  	 
	Auckland Region	  		  		  	
		  		  	KC	  	Kerikeri
		  		  	WR	  	Whangarei
		  	MDR	  		  	Mayoral Drive
		  		  	TBY	  	Torbay
		  	GLF	  		  	Glenfield
		  		  	HSN	  	Henderson
		  		  	MAB	  	Mt Albert
		  		  	RUE	  	Remuera
		  		  	HCK	  	Howick
		  		  	POP	  	Papatoetoe
		  	PAK	  		  	Papakura
		  	HN	  		  	Hamilton
		  	TG	  		  	Tauranga
		  		  	RO	  	Rotorua
	Wellington Region	  		  		  	
		  		  	NU	  	New Plymouth
		  		  	NA	  	Napier
		  		  	PM	  	Palmerston North
		  	LVN	  		  	Levin
		  	WN	  		  	Wellington
		  		  	PRO	  	Porirua
		  		  	NAE	  	Naenae
	South Region	  		  		  	
		  		  	NN	  	Nelson
		  		  	GM	  	Greymouth
		  	CH	  		  	Christchurch
		  	RIC	  		  	Riccarton
		  		  	TU	  	Timaru
		  		  	DN	  	Dunedin
		  		  	IN	  	Invercargill
		  		  	CMW	  	Cromwell

  
 164

 Table 2 
 Tier 3 Sites 
 Tier 3 
 Alexandra (AL) 
 Amberley (AY) 
 Ashburton (AR) 
 Balclutha (BL) 
 Blenheim (BM) 
 Cheviot (CT) 
 Coromandel (CL) 
 Culverden (CVD) 
 Dannevirke (DV) 
 Darfield (DRF) 
 Dargaville (DRL) 
 Fairlie (FK) 
 Featherston (FN) 
 Franz Josef Glacier (FJG) 

Gisborne (GS) 
 Gore (GG) 

Halfmoon Bay (HMB) 
 Hastings (HBN) 

Hawera (HW) 
 Helensville (HL) 

Hokitika (HK) 
 Kaikoura (KK) 

Kaitaia (KTA) 
 Kurow (KOW) 

Little River (LRV) 
 Lumsden (LMS) 

Masterton (MS) 
 Matamata (MAM) 

Mount Maunganui (MMN) 
 Motueka (MU) 

Oamaru (OU) 
 Ohakune (OKN) 

Pahiatua (PHA) 
 Palmerston (PL) 

Paraparaumu (PRM) 
 Queenstown (QST) 

Ranfurly (RNF) 
 Rangiora (RR) 

Red Beach (RDB) 
 Reefton (RN) 

Rolleston (ROL) 

  
 165

 St Arnaud (SA) 
 Taihape (TPE) 
 Tairua (TAR) 
 Taumarunui (TMN) 
 Taupo (TPO) 
 Te Anau (TNU) 
 Te Kauwhata (TUW) 
 Te Kuiti (TKT) 
 Temuka (TK) 
 Thames (TH) 
 Tokomaru Bay (TKY) 
 Tuatapere (TTE) 
 Turangi (TGI) 
 Twizel (TWL) 
 Upper Hutt (UP) 
 Waipukurau (WY) 
 Wairoa (WA) 
 Wanaka (WNK) 
 Wanganui (WG) 
 Warkworth (WW) 
 Wellsford (WFD) 
 Westport (WP) 
 Whakatane (WHK) 

  
 166

 SCHEDULE 4 – MANAGER OF THE ANS UNIT’S DELEGATED AUTHORITY 

As provided in clause 28.3 of these Undertakings, the delegated authorities of the Manager of the ANS Unit at the Approval Date are: 

 

	(a)	$5 million for an investment initiative included in relevant Board approved plan. A business case is required for any investment unless it is already covered by the
pre-specified business as usual capital expenditure plan; 

  

	(b)	$3 million for a new investment initiative not included in relevant Board approved plan (but able to be carried out within the overall capex spend allowed by the ANS
Business Plan); 

  

	(c)	Nil for corporate investments (i.e. buying or selling an interest in another business entity); 

 

	(d)	Unlimited for allocation of business as usual operating expense budgets. Individual transaction limits still apply for new transactions but this allows the Manager of
the ANS Unit to authorise very large payments under existing contracts (such as the Transfield and Downers patch contracts and power contracts); 

  

	(e)	$10 million for external customer contracts (based on value of the contract); 

 

	(f)	$5 million for new purchase contracts (based on value of the contract); 

  

	(g)	$5 million for property acquisitions/disposals; 

  

	(h)	$5 million for price changes (provided overall revenue matches figure in relevant Board approved plan); 

 

	(i)	$500k for revenue credits/write offs; 

  

	(j)	$Nil for settlement of legal disputes; and 

  

	(k)	$5 million for accepting risk by not taking mitigation action. 

  
 167

 SCHEDULE 5 – WHOLESALE UNIT EMPLOYEE EQUITY SCHEME 

Telecom may choose to offer Telecom equity to an Employee working for the Wholesale Unit as part of the long-term incentive component of the
Employee’s remuneration package. If Telecom chooses to offer Telecom equity to an Employee working for the Wholesale Unit, the equity will be offered in accordance with the following requirements: 

 

	(a)	the total maximum value of the Telecom equity offered in a financial year will be 20% of the Employee’s total remuneration. For the avoidance of doubt, the value
of the shares will be determined at the date of the offer using the value Telecom uses to calculate the equity grant; and 

  

	(b)	the equity will be provided in the form of restricted shares or share options. The date at which the shares become unrestricted, or on which share options can be
exercised, will be determined at the time of the offer, but will usually be 3 years after the date of offer. Performance and/or employment criteria must be met in order for the restricted shares or the share options to be exercisable.

  
 168

 SCHEDULE 6 – TELECOM SHARED INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

Part A 
  

					
	 Shared Information System migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

	 The following systems will be upgraded to comply with clause 9.3(e)(iii) by 31 December 2009:

 

•      PROBE

 

•      TRIAD

 

•      Singl.eview

 

•      CTMS

 

•      SDG Vantive

 

•      DOCS Online

 

•      Project Central

 

•      Telecom Exchange

 

•      Integrated Front Office

 

•      Petunia 2 and 3

 

•      Actuate Reporting

 

•      Proviso

 

•      Geographic Access Pricing

 

•      NetMAP

 

•      PDMC

 

•      AIN

 

•      GeneCIS

 

•      BCMS

 

•      People Management Process

 

•      BillView Online

 

•      CARS

 

•      Computerland Peoplesoft

 

•      Red Gen-i Peoplesoft

 
	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 169

					
	 The following systems will be upgraded to comply with clause 9.3(e)(iii) by 30 June 2010

 

•      AXIOSS/FSS

 

•      SOAP

 

•      BUBBLE

 
 •      On
Demand
  

•      TIPS

 

•      Service Assistant

 

•      SAP Business Warehouse

 

•      SAP R3 Cost Centre Reporting

 

•      TM1

 

•      CAMS/Digital workflow

 

•      BORG

 
	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
	 The following systems will be upgraded to comply with clause 9.3(e)(iii) by 30 September 2010

 

•      ICMS

 

•      TCDATA

 

•      Wireline

 

•      Open Up Time

 

•      Network Dimensioning System

 

•      ONDP

 

•      Safecopy

 

•      FTP Server

 
	  	30 September 2010	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 170

					
	Subject to clauses 9.3(e)(iv), by 30 September 2010 (with the exception of FAIMS), Telecom’s shared information systems are upgraded in accordance with the commitments
contained in the migration plan in Part A of Schedule 6 to prevent ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information being accessed by Employees in the ordinary course of business, except as expressly permitted by clauses 33, 58, 88.4
and 88.5	  	30 September 2010 (with the exception of FAIMS)	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Telecom will ensure FAIMS complies with the obligation in clause 9.3(e)(iii)	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone

 Part B 

The following systems and their sub-systems or modules will be deemed compliant with clause 9.3(e)(iii) as set out in clause 9.3(e)(iv): 

 

	 	•	 	 NetEvents 

  

	 	•	 	 SED 

  

	 	•	 	 NetREc 

  

	 	•	 	 NetConfig 

  

	 	•	 	 NetBuild 

  

	 	•	 	 Spanlines/Transman 

  

	 	•	 	 NetSOC 

  

	 	•	 	 WMS 

  

	 	•	 	 TLRD 

  

	 	•	 	 NetReport 

  

	 	•	 	 NTS 

  

	 	•	 	 NFWMS 

  

	 	•	 	 OTIS 

  

	 	•	 	 And any other systems as may be agreed between Telecom and the Minister. 

  
 171

 

 
 TELECOM SEPARATION 
 UNDERTAKINGS 
 As provided to the Minister of 

Communications on 25 March 2008 in 
 accordance with section 69K(2)(c) of the 
 Telecommunications Act 2001 and
as 
 varied by agreement between Telecom 
 and the Minister of Communications on or 
 before 13 October 2010 in
accordance 
 with section 69U of the 
 Telecommunications Act 2001 
 Incorporates amendments made by agreement

 between Telecom and the Commerce Commission on 

7 October 2010 in accordance with clause 92.1 of 
 these Undertakings 

 CONTENTS 

 

					
		
	 BACKGROUND
	  	 	3	  
		
	 PART 1: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	  	 	4	  
		
	 PART 2: SCOPE AND APPLICATION
	  	 	19	  
		
	 PART 3: IMPLEMENTATION
	  	 	22	  
		
	 PART 4: FIXED NETWORK ACCESS SERVICE BUSINESS UNIT (ANS UNIT)
	  	 	26	  
		
	 PART 5: WHOLESALE BUSINESS UNIT
	  	 	44	  
		
	 PART 6: RETAIL UNITS
	  	 	66	  
		
	 PART 7: TELECOM FIXED NETWORK BUSINESS UNITS
	  	 	68	  
		
	 PART 8: ENFORCEMENT AND OVERSIGHT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SEPARATION PLAN
	  	 	71	  
		
	 PART 9: PARTICIPATION IN POLICY AND DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN INFORMATION
	  	 	77	  
		
	 PART 10: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	83	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 1 - TRANSITION TO EQUIVALENCE
	  	 	92	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 2 - SHARED SERVICES, PART A PERSONS, PART B PERSONS, AND PART C PERSONS
	  	 	160	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 3 - TIER SITES
	  	 	165	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 4 - MANAGER OF THE ANS UNIT’S DELEGATED AUTHORITY
	  	 	168	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 5 - WHOLESALE UNIT EMPLOYEE EQUITY SCHEME
	  	 	169	  
		
	 SCHEDULE 6 –TELECOM SHARED INFORMATION SYSTEMS
	  	 	170	  

  
 2 

 BACKGROUND 

 

	A	These Undertakings are given by Telecom in accordance with, and are separation undertakings for the purposes of, Part 2A of the Act. 

 

	B	In accordance with section 69N of the Act, these Undertakings are binding on Telecom and are given in favour of the Crown. 

  
 3 

 PART 1: DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 

 

	1	Definitions 

  

	1.1	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise: 

 Access Network has the meaning given by clause 14.2; 
 Access Network
Services Unit or ANS Unit means the unit referred to in clause 11; 
 Access Planners has the meaning given to
that term in clause 100; 
 Act means the Telecommunications Act 2001; 

Approval Date means the first Working Day after the Minister approves Telecom’s separation plan under section 69L(1)(a) of the
Act; 
 Arm’s-Length Rules means the rules provided by the following clauses: 

 

	 	(a)	clauses 7 and 88; 

  

	 	(b)	clauses 24 to 41 (which apply to the ANS Unit); 

  

	 	(c)	clauses 52 to 63 (which apply to the Wholesale Unit); 

  

	 	(d)	clauses 70 to 72 (which apply to the Retail Units); 

  

	 	(e)	clauses 74 to 76 (which apply to the Telecom Fixed Network Business Units); and 

 

	 	(f)	clauses 89 to 93 (which relate to Part A Persons, Part B Persons, and Part C Persons); 

Board means the TCNZ board, and includes a committee of the TCNZ board; 

Cellular Mobile Systems means those systems that are: 

 

	 	(a)	used to provide, support and maintain a mobile radio system in which assigned radio spectrum can be re-used simultaneously in nearby geographic areas without
interference between users; and 

  

	 	(b)	capable of supporting hand-off, of sessions or calls, between wireless transmitters; 

Such systems include radio transmission systems, and any supporting infrastructure such as buildings, cabinets, poles, transmission
systems and associated operational support systems; 

  
 4 

 CEO means the chief executive of TCNZ; 

Commercial Information: 
  

	 	(a)	means information that is confidential and that is in respect of a Relevant Service, including information regarding: 

 

	 	(i)	service development; 

  

	 	(ii)	pricing; 

  

	 	(iii)	marketing strategy and intelligence; 

  

	 	(iv)	service launch dates; 

  

	 	(v)	costs; 

  

	 	(vi)	projected sales volumes; and 

  

	 	(vii)	network coverage and capabilities; but 

  

	 	(b)	does not include any information, or types of information, that Telecom and the Commission agree in writing is not Commercial Information; 

Commercial Policy means policies and plans of a Required Telecom Business Unit relating to any of the following matters in respect
of Relevant Services: 
  

	 	(a)	service development; 

  

	 	(b)	pricing; 

  

	 	(c)	marketing strategy and intelligence; 

  

	 	(d)	service launch dates; 

  

	 	(e)	costs; 

  

	 	(f)	non-price terms, including payment terms; 

  

	 	(g)	product specific forecasting; and 

  

	 	(h)	network coverage and capabilities; 

 Commission has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

Commission’s Wholesale Determinations means any of Decision 497, Decision 525, and Decision 563; 

  
 5 

 Crisis Management Team means a team within Telecom (including contractors and agents
of that team) formed from time-to-time to prepare for, manage and facilitate Telecom’s response to an operational arising from major service affecting events (such as power outages), and disasters of regional or national significance (such as
major flooding); 
 Example 
 A Crisis Management Team may be formed: 
  

	 	(a)	to participate in a national pandemic preparedness exercise; 

  

	 	(b)	during a state of emergency because of flooding; 

  

	 	(c)	in response to a major power or network outage. 

 Customer Confidential Information: 
  

	 	(a)	means any information that: 

  

	 	(i)	a Service Provider provides to Telecom in relation to the provision of a Relevant Service; or 

 

	 	(ii)	Telecom otherwise holds or obtains in relation to the provision of a Relevant Service to a Service Provider; 

and that is confidential to and identifiably about that Service Provider or a person that is, or intends to become, a customer or an
End-User of that Service Provider; but 
  

	 	(b)	does not include: 

  

	 	(i)	information that was publicly available or known to Telecom at the time of receipt, or that becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of
confidentiality; 

  

	 	(ii)	information that was obtained by Telecom directly from the customer or End-User or from sources that are independent of the Service Provider; 

 

	 	(iii)	information that is required to be disclosed by law or under the regulations of any stock exchange on which Telecom shares are listed; 

 

	 	(iv)	any information, or types of information, that Telecom and the Commission agree in writing is not Customer Confidential Information; and 

 

	 	(v)	information that a Service Provider agrees in writing is not Customer Confidential Information for the purpose of these Undertakings; 

  
 6 

 December 2009 Requirements has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 of these
Undertakings; 
 Decision 497 means the Commission’s determination on the TelstraClear Limited application for
determination of certain Resale Services, dated 12 May 2003 (including the clarification of that determination under the Act); 
 Decision 525 means the Commission’s determination on the TelstraClear Limited application for determination of certain Resale Services, dated 14 June 2004; 

Decision 563 means the Commission’s determination on the TelstraClear Limited application for determination of certain Resale
Services (including Private Office Networking), dated 9 December 2005; 
 Designated Access Service has the meaning
given to that term in the Act; 
 Designated Multinetwork Service has the meaning given to that term in the Act;

 Designated Services Price List or DSPL means the list of Resale Services and prices that was prepared by Telecom
in accordance with the terms of Decision 497 and Decision 563 and that is maintained in accordance with clause 64 of these Undertakings; 
 DSLAM means a digital subscriber line access multiplexer; 
 Dual-Use
Cellular Wireless Systems means those systems that are: 
  

	 	(a)	used to provide, support and maintain a radio system in which assigned radio spectrum can be re-used simultaneously in nearby geographic areas without interference
between users; and 

  

	 	(b)	capable of supporting both of the following applications (i.e. are dual-use): 

 

	 	(i)	a fixed telephone or data service to a user in a fixed location and which is not capable of supporting hand-off, of sessions or calls, between wireless transmitters
(i.e. is not moveable and not mobile); and 

  

	 	(ii)	a moveable telephone or data service to a user from anywhere within the radio coverage area and which is not capable of supporting hand-off, of sessions or calls,
between wireless transmitters (i.e. is moveable but not mobile); 

  
 7 

 Such systems include radio transmission systems, and any supporting infrastructure such as
buildings, cabinets, poles and transmission systems; 
 Eligible Service Provider means, in relation to information or
consultation about a Relevant Service, a Service Provider that: 
  

	 	(a)	is a party to a binding commercial service provision agreement with Telecom for the provision of that service; 

 

	 	(b)	is a party to a binding confidentiality agreement with Telecom that was entered into for the purpose of negotiations with Telecom for the provision of that service;

  

	 	(c)	is a party to a determination relating to that service issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act; 

 

	 	(d)	has requested access to the service in accordance with a Standard Terms Determination; or 

 

	 	(e)	has requested access to the service in accordance with a Telecom Registered Undertaking, where that Registered Undertaking provides sufficient terms and conditions to
allow the service to be provided without the need for further terms and conditions to be agreed; 

 Employee
means a Telecom employee other than the CEO and, in respect of a Telecom Business Unit, includes the manager of that unit and any other Employee working for that unit; 
 End-User has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 
 Equivalence of
Inputs or EOI or EOI standard has the meaning given to that term in clause 1.2; 
 Executive means the
Telecom executive team comprising the CEO and Employees who are appointed by the CEO as part of the executive team, and who will generally report directly to the CEO. Telecom will make a list of the members of its Executive available to the public
at all reasonable times on its Internet website; 
 External Auditor means any suitably qualified independent person
appointed to audit any aspect of Telecom’s business or its financial or other reports or information; 
 FTTP Access
Network Architecture means an access network which is used to deliver services over fibre media to an End-User’s premises, and which is based on passive optical networking technology, and over which multiple End-Users are served by means of
a shared transmission system; 

  
 8 

 Fibre to the Premises Access Service or FTTP Access Service means a
packet-based bitstream service provided using FTTP Access Network Architecture that enables access to, and interconnection with, that part of Telecom’s NGN that connects the End-User’s building (or, where relevant, the building
distribution frames) to Telecom’s first aggregation switch (or equivalent facility); 
 Fixed PSTN has the meaning
given to that term in the Act; 
 Fixed Wireless Access System (Fixed End Points) means a network using radio technologies
to provide a connection between the network demarcation point at a customer premises and a wireless transmitter (e.g. CMAR, Country Set Radio and Microwave Radio systems) that acts as a substitute or replacement for a copper line. Such systems may
encompass radio transmission systems and any supporting infrastructure such as buildings, cabinets, polls, and transmission systems. Such systems do not include Cellular Mobile Systems (i.e. systems that are capable of supporting hand-off, of
sessions or calls, between wireless transmitters as per the definition of Cellular Mobile Systems); 
 Group Audit and Risk
means the group within Telecom that implements the Board’s risk management framework and provides advice to Telecom on Telecom’s risks, risk management processes, operational processes and controls, audit and general compliance
activities, and includes support and ancillary staff; 
 Group Company Secretary means the TCNZ company secretary;

 Group Company Secretary’s Office means the group within Telecom that provides advice to Telecom on, and is
responsible for, Telecom’s company secretariat functions (including Board administration, stock exchange listings, companies and securities administration and best practice corporate governance and compliance), Undertakings compliance and
monitoring and legal accountability for group mergers and acquisitions and finance transactions, and includes support and ancillary staff; 
 Group Finance means the group within Telecom that manages Telecom’s finance functions including corporate finance, capital markets, mergers and acquisitions, tax, insurance, external
reporting, capital allocation, investment policy, pricing and cost analysis from a group perspective, performance reporting and stock exchange listing compliance, and includes support and ancillary staff; 

Group Legal Services means the group within Telecom that provides legal advice to Telecom, comprising solicitors who hold
practising certificates from the New Zealand Law Society, and includes support and ancillary staff and, for the avoidance of doubt, includes legal regulatory services, but excludes Employees who are directly involved in providing legal advice to the
ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Services; 

  
 9 

 Group Public Affairs means the group within Telecom that manages and provides advice
to Telecom on government relations, communications and media that affect Telecom as a whole, and includes support and ancillary staff; 
 Group Regulatory means the group within Telecom that manages group level stakeholder and regulatory issues, and provides expert regulatory advice to Telecom, and includes support and ancillary
staff, but excludes Employees who are directly involved in providing regulatory advice to the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Services; 
 Group Strategy and Development means the group within Telecom that provides strategic recommendations to Telecom in relation to strategic decisions and progress that may impact Telecom as a whole,
and includes support and ancillary staff; 
 Group Technology means the group within Telecom that provides technology
strategy and recommendations to Telecom and ensures that Telecom’s technology activities are co-ordinated and integrated into a single, well aligned end-to-end process by, among other things, applying an integrated technology view, and includes
support and ancillary staff; 
 Human Resources means the group within Telecom that provides a human resources function
including providing advice to Telecom on human resource matters, managing recruitment, development planning, performance management, internal communication, rewards, remuneration and benefits, and includes support and ancillary staff; 

Independent Oversight Group or IOG means the Independent Oversight Group referred to in clause 77; 

IP Interconnection for Virtual Private Network Service means a Layer 3-aware, Layer 2 inter-network connectivity service that:

  

	 	(a)	carries internet protocol packet-based traffic between Telecom’s NGN core and a Service Provider’s NGN core and includes the selection of Telecom’s
handover point locations and their catchment areas; and 

  

	 	(b)	can be used by Telecom and that Service Provider as an input service in order to provide services which provide for the linking of End-Users’ virtual private
networks. 

 Such a connectivity service will provide transport links between the networks terminating at the
first switch within Telecom’s NGN core; 

  
 10 

 IP Interconnection for Voice Service means a Layer 3-aware, Layer 2 inter-network
connectivity service that: 
  

	 	(a)	carries internet protocol packet-based traffic between Telecom’s NGN core and a Service Provider’s NGN core and includes the selection of Telecom’s
handover point locations and their catchment areas; and 

  

	 	(b)	can be used by Telecom and that Service Provider as an input service in order to provide the services of originating or terminating each other’s conversational IP
voice calling retail services. 

 Such a connectivity service will provide transport links between the networks
terminating at the first switch within Telecom’s NGN core; 
 Local Access Network has the meaning given to that term
in clause 14.2; 
 Manager of the ANS Unit means the person appointed at the relevant time in accordance with clause 25;

 Manager of the Wholesale Unit means the person appointed at the relevant time in accordance with clause 53; 

Minister has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 
 Mobile Services means: 
  

	 	(a)	services delivered predominantly by means of Cellular Mobile Systems, and which enable calls or communication sessions to be maintained when an End-User moves location,
including moving between areas served by different wireless transmitters; and 

  

	 	(b)	services provided by one Telecom Business Unit to another Telecom Business Unit or Service Provider for the purpose of enabling a service described in (a) above
such as site co-location, roaming, cell-site linking and backhaul; 

 New Zealand has the meaning given by
section 29 of the Interpretation Act 1999; 
 Part A Person means a person or functional group (including relevant
Employees, agents, contractors, and external advisors of that person or group) listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 as being permitted to Participate in Policy of the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit in accordance with clause 89; 

Part B Person means a person or functional group (including relevant Employees, agents, contractors, and external advisors of that
person or group) listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 as being permitted to receive ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Commercial Information in accordance with clause 90; 

  
 11 

 Part C Person means a person or functional group (including relevant Employees,
agents, contractors, and external advisors of that person or group) listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 as being permitted to receive ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information in accordance with clause 91; 

Participate in Policy means to participate in the formulation or making of: 

 

	 	(a)	annual or long-term corporate plans or technology plans to the extent they relate to Relevant Services; 

 

	 	(b)	other significant plans to the extent they relate to Relevant Services; and 

 

	 	(c)	Commercial Policy; 

 Public
Switched Telephone Network or PSTN has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 
 Regional Backhaul Network
has the meaning given to that term in clause 14.2; 
 Registered Undertaking has the meaning given to that term in the
Act; 
 Regulated means, in respect of a Relevant Service, that the service is a Designated Access Service or a Specified
Service or is a service that is subject to a Telecom Registered Undertaking (regardless of whether there is a determination under Part 2 of the Act currently in force in respect of that service); 

Relevant Network Access Service has the meaning given to that term in clause 18.2; 

Relevant Services means: 
  

	 	(a)	Relevant Network Access Services; and 

  

	 	(b)	Relevant Wholesale Services; 

Relevant Wholesale Service has the meaning given to that term in clause 45.2; 

Required Telecom Business Unit means any of: 
  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit; 

  

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit; 

  

	 	(c)	a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit); and 

  
 12 

	 	(d)	the Retail Units; 

 Required
Telecom Business Unit Compliance Investigators means the group within Required Telecom Business Units whose primary role is to manage compliance risk for that business unit and carry out Undertakings investigations; 

Resale Equivalence means that, where Telecom provides a particular Resale Service that is a Relevant Wholesale Service to a Service
Provider: 
  

	 	(a)	the service characteristics and functionality of the Resale Service must be the same as the service characteristics and functionality of the corresponding retail
service except for: 

  

	 	(i)	trivial differences; 

  

	 	(ii)	differences relating to matters of national and crime-related security, physical security, security required to protect the integrity of the network, or any other
security requirements agreed by Telecom and the Commission; and 

  

	 	(b)	the operational systems, processes and procedures used by Telecom to provide the Resale Service must give Service Providers the ability to provide End-Users with the
same or a substantially similar service delivery experience (recognising that part of the service delivery experience is the responsibility of the Service Provider) to that experienced by Telecom’s End-Users of the corresponding retail service;
and 

  

	 	(c)	overall, the operational systems, processes, and procedures used by Telecom to provide the Resale Service must not place Service Providers at a material disadvantage,
when compared to the operational systems, processes, and procedures used to provide the corresponding retail service to Telecom’s End-Users; 

  
 13 

 Example 

 

	 	(a)	If the time taken by Telecom to physically provision a new Telecom Retail Homeline voice access service connection is, on average, 10 hours for Telecom’s
End-Users, then, in order to meet the Resale Equivalence standard, the time taken by Telecom to physically provision a new corresponding Homeline Resale Service connection must be, on average, 10 hours or less. 

 

	 	(b)	The service delivery experience of a Service Provider’s End-User supplied with the Homeline Resale Service will be affected by the End-User’s interaction with
the Service Provider’s sales staff (a part of the end-to-end delivery of service provided by the Service Provider alone). The Resale Equivalence standard allows the End-User’s service delivery experience to be different to that of a
Telecom Retail End-User if the Service Provider does not provide the same level of sales staff contact regarding the provision of the Homeline Resale Service as Telecom Retail when providing its Homeline Service. 

 

	 	(c)	The Resale Equivalence standard does not prevent Telecom from offering a service that is different by virtue of the wholesale relationship. For example, Telecom can
provide an unbranded or “white label” Resale Service so that Service Providers are not forced to sell services that are branded as “Telecom” services. 

Resale Service means the resale of any of the following Designated Access Services: 

 

	 	(a)	any Telecom retail service offered by means of Telecom’s fixed telecommunications network; 

 

	 	(b)	any Telecom residential local access and calling service offered by means of Telecom’s fixed telecommunications network; 

 

	 	(c)	any bundle of Telecom retail services offered by means of Telecom’s fixed telecommunications network; and 

 

	 	(d)	any Telecom retail service offered by means of Telecom’s fixed telecommunications network as part of a bundle of retail services; but 

for the avoidance of doubt, Resale Service does not include that part of the end-to-end delivery of a service by a Service Provider to its
End-Users carried out by the Service Provider alone; 
 Residential Services Price List or RSPL means the list of
residential Resale Services and prices that was prepared by Telecom in accordance with the terms of Decision 525 and that is maintained in accordance with clause 64; 
 Retail Units means the unit or units referred to in clause 68; 

Separation Day means 31 March 2008; 
 Service Provider has the meaning given to that term in the Act, but does not include Telecom; 

  
 14 

 Shared Services means the units or functional groups listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2;

 Specified Service has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

Standard Terms Determination or STD means a standard terms determination made by the Commission under section 30M of the
Act; 
 Subsidiary has the meaning given by sections 5 to 8 of the Companies Act 1993; 

Support Office means the support office required to be established under clause 81; 

Telecom means TCNZ and any of its Subsidiaries; 
 Telecom Business Unit means an operational business division of Telecom; 

Telecom Fixed Network Business Units means the ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit, and any business unit that controls fixed network
assets predominantly used for the provision of Relevant Services (excluding Resale Services). For the avoidance of doubt: 
  

	 	(a)	Telecom Fixed Network Business Units does not include the Retail Units; and 

 

	 	(b)	if the business group that controls the relevant fixed network assets is a part of a Telecom Business Unit, then that part (and only that part) is a Telecom Fixed
Network Business Unit; 

 Telecommunications Commissioner has the meaning given to that term in the Act;

 TCNZ means Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited whose registered company number is 328287; 

Tier 1, Tier 2, or Tier 3 site means a Telecom building that is listed as such in Schedule 3; 

TSO Instrument has the meaning given to that term in the Act; 

UBA Backhaul has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 of these Undertakings; 

UCLL Backhaul has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 1 of these Undertakings; 

  
 15 

 Undertakings Implementation Programme Office or UIP Office means the programme
office involved with implementing these Undertakings; 
 Wholesale Unit means the unit referred to in clause 42;

 Working Day has the meaning given to that term in the Act. 

 

	1.2	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise: 

  

	 	(a)	Equivalence of Inputs or EOI or EOI standard means that, if Telecom is required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Service:

  

	 	(i)	Telecom must provide itself and the Service Providers with the same service; 

 

	 	(ii)	Telecom must deliver that service to itself and the Service Providers on the same time-scales and on the same terms and conditions (including price and service levels);

  

	 	(iii)	Telecom must deliver that service to itself and the Service Providers by means of the same systems and processes (including operational support processes);

  

	 	(iv)	Telecom must provide itself and the Service Providers with the same Commercial Information about that service and those same systems and processes; and

  

	 	(v)	when providing that service to itself, Telecom must use systems and processes that Service Providers are able to use in the same way, and with the same degree of
reliability and performance; 

  

	 	(b)	in subclause (a), the same means exactly the same, subject to: 

  

	 	(i)	trivial differences; 

  

	 	(ii)	differences relating to: 

  

	 	(A)	credit requirements and vetting procedures; 

  

	 	(B)	payment procedures; 

  

	 	(C)	matters of national and crime-related security, physical security, security required to protect the operational integrity of the network, or any other security
requirements agreed by Telecom and the Commission; 

  

	 	(D)	provisions relating to the termination of supply; 

  
 16 

	 	(E)	provisions relating to dispute resolution (to the extent necessary because Telecom is one company); 

 

	 	(F)	requirements for a safe working environment; and 

  

	 	(iii)	differences that are agreed by Telecom and the Commission in writing; 

  

	 	(iv)	differences that are requested in writing by a Service Provider and agreed to by Telecom; 

 

	 	(v)	differences that are specified elsewhere in these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(vi)	differences relating to terms required by a residual terms determination under subpart 2A of Part 2 of the Act. 

 

	2	Interpretation 

  

	2.1	References in these Undertakings to Telecom’s Access Network, Local Access Network, or Regional Backhaul Network: 

 

	 	(a)	include a reference to those networks as they may be modified or upgraded, or replaced in part, from time to time; but 

 

	 	(b)	do not include a reference to a network of an entirely different type that is installed in substitution for any of those networks and that is not of a type that is
referred to in the Access Network definition. 

  

	2.2	References in these Undertakings to Telecom being required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Service will be interpreted in accordance with clause 6
and Telecom will only be required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Service in the circumstances set out in clause 6. 

  

	2.3	References in these Undertakings to a part of Telecom includes, without limitation, a Telecom Business Unit. 

 

	2.4	References in these Undertakings to persons, bodies, roles, groups or units includes successor persons, bodies, roles, groups and units. 

 

	2.5	An example used in these Undertakings is only illustrative of the provisions to which it relates. It does not limit those provisions. If an example and a provision to
which it relates are inconsistent, the provision prevails. 

  

	2.6	Any function or power of the Commission under these Undertakings must be performed or exercised: 

 

	 	(a)	by the Telecommunications Commissioner alone; or 

  
 17 

	 	(b)	if the Telecommunications Commissioner requests the chairperson of the Commission to make 2 other members of the Commission available for the performance of a
particular function and the chairperson agrees to that request, by the Telecommunications Commissioner and 2 other members of the Commission. 

  

	2.7	For the purpose of clause 2.6, if there is no Telecommunications Commissioner or if the Telecommunications Commissioner is for any reason unable to perform the
functions or exercise the powers of the Commission that would otherwise have been performed or exercised by him or her under these Undertakings then those functions or powers must be performed or exercised by the chairperson of the Commission.

  

	2.8	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise: 

  

	 	(a)	clause and part headings are for convenience only, and are not part of these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(b)	references to clauses are references to clauses in these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(c)	the singular includes the plural and vice versa; 

  

	 	(d)	words denoting natural persons include any legal entity or association of entities and vice versa; 

 

	 	(e)	reference to a statute means that statute as amended and re-enacted and includes subordinate legislation; 

 

	 	(f)	except where these Undertakings expressly provide otherwise, reference to a document means that document as amended; and 

 

	 	(g)	references in these Undertakings to IP means internet protocol. 

  
 18 

 PART 2: SCOPE AND APPLICATION 

 

	3	Application of Undertakings limited to New Zealand 

 These Undertakings only apply to Telecom in New Zealand. For the avoidance of doubt, Telecom will not use this limitation to circumvent the intent of these Undertakings. 

 

	4	Application of Undertakings limited to Relevant Services  

 Where these Undertakings refer to Telecom or a part of Telecom, the Undertakings only apply to Telecom or the part of Telecom (and to the extent applicable, the Employees, agents and contractors of
Telecom or the part of Telecom) to the extent to which Telecom or the part of Telecom provides, purchases, or is otherwise involved with Relevant Services. 
  

	5	Application of Arm’s-Length Rules limited to Relevant Services  

 The Arm’s-Length Rules only apply to the extent to which any activities or decisions described in the Arm’s-Length Rules relate to or affect Relevant Services. 

Example 

The Arm’s-Length Rules will apply to interactions between the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units in respect of Relevant Wholesale
Services, such as unbundled bitstream access. 
 The Arm’s-Length Rules will not apply to interactions between: 

 

	 	(a)	the Retail Units and Telecom Fixed Network Business Units in respect of services that are not Relevant Services, such as international services; or

  

	 	(b)	the Retail Units and the Wholesale Unit in respect of services that are not Relevant Services, such as PSTN interconnection and Mobile Services.

  

	6	Requirement to provide services to Service Providers limited  

  

	6.1	Nothing in these Undertakings requires Telecom to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Service (even if a Telecom Business Unit provides that service to another
Telecom Business Unit) unless Telecom is required to provide the Relevant Service to a Service Provider under a determination made under Part 2 of the Act, a Telecom Registered Undertaking, or any other law. 

 

	6.2	For the avoidance of doubt, prior to receiving a Relevant Service, a Service Provider will have to: 

 

	 	(a)	be a party to a binding commercial service provision agreement with Telecom for the provision of that service; 

 

	 	(b)	have requested access to the service in accordance with a Standard Terms Determination; 

  
 19 

	 	(c)	have requested access to the service in accordance with a Telecom Registered Undertaking, where that Registered Undertaking provides sufficient terms and conditions to
allow the service to be provided without the need for further terms and conditions to be agreed; or 

  

	 	(d)	be a party to a determination relating to that service issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act where the determination provides sufficient terms and
conditions to allow the service to be provided without the need for further terms and conditions to be agreed. 

  

	7	Role of Board and CEO  

  

	7.1	Nothing in these Undertakings limits: 

  

	 	(a)	the duty or role (or any decision, act or omission done in performing such duty or role) of the Board, any TCNZ director or the CEO, when exercising powers or
performing duties as the Board, a TCNZ director or the CEO, to act in a manner that they, he or she believes is in the best interests of TCNZ; or 

  

	 	(b)	any decision, act or omission of Telecom or any part of Telecom (including any Employee, agent or contractor of Telecom or any part of Telecom) where that decision, act
or omission is done to act in accordance with the directions of the Board or CEO, whether or not doing so would otherwise be contrary to these Undertakings. 

 

	7.2	If the Board or the CEO directs a Telecom Business Unit to act in a way that the Board or the CEO reasonably believes the relevant Telecom Business Unit could not, but
for that direction, itself resolve to do in accordance with these Undertakings, the Board or CEO will: 

  

	 	(a)	give the direction in writing; 

  

	 	(b)	give a copy of the direction to the Commission and the IOG, as soon as practicable after the direction is given; and 

 

	 	(c)	certify to the Commission and the IOG that, in the Board’s or the CEO’s opinion: 

 

	 	(i)	the direction is consistent with the robust operational separation of Telecom; 

 

	 	(ii)	the reason that the direction is given is that it is in the best interests of Telecom as a whole; and 

 

	 	(d)	report to the Commission and the IOG on whether the direction undermines any of the purposes set out in paragraphs (a) to (c) of section 69A of the Act.

  
 20 

	7.3	If the Board or the CEO participates in a significant decision of the ANS Unit in respect of a Relevant Network Access Service, or of the Wholesale Unit in respect of a
Relevant Wholesale Service: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom will provide the IOG with copies of any documentation provided to the Board or CEO that contains the formal recommendation (including relevant supporting
documents, if any) and any documentation that records the different formal decision, if the decision relates to: 

  

	 	(i)	an investment matter involving capital expenditure in excess of the delegated authority of the Manager of the ANS Unit or the delegated authority of the Manager of the
Wholesale Unit (as applicable); 

  

	 	(ii)	any material aspect of the development or introduction of a Relevant Network Access Service that will be provided to Service Providers; 

 

	 	(iii)	any material change to the overall size and/or reach of the Access Network or to Access Network technologies; or 

 

	 	(iv)	any matter that materially impacts on the operation of these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(b)	in any other case, Telecom will provide the IOG with copies of any documentation (including relevant supporting documents, if any) provided to the Board or CEO that
contains the formal recommendation and any documentation that records the different formal decision, if the IOG requests them; and 

  

	 	(c)	Telecom will notify the Commission in writing as soon as practicable when documentation is provided to the IOG under clause 7.3(a) or (b). 

 

	7.4	For the avoidance of doubt, approving a recommendation made by the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit in respect of a Relevant Service is not participation in a decision
for the purpose of clause 7.3. 

  

	7.5	Clause 7.3(a) does not apply to participation of the Board or the CEO in relation to the establishment of each year’s annual and long-term corporate plan and
technology plan (or equivalent documents) of the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit. 

  

	8	Inconsistency  

 If a
provision in this Part 2 and a provision in another Part of these Undertakings are inconsistent, the provision in Part 2 prevails. 

  
 21 

 PART 3: IMPLEMENTATION 

 

	9	Compliance with these Undertakings  

  

	9.1	From the Separation Day, and except as otherwise provided for in clause 9.3, Telecom will comply with the requirements set out in the following clauses of these
Undertakings: 

  

	 	(a)	clause 12, which requires the ANS Unit to be established; 

  

	 	(b)	clause 18, which requires the ANS Unit to be responsible for providing the unbundled copper local loop service; 

 

	 	(c)	clauses 25 and 38, which require the Manager of the ANS Unit to be appointed, and certain Telecom Employees to be Employees working for the ANS Unit;

  

	 	(d)	clause 27, to the extent that it requires an ANS Unit business plan for the balance of the 2007/08 financial year to be submitted to the Board;

  

	 	(e)	clause 30, which requires Employees, agents and contractors working for the ANS Unit to act in good faith and what they believe to be the best commercial interests of
the ANS Unit within the ANS Unit’s scope of business; 

  

	 	(f)	clause 36.1, which requires the ANS Unit’s accommodation to be access-controlled; 

 

	 	(g)	clause 37.1, which requires Telecom to develop a separate brand for the ANS Unit; 

 

	 	(h)	clause 43, which requires the Wholesale Unit to be established; 

  

	 	(i)	clause 44.1, which requires the Wholesale Unit to have sufficient influence over certain assets; 

 

	 	(j)	clauses 53 and 62, which require the Manager of the Wholesale Unit to be appointed, and certain Telecom Employees to be Employees working for the Wholesale Unit;

  

	 	(k)	clause 61, which requires the Wholesale Unit’s accommodation to be access-controlled; 

 

	 	(l)	clause 66 which requires the Wholesale Unit to undertake a consultation process relating to IP Interconnection; 

 

	 	(m)	clause 67 which requires the Wholesale Unit to establish an NGN consultation programme; 

  
 22 

	 	(n)	clauses 77 and 78, which require the IOG to be established and its members appointed; 

 

	 	(o)	clauses 81 and 82, to the extent that those clauses require the Support Office to be established and key staff to be appointed; 

 

	 	(p)	clause 84.1(b), to the extent that it requires Telecom to prepare codes of conduct ready to be considered by the IOG; and 

 

	 	(q)	clauses 34 and 59, which require the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit to manage Commercial Information in certain ways. 

 

	9.2	From 1 July 2008, Telecom will comply with all of the provisions of these Undertakings, except as otherwise provided for in clause 9.3. 

 

	9.3	The following transitional provisions apply to these Undertakings: 

  

	 	(a)	to the extent that clause 32 requires the ANS Unit to have written arrangements in place for the supply to other Telecom Business Units of Relevant Network Asset
Services that the ANS Unit does not provide to Service Providers, Telecom will use its best endeavours to have those arrangements in place as soon as possible, but by no later than 31 December 2008; 

 

	 	(b)	to the extent that clause 57 requires the Wholesale Unit to have written arrangements in place for the supply to the Retail Units of Relevant Wholesale Services that
the Wholesale Unit does not provide to Service Providers, Telecom will use its best endeavours to have those arrangements in place as soon as possible, but by no later than 31 December 2008; 

 

	 	(c)	to the extent that clause 96 requires arrangements with agents and contractors, Telecom will use its best endeavours to have those arrangements in place as soon as
practicable but, subject to clause 9.4, by no later than 31 December 2008; 

  

	 	(d)	to the extent that clause 97 requires Telecom to obtain the agreement from a person (whom Telecom has, prior to the Approval Date, contracted with to operate
Telecom’s assets or perform Telecom’s functions or activities in respect of Relevant Services) to be subject to the same obligations as an Employee working for the Telecom Business Unit whose business is being outsourced under that
contract, Telecom will use its best endeavours to have those arrangements in place as soon as practicable but, subject to clause 9.4, by no later than 31 December 2008; 

  
 23 

	 	(e)	in relation to clauses 33, 58, 88.4(c) and 88.5(c), Telecom will ensure that in respect of access by Employees to information contained in shared information systems
(including those Telecom systems called ICMS, FAIMS, TCDATA, Probe, AXIOSS and TRIAD at the Approval Date) in the ordinary course of business: 

  

	 	(i)	from 1 July 2008 until 30 September 2010 or, in respect of FAIMS, 31 December 2010, any ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information so
accessed by Employees will not be used or disclosed in a manner that is contrary to these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(ii)	by 30 September 2008, it has developed a plan for upgrading or migrating its shared information systems to meet the requirements in clause 9.3(iii), and provided
that plan to the IOG; 

  

	 	(iii)	subject to clause 9.3(e)(iv), by 30 September 2010 (with the exception of FAIMS), Telecom’s shared information systems are upgraded in accordance with the
commitments contained in the migration plan in Part A of Schedule 6 to prevent ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information being accessed by Employees in the ordinary course of business, except as expressly permitted by clauses 33,
58, 88.4 and 88.5; 

  

	 	(iv)	by 31 December 2009, the systems listed in Part B of Schedule 6 will be deemed compliant with clause 9.3(e)(iii) as long as Telecom has put in place:

  

	 	•	 	 restrictions to ensure that only users who require access in the ordinary course of business are permitted to access those systems;

  

	 	•	 	 a requirement that users of those systems acknowledge that any ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Commercial Information or Customer Confidential Information
so accessed by Employees will not be used or disclosed in a manner that is contrary to these Undertakings; 

  

	 	•	 	 additional training for users of those systems on the information sharing requirements of the Undertakings; and 

 

	 	•	 	 systems and process to confirm that only users who require access in the ordinary course of business are permitted to access those systems.

  

	 	(f)	to the extent that clause 38.1(f) requires Employees who are directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Network
Access Services to be Employees working solely for the ANS Unit, Telecom will comply by no later than 1 July 2008; and 

  
 24 

	 	(g)	Telecom will comply with each of the following clauses by no later than the Working Day that is 30 Working Days after the Approval Date: 

 

	 	(i)	clauses 77 and 78, which require the IOG to be established and its members appointed; 

 

	 	(ii)	clauses 81 and 82, to the extent that those clauses require the Support Office to be established and key staff to be appointed; 

 

	 	(iii)	clause 84.1(b), to the extent that it requires Telecom to prepare codes of conduct ready to be considered by the IOG; and 

 

	 	(iv)	clauses 34 and 59, which require the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit to manage Commercial Information in certain ways. 

 

	9.4	Under clause 9.3(c) or 9.3(d), an arrangement with a particular contractor or person to whom functions or activities have been outsourced that is necessary for Telecom
to comply with clause 96 or 97, may be put in place after 31 December 2008 by a date specified by the Commission if, on application by Telecom, the Commission is satisfied that: 

 

	 	(a)	Telecom has used its best endeavours to put the arrangement in place as soon as practicable; 

 

	 	(b)	it would be impractical or unreasonably expensive to put the arrangement in place before 31 December 2008; and 

 

	 	(c)	it will not undermine a robust operational separation of Telecom if the arrangement is not in place by 31 December 2008. 

 

	9.5	Nothing in these Undertakings derogates from the strict controls that Telecom already has in place in respect of the disclosure and use of wholesale customer
confidential information, as required by Telecom’s wholesale services agreements and interconnection agreements. Without limitation, from the Approval Date until 1 July 2008 these controls will continue to apply to protect wholesale
customer confidential information from misuse. 

  

	10	Variation of these Undertakings  

 For the avoidance of doubt, these Undertakings may be varied in accordance with sections 69T to 69X of the Act. 

  
 25 

 PART 4: FIXED NETWORK ACCESS SERVICE BUSINESS UNIT (ANS UNIT) 

 

	11	Outline of Part 4  

  

	11.1	This Part contains undertakings that apply specifically to the fixed network access service business unit referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(i) of the Act.

  

	11.2	The unit referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(i) of the Act is called the Access Network Services Unit or ANS Unit in these Undertakings. 

 

	12	Establishment of the ANS Unit  

 Telecom will establish and maintain the ANS Unit. 
  

	13	Scope of business of the ANS Unit  

  

	13.1	At the Separation Day, the scope of business of the ANS Unit is to: 

  

	 	(a)	control and operate the Access Network in order to provide Relevant Network Access Services; 

 

	 	(b)	provide Relevant Network Access Services to Telecom Business Units and Service Providers; and 

 

	 	(c)	perform all other ANS Unit functions specified in Part 4 of these Undertakings, 

 in each case in accordance with these Undertakings. 
  

	13.2	The Board or the CEO may change the ANS Unit’s scope of business from time to time provided that: 

 

	 	(a)	the scope of business is not reduced from that provided in clause 13.1; 

  

	 	(b)	the Board or the CEO gives written notice of any material change to the IOG and the Commission; and 

 

	 	(c)	the change is consistent with the robust operational separation of Telecom. 

 

	14	The ANS Unit will control the Access Network  

  

	14.1	The ANS Unit will control the Access Network and the operation of that network. 

  
 26 

	14.2	Unless the context requires otherwise: 

 Access Network means Telecom’s Local Access Network and Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network; 
 Local Access Network: 
  

	 	(a)	means all lines between the network demarcation point at an End-User’s premises (or, where relevant, the building distribution frames) and the local telephone
exchange distribution frame or optical fibre distribution frame or equivalent facility; and 

  

	 	(b)	includes: 

  

	 	(i)	all cables and lines, including aerial and buried customer lead-ins from the network demarcation point at the End-User’s premises, sub-loop, loop and feeder
copper, and optical fibre cables; 

  

	 	(ii)	the following infrastructure and buildings: 

  

	 	(A)	poles, ducts, and manholes; 

  

	 	(B)	towers, distribution cabinets, and buildings that are predominantly used to house equipment that forms part of the access network; 

 

	 	(C)	power and building services equipment in the distribution cabinets and buildings referred to in subparagraph (B); and 

 

	 	(iii)	all Fixed Wireless Access Systems (Fixed End Points) including multi-access radio systems, and microwave systems that are used for backhaul between the points
referred to in paragraph (a); 

  

	 	(iv)	all copper-pair gain and loop conditioning systems, but not including the terminal multiplex equipment; 

 

	 	(v)	all passive and active optical fibre equipment between the network demarcation point at an End-User’s premises (or, where relevant, the building distribution
frames) and the distribution frame or equivalent facility, including the distribution frame or equivalent facility, but not including the optical termination equipment, optical line terminals, PSTN switch, ethernet aggregation switch, or edge router
equipment if that equipment is not connected through a distribution frame; 

  
 27 

	 	(vi)	all copper and optical distribution frames (including main distribution frames, building distribution frames, cabinet-based frames, and intermediate distribution
frames) that are predominantly used for the access network; and 

  

	 	(vii)	those information technology support systems that are necessary to ensure the efficient operation, maintenance, and provisioning of the access network and the current
and future services that are provided by the ANS Unit, except to the extent that they are provided by Shared Services; but 

  

	 	(c)	does not include: 

  

	 	(i)	service nodes, including DSLAMs, multi-service nodes, PSTN switches, or other similar devices that are used to deliver value-added services to End-Users and that are
not required for the normal operation of the access network; 

  

	 	(ii)	customer premises wiring; 

  

	 	(iii)	customer premises equipment; 

  

	 	(iv)	any equipment or facilities that are located in, or exclusively used to provide services to, any areas outside of New Zealand; or 

 

	 	(v)	any Dual-Use Cellular Wireless Systems and any Cellular Mobile Systems; 

 Regional Backhaul Network: 
  

	 	(a)	means, in geographic areas that are served by a Tier 1 or Tier 2 site, all copper, fixed wireless, and optical fibre transmission systems that are predominantly used to
provide connections from a Service Provider’s equipment that is located at a distribution cabinet (or equivalent facility) to the nearest Tier 1 or Tier 2 site; and 

 

	 	(b)	means, in all other areas, all copper, fixed wireless, and optical fibre transmission systems that are predominantly used to provide connections from a Service
Provider’s equipment that is located at a local telephone exchange or distribution cabinet (or equivalent facility) to the nearest Tier 3 site; but 

  

	 	(c)	does not include any equipment or facilities that are located in, or exclusively used to provide services to, the Chatham Islands or any areas outside New Zealand.

  
 28 

	14.3	All arrangements between the ANS Unit and other parts of Telecom or other persons that provide for the ANS Unit to control the Access Network and the operation of that
network will be in writing, including all the terms of the arrangement, including price or appropriate transfer charges (if any). 

  

	14.4	The ANS Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangements entered into in accordance with clause 14.3 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is
entered into, and after there has been any material change to that arrangement. 

  

	15	The ANS Unit’s use of Dual-Use Cellular Wireless Systems  

  

	15.1	Where a Telecom Dual-Use Cellular Wireless System is in an area where there is no Telecom Local Access Network or where the ANS Unit wishes to use the Dual-Use Cellular
Wireless System as a substitute for Telecom’s Local Access Network then: 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit will have an unrestricted entitlement, at its discretion, to use that system as an alternative to or substitute for Telecom’s Local Access Network in
that area for the purpose of offering local access services, and will have sufficient control over that system to enable it to do so; 

  

	 	(b)	any service that the ANS Unit provides that exclusively or mainly uses those systems will be a Relevant Network Access Service; and 

 

	 	(c)	the ANS Unit will make a commercial variant of the UCLL Backhaul service (from the relevant telephone exchange to Telecom’s nearest interconnect point) available
to Service Providers in accordance with clause 31 for the purpose of providing regional backhaul for Service Providers’ fixed wireless access systems. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms and conditions for provision of a commercial variant of
UCLL Backhaul provided under this clause may differ from any terms and conditions for UCLL Backhaul determined by the Commission under Part 2 of the Act to appropriately reflect the different technical and operational requirements of backhaul for
fixed wireless access systems. 

  

	15.2	All arrangements between the ANS Unit and other parts of Telecom entered into for the purpose of clause 15.1 will be in writing, including all the terms of the
arrangement, including price or appropriate transfer charges (if any). 

  

	15.3	The ANS Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangements entered into in accordance with clause 15.2 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is
entered into, and after there has been any material change to that arrangement. 

  
 29 

	16	The ANS Unit will have sufficient influence over other assets  

  

	16.1	The ANS Unit will have sufficient influence over any Telecom network assets that are not under its control but that are used to provide Relevant Network Access Services
to the extent required to provide those services in accordance with these Undertakings. 

 Example

 A Service Provider may require backhaul to beyond the coverage of Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network. In particular,
one of the Regulated LLU backhaul services requires Telecom to provide backhaul beyond the coverage area of the Access Network. The ANS Unit will provide that backhaul service. Therefore, in all cases where the Service Provider requires backhaul to
beyond Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network, the ANS Unit will need to obtain core network transmission capacity from another Telecom Business Unit. 
  

	16.2	All arrangements between the ANS Unit and other parts of Telecom or other persons entered into for the purpose of clause 16.1 will be in writing, including all the
terms of the arrangement, including price or appropriate transfer charges (if any). 

  

	16.3	The ANS Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangements entered into in accordance with clause 16.2 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is
entered into, and after there has been any material change to that arrangement. 

  

	17	Responsibilities of the ANS Unit in relation to the Access Network  

 The ANS Unit will, without limitation, be responsible for: 
  

	 	(a)	building, maintaining, operating, and repairing Telecom’s Access Network; 

 

	 	(b)	making investment decisions relating to Telecom’s Access Network; 

  

	 	(c)	determining which services Telecom’s Access Network must be capable of supporting; and 

 

	 	(d)	determining what enhancements to the functionality of Telecom’s Access Network are appropriate. 

 

	18	The ANS Unit will provide Relevant Network Access Services  

  

	18.1	The ANS Unit will provide Relevant Network Access Services. 

  

	18.2	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise, Relevant Network Access Services: 

 

	 	(a)	means any current or future fixed telecommunications services that are delivered exclusively or mainly by use of assets that form part of Telecom’s Access Network;
and 

  
 30 

	 	(b)	includes any service that is deemed to be a Relevant Network Access Service under clause 15.1(b); but 

 

	 	(c)	does not include: 

  

	 	(i)	Relevant Wholesale Services; 

  

	 	(ii)	interconnection with Telecom’s Fixed PSTN, or interconnection with a Fixed PSTN other than Telecom’s, including any national network transport or network
transit or other services provided in the usual course of PSTN interconnection arrangements; 

  

	 	(iii)	any Designated Multinetwork Services; or 

  

	 	(iv)	to avoid doubt, any Mobile Services. 

 Example 
 The ANS Unit will provide local loop unbundling, local loop
unbundling co-location, and local loop unbundling backhaul (including both distribution cabinet to telephone exchange and telephone exchange to interconnect point). The ANS Unit is not required to supply HSNS because, while this service is delivered
using assets that form part of the Access Network, material service layer assets are also used in the delivery of HSNS. 
  

	18.3	The ANS Unit will publish a list of all Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit makes available to Service Providers on its Internet website, and will update
that list as soon as practicable after a new Relevant Network Access Service becomes available for provision to Service Providers. 

  

	19	Specific responsibilities of the ANS Unit in relation to Relevant Network Access Services  

The ANS Unit will be responsible for the following matters in respect of Relevant Network Access Services, taking into account any matters
that have been determined by the Commission under Part 2 of the Act: 
  

	 	(a)	service management; 

  

	 	(b)	providing a wholesale sales function (including sales to other Telecom Business Units); 

 

	 	(c)	product management and marketing; 

  

	 	(d)	network performance management; 

  
 31 

	 	(e)	specification of the services and their functionality; 

  

	 	(f)	deployment of services, including design, construction, testing, and commissioning; 

 

	 	(g)	service-related procurement processes; and 

  

	 	(h)	setting of terms, including prices. 

  

	20	Fibre to the Premises Access Service  

 The ANS Unit will manage any FTTP Access Network Architecture assets that form part of Telecom’s Local Access Network in a way that: 

 

	 	(a)	is consistent with its obligations under these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(b)	enables the Wholesale Unit to deliver an FTTP Access Service in accordance with its obligations in clause 65. 

 

	21	Standard of equivalence for Relevant Network Access Services  

  

	21.1	Except as provided in clause 22, if the ANS Unit is required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Network Access Service it will provide that service to the EOI
standard: 

  

	 	(a)	for all Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit is required to provide Service Providers with at the Approval Date, and for UCLL Backhaul, in accordance with
the commitments contained in the applicable migration plan (including timeframes) set out in Schedule 1; and 

  

	 	(b)	for all Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with after the Approval Date (other than UCLL Backhaul), in
accordance with the binding commitments contained in a migration plan (including timeframes) developed in accordance with clause 21.2 and approved by the Commission. 

 

	21.2	If clause 21.1(b) applies, Telecom will propose a migration plan (including timeframes) for approval by the Commission that provides: 

 

	 	(a)	that, where the service is covered by a determination issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act or a Standard Terms Determination, the ANS Unit will make the
service available to Service Providers (at the highest level of equivalence that is practicable in the circumstances) on the launch date specified in the determination issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act or the Standard Terms
Determination (as applicable) for that service; 

  
 32 

	 	(b)	if the Commission considers that the service cannot be provided to the EOI standard from the date that Telecom is first required to provide Service Providers with the
service, when and how the service will be migrated to the EOI standard; and 

  

	 	(c)	if appropriate, when and how Telecom will migrate downstream services to consume the service. 

 

	21.3	A migration plan proposed by Telecom under clause 21.2: 

  

	 	(a)	will normally be expected to require Telecom to provide the service in accordance with the December 2009 Requirements by 31 December 2009, and the EOI standard by
31 December 2011; 

  

	 	(b)	will not include any variation to the Undertakings. If Telecom considers that a variation to the Undertakings is required as a result of a migration plan proposed under
clause 21.2, then the appropriate mechanism is for Telecom to endeavour to agree such a variation with the Minister in accordance with sections 69T to 69X of the Act; and 

 

	 	(c)	may be amended by the Commission before it is approved if: 

  

	 	(i)	following reasonable consultation with Telecom, the Commission does not consider it appropriate to approve the migration plan as proposed by Telecom; and

  

	 	(ii)	following that consultation, the Commission then gives Telecom 20 Working Days notice of its intention to amend (including details of the amendments) and approve the
migration plan and Telecom does not submit an amended plan that is acceptable to the Commission before the end of that 20 Working Day period. 

 Example 
 Telecom has only been able to include EOI migration plans in
Schedule 1 for Relevant Network Access Services that it: 
  

	 	(a)	is currently required to provide Service Providers with; or 

  

	 	(b)	knows it will soon be required to provide Service Providers with (where it has a reasonable understanding of what the service will consist of).

 If Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with another Relevant Network Access Service (such as
sub-loop UCLL) in the future, a new EOI migration plan will need to be developed for this service, and Telecom will need to get this plan approved by the Commission. 
  

	22	Different standards of equivalence for newly Regulated Relevant Network Access Services  

If a Relevant Network Access Service is Regulated after the Approval Date and the Minister, following consultation with Telecom, accepts a
recommendation from the Commission that a particular different standard of equivalence to the EOI standard should apply to the service, then: 
  

	 	(a)	that particular standard of equivalence will apply to that service; 

  
 33 

	 	(b)	the ANS Unit will make the recommendation and information about its effect available to the public at all reasonable times on the ANS Unit’s Internet website; and

  

	 	(c)	if the ANS Unit is required to provide Service Providers with that service, it will provide that service on the applicable standard of equivalence in accordance with a
migration plan (including timeframes) approved by the Commission in accordance with clauses 21.2 and 21.3. 

  

	23	The ANS Unit will build services ready for Equivalence of Inputs standard  

 

	23.1	The ANS Unit will build all new Relevant Network Access Services (and associated systems) that it is not required to provide Service Providers with at the Approval Date
in such a manner as to ensure that Service Providers can purchase those services from the ANS Unit to the EOI standard (or, if applicable, the relevant standard of equivalence required by clause 22) immediately or as soon as practicable thereafter
in the event that the ANS Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with the services. 

 Example

 If the ANS Unit decides to build a new Relevant Network Access Service, then the ANS Unit must build that service in a
manner that will enable it to be supplied to the EOI standard as quickly as possible in the event that the ANS Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with the service. This will most likely mean that the ANS Unit will build that new
service in a manner that ensures it is compatible with and makes use of the 12 EOI building blocks described in Schedule 1. 
  

	23.2	Clause 23.1 is subject to any minor exceptions agreed by the Commission for a particular Relevant Network Access Service. 

Example 

Telecom may seek agreement from the Commission that the ANS Unit build a new service in a manner that is not consistent with achieving the
EOI standard as soon as practicable where: 
  

	 	(a)	the service is expected to only be supplied to another part of Telecom; or 

 

	 	(b)	the service is expected to only be supplied to a particular Service Provider. 

 It is acknowledged that the Commission will consider each request for an exception to clause 23.1 on a case-by-case basis, and may or may not agree to an exception in these situations. 

  
 34 

	24	The ANS Unit will act on a stand-alone basis and at arm’s-length  

 

	24.1	In respect of Relevant Services, the ANS Unit will operate on a stand-alone basis, at arm’s-length from any other Telecom Business Unit. 

 

	24.2	The ANS Unit will: 

  

	 	(a)	have relationships, dealings, and transactions with other Telecom Business Units in respect of Relevant Services that do not include elements that parties in their
respective positions would usually omit, and that do not omit elements that parties in their respective positions would usually include, if: 

  

	 	(i)	the parties were acting independently; 

  

	 	(ii)	one party (the ANS Unit) was acting on a stand-alone basis; 

  

	 	(iii)	the parties were acting at arm’s-length; and 

  

	 	(b)	in respect of Relevant Services, comply with the other Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the ANS Unit. 

 

	24.3	For the avoidance of doubt, clause 24.2 does not apply in respect of any arrangements put in place for the purpose of complying with clause 94.

  

	25	Separate management and reporting lines for the ANS Unit  

  

	25.1	Telecom will ensure that, at all times, one person is appointed to have responsibility for the management of the ANS Unit. 

 

	25.2	The Manager of the ANS Unit will: 

  

	 	(a)	work solely on matters relating to the ANS Unit and not have responsibility for other parts of Telecom; 

 

	 	(b)	manage the ANS Unit in a way designed to secure compliance with the provisions of these Undertakings that apply to the ANS Unit and to optimise the commercial interests
of the ANS Unit in accordance with the ANS Unit’s scope of business; and 

  

	 	(c)	report directly to the CEO. 

  

	26	Employees working for the ANS Unit will not work for any other part of Telecom  

 

	26.1	No Employee working for the ANS Unit may work for any other part of Telecom. 

  
 35 

	26.2	Clause 26.1 does not prevent the ANS Unit from doing technical or operational work for another part of Telecom where: 

 

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit and that part have entered into a written agreement for the ANS Unit to do that work on commercial terms; 

 

	 	(b)	the written agreement and the work covered by the agreement comply with the Arm’s-Length Rules and do not circumvent the intent of these Undertakings; and

  

	 	(c)	Telecom provides a copy of the written agreement to the IOG as soon as practicable after the agreement has been entered into, and after there has been any material
change to the agreement. 

 Example 

The ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit may wish to enter into an agreement for ANS Unit Employees located in exchanges to do maintenance work
on Wholesale Unit DSLAMs located in those exchanges. The ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit must ensure that: 
  

	 	(a)	the agreement is entered into on commercial terms that are recorded in writing; 

 

	 	(b)	the agreement ensures that any restrictions on the sharing of ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit Commercial Information and Confidential Information and any other applicable
Arm’s-Length Rules are complied with; 

  

	 	(c)	the work covered by the agreement is actually done by ANS Unit Employees in a manner that complies with the information sharing restrictions and all of the applicable
Arm’s-Length Rules; 

  

	 	(d)	the agreement as a whole and the actual doing of work covered by that agreement are consistent with the intent of the Undertakings; and 

 

	 	(e)	the agreement is provided to the IOG and the IOG is kept informed whenever the agreement changes. 

If it wished to do so, the ANS Unit could enter into an agreement with a Service Provider to do maintenance work on the Service
Provider’s DSLAMs that are located in ANS Unit exchanges. 
  

	27	Setting the ANS Unit annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans  

 

	27.1	Each year the ANS Unit will develop and submit to the Board annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans (or equivalent documents) of the ANS Unit for the
Board to approve, amend or otherwise deal with as the Board sees fit (provided that the Board complies with the requirements of clause 7). Such plans may comprise those parts of Telecom plans that relate to the ANS Unit. The CEO may participate in
the development of the ANS Unit’s annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans (or equivalent documents). 

  

	27.2	The ANS Unit will provide the IOG with: 

  

	 	(a)	a copy of any plan approved by the Board under clause 27.1; and 

  

	 	(b)	certification from the Board and CEO that the plan provided under (a) above, and their involvement in the development of that plan, complies with the Undertakings
and is consistent with a robust operational separation of Telecom. 

  
 36 

	28	Implementation of plans and day-to-day management  

  

	28.1	The ANS Unit will be solely responsible for: 

  

	 	(a)	the implementation of the ANS Unit’s annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans approved by the Board; and 

 

	 	(b)	the day-to-day management of the ANS Unit within the ANS Unit’s scope of business. 

 

	28.2	The Board and the CEO will certify annually that the ANS Unit has sufficient resources to enable the Manager of the ANS Unit to manage the ANS Unit in accordance with
clause 28.1. 

  

	28.3	The delegation of authority to the Manager of the ANS Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	at the Approval Date is outlined in Schedule 4; 

  

	 	(b)	cannot be decreased from the delegation outlined in Schedule 4; and 

  

	 	(c)	will not be less than a standard Telecom level 2 (i.e. a direct operational report to the CEO) delegation. 

 

	28.4	Whenever Telecom makes a material change to the delegation to the Manager of the ANS Unit, Telecom will notify the IOG and the Commission of the change.

  

	28.5	Telecom will ensure that the delegation to the Manager of the ANS Unit will be sufficient to allow him or her to manage the ANS Unit in accordance with clause 28.1.

  

	29	Formulation of the ANS Unit’s Commercial Policies  

 The ANS Unit will formulate its own Commercial Policies in respect of Relevant Network Access Services. 
  

	30	The ANS Unit will act in its own best interests  

 All ANS Unit Employees, agents and contractors will act in good faith and in what they believe to be in the best commercial interests of the ANS Unit within the ANS Unit’s scope of business when
making decisions on behalf of the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Network Access Services. 

  
 37 

	31	The ANS Unit will not discriminate  

  

	31.1	When doing or omitting to do anything in respect of the provision of a Relevant Network Access Service, the ANS Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors)
will not discriminate between Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units or between Service Providers. 

  

	31.2	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	clause 31.1 does not prevent the ANS Unit from doing or omitting to do something in respect of the provision of a Relevant Network Access Service that is different for
different recipients of that service where those differences reflect the different requirements of the recipients; 

  

	 	(b)	clause 31.1 is subject to clause 6; and 

  

	 	(c)	this clause does not limit clauses 21 or 22. 

  

	32	The ANS Unit’s trading arrangements  

  

	32.1	If the ANS Unit provides a Relevant Network Access Service to another Telecom Business Unit, the provision of that service to that Telecom Business Unit will be
governed by a written arrangement that sets out the terms of supply, including price or appropriate transfer charges. 

  

	32.2	The ANS Unit will provide a copy of a written arrangement entered into for the purpose of clause 32.1 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is entered
into, and after there has been a material change to that arrangement. 

  

	33	The ANS Unit’s Customer Confidential Information  

  

	33.1	The ANS Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information to any other part of Telecom unless the
Service Provider to which the information relates consents. 

  

	33.2	Notwithstanding clause 33.1, the ANS Unit may disclose ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information to another part of Telecom where that disclosure:

  

	 	(a)	is necessary operationally to enable the ANS Unit to provide a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(b)	is made in order to transfer an order for a Relevant Service from the ANS Unit to the Wholesale Unit (or vice versa) in accordance with arrangements made to comply with
clause 94; or 

  

	 	(c)	is permitted under clause 91. 

  
 38 

	33.3	If ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clause 33.2(a) or (b), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose the information to
another person only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the ANS Unit to that person would be permitted under clause 33.2; or 

  

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	33.4	Any person who receives ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information under clause 33.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure of the
information to that other person would be permitted under clause 33.3. For the purposes of this clause 33, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 33.3. 

 

	33.5	If ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clauses 33.2(a), 33.2(b), 33.3 or 33.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed will maintain
the confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it. 

 

	34	The ANS Unit’s Commercial Information  

  

	34.1	The ANS Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose ANS Unit Commercial Information in respect of a Relevant Network Access Service to any
other part of Telecom unless that information is also made available on an equal basis to all Eligible Service Providers in respect of that Relevant Service. 

 

	34.2	Notwithstanding clause 34.1, the ANS Unit may disclose ANS Unit Commercial Information to another part of Telecom where that disclosure: 

 

	 	(a)	relates to Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit is not required to provide Service Providers with and that the ANS Unit is not providing to a Service
Provider and has not yet decided to provide to Service Providers; 

  

	 	(b)	is necessary operationally to enable the ANS Unit to provide a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(c)	is made in order to transfer an order for a Relevant Service from the ANS Unit to the Wholesale Unit (or vice versa) in accordance with arrangements made to comply with
clause 94; or 

  

	 	(d)	is permitted under clause 90. 

  

	34.3	If ANS Unit Commercial Information is disclosed under clause 34.2(b) or (c), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose the information to another
person only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the ANS Unit to that person would be permitted under clause 34.2; or 

  
 39 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	34.4	Any person who receives ANS Unit Commercial Information under clause 34.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure of the information to that
other person would be permitted under clause 34.3. For the purposes of this clause 34, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 34.3. 

 

	34.5	If ANS Unit Commercial Information is disclosed under clauses 34.2(b), 34.2(c), 34.3 or 34.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed will maintain the
confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it. 

 

	35	The ANS Unit’s incentive arrangements  

  

	35.1	All incentive remuneration for Employees working for the ANS Unit will reflect solely the objectives and performance of the ANS Unit and can include the personal
performance of the Employees in their roles as Employees working for the ANS Unit. 

  

	35.2	The remuneration for Employees working for the ANS Unit will not comprise any Telecom shares or any incentives that are directly or indirectly linked to Telecom’s
overall performance. 

  

	35.3	Clauses 35.1 and 35.2 apply to both short-term incentive schemes (such as annual bonuses) and long-term incentive and remuneration schemes. 

 

	35.4	Clauses 35.1 to 35.3 do not prevent Employees working for the ANS Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	from participating in Telecom’s group-wide Employee benefit arrangements that are not directly or indirectly linked to Telecom’s overall performance; or

 Example 
 Employees working for the ANS Unit may purchase discounted health insurance arranged by Telecom and offered to all Telecom Employees. 

 

	 	(b)	who have previously worked for another part of Telecom from retaining any incentive remuneration or entitlement received as a result of his or her work for the other
part of Telecom. 

  
 40 

	36	The ANS Unit’s accommodation  

  

	36.1	All Employees working for the ANS Unit will be located in access-controlled accommodation that is separately secured from all other parts of Telecom.

  

	36.2	No later than 12 months after the Separation Day all Employees working for the ANS Unit will be located in accommodation that is separately located from all other parts
of Telecom. 

  

	36.3	Notwithstanding clause 36.2 an Employee working for the ANS Unit is not required to be located in separate accommodation if: 

 

	 	(a)	the Employee works in a place where the ANS Unit does not have a significant number of Employees; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Commission has agreed, on application by Telecom, that: 

  

	 	(i)	it would be impractical or unreasonably expensive to comply with the requirement in clause 36.2 in relation to that Employee; and 

 

	 	(ii)	appropriate alternative procedures are in place in relation to the Employee in order to ensure compliance with the Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the ANS Unit.

  

	37	The ANS Unit’s branding  

  

	37.1	The ANS Unit will develop, and only use, its own separate brand. The separate brand for the ANS Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	will not include the word Telecom; and 

  

	 	(b)	may be used in proximity to an endorsement containing either the word Telecom or the Telecom logo, or both, but only if that endorsement is secondary to the ANS brand.

  

	37.2	The separate brand for the ANS Unit developed under clause 37.1 will be implemented progressively within the timeframe agreed by Telecom and the IOG.

  

	38	Employees working solely for the ANS Unit  

  

	38.1	The following Employees will work solely for the ANS Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	all Employees who are directly involved in the provision, installation, maintenance, fault restoration, and repair of Telecom’s Access Network, except to the
extent that those persons work for Shared Services; 

  
 41 

	 	(b)	all Employees who are directly involved in the planning, design, implementation, and in-life service management of Relevant Network Access Services, except to the
extent that those persons work for Shared Services; 

  

	 	(c)	all Employees who are directly involved in providing a wholesale sales function in respect of Relevant Network Access Services, except to the extent that those persons
work for the Wholesale Unit and are involved with the provision of this sales function in order to comply with arrangements made in accordance with clause 94; 

 

	 	(d)	the managers of the Employees referred to in paragraphs (a) to (c) (excluding the managers of Employees who work for Shared Services or the Wholesale Unit) up
to and including the Manager of the ANS Unit; 

  

	 	(e)	those Employees who carry out activities that are ancillary to those described in any of paragraphs (a) to (c) except to the extent that those persons work
for Shared Services or the Wholesale Unit; and 

  

	 	(f)	all Employees who are directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the ANS Unit in respect of Relevant Network Access Services.

  

	38.2	Clause 38.1 does not prevent the ANS Unit from doing technical or operational work for another part of Telecom in accordance with clause 26.2. 

 

	39	Consultation about changes to the Access Network  

  

	39.1	If the ANS Unit consults with a Required Telecom Business Unit before making any significant decision in relation to: 

 

	 	(a)	changes to Telecom’s Access Network; 

  

	 	(b)	changes to the specifications or functionality of any Relevant Network Access Service that the ANS Unit provides to Service Providers; or 

 

	 	(c)	the introduction of any new Relevant Network Access Service that the ANS Unit intends (at the time) to provide to Service Providers or any variant of an existing
Relevant Network Access Service that the ANS Unit provides to Service Providers; 

 and that decision may affect a
Service Provider’s use or experience of a Relevant Network Access Service, then the ANS Unit will also consult with the affected Service Providers. 

  
 42 

	39.2	The ANS Unit will ensure that the extent and timing of consultation under clause 39.1 will be comparable in effect for each Required Telecom Business Unit and affected
Service Provider. 

  

	40	Other Relevant Network Access Services that Telecom chooses to provide  

 If the ANS Unit chooses to provide a Service Provider with a Relevant Network Access Service that it is not required to provide Service Providers with, then the ANS Unit will provide that service to the
Service Provider on commercial terms in accordance with the non-discrimination undertaking in clause 31. 
  

	41	Process for ANS Unit requests  

 The ANS Unit will establish a process for making, considering, advising, and implementing decisions about requests in respect of Relevant Network Access Services and/or the Access Network, whereby:

  

	 	(a)	all persons who have or seek access to Relevant Network Access Services (whether other Telecom Business Units or Service Providers) use the same request form;

  

	 	(b)	the process is substantially the same for all those persons, in like circumstances; and 

 

	 	(c)	the process is subject to oversight by the IOG, including reviewing whether requests have been dealt with in accordance with the process. 

  
 43 

 PART 5: WHOLESALE BUSINESS UNIT 

 

	42	Outline of Part 5  

  

	42.1	This Part contains undertakings that apply specifically to the one or more Telecom Business Units referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(ii) of the Act that must provide a
wholesale function for all Relevant Services (except to the extent that a wholesale function is provided by the ANS Unit). 

  

	42.2	The Telecom Business Unit or Units referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(ii) of the Act are together called the Wholesale Unit in these Undertakings.

  

	43	Establishment of the Wholesale Unit  

  

	43.1	Telecom will establish and maintain the Wholesale Unit. 

  

	43.2	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	if Telecom chooses to include the Wholesale Unit as part of a Telecom Business Unit, then the obligations in these Undertakings that apply to the Wholesale Unit only
apply to that part; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit will not be part of the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit. 

  

	44	Wholesale Unit will have sufficient influence over relevant assets  

 

	44.1	The Wholesale Unit is not required to control any assets. However, the Wholesale Unit will have sufficient influence over any Telecom network assets that it does not
control (excluding assets controlled by ANS) but that are used to provide Relevant Wholesale Services to the extent necessary to provide those services in accordance with these Undertakings. 

 

	44.2	All arrangements between the Wholesale Unit and another Telecom Business Unit or other persons that provide for the Wholesale Unit to have influence over Telecom
network assets will be in writing, including all the terms of the arrangement, including price or appropriate transfer charges (if any). 

  

	44.3	The Wholesale Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangement entered into in accordance with clause 44.2 to the IOG, as soon as practicable after the arrangement
is entered into, and after there has been any material change to that arrangement. 

  

	45	Wholesale Unit will provide Relevant Wholesale Services  

  

	45.1	The Wholesale Unit will provide Relevant Wholesale Services. 

  
 44 

	45.2	In these Undertakings, unless the context requires otherwise, Relevant Wholesale Services: 

 

	 	(a)	means: 

  

	 	(i)	in relation to Resale Services, only those services that are included in DSPL or RSPL, including any replacement or successor services that are added to DSPL or RSPL in
accordance with clause 64, and any Resale Services that are covered by a future determination under Part 2 of the Act; 

  

	 	(ii)	all other Designated Access Services and Specified Services (regardless of whether there is a determination under Part 2 of the Act currently in force in relation to
that service), including, for the avoidance of doubt, any IP interconnection services that become Designated Access Services or Specified Services after the Approval Date; 

 

	 	(iii)	any fixed network service that is subject to a Telecom Registered Undertaking; 

 

	 	(iv)	all packet-based bitstream services (and their associated functions, including operational support systems) that enable access to, and interconnection with, that part
of Telecom’s NGN that connects the End-User’s building (or, where relevant, the building distribution frames) to Telecom’s first aggregation switch (or equivalent facility) other than a DSLAM (or equivalent facility);

  

	 	(v)	from 1 January 2009, IP Interconnection for Voice Services and IP Interconnection for Virtual Private Network Services; but 

Example 

Telecom’s HSNS service and the FTTP Access Service are services that are covered by clause 45.2(a)(iv). 

 

	 	(b)	does not include: 

  

	 	(i)	Relevant Network Access Services; 

  

	 	(ii)	any Resale Services that have been grandfathered in accordance with clause 64 as at 31 December 2009; 

 

	 	(iii)	 as soon as Telecom meets the December 2009 Requirements, any Resale Service based on a new retail service first offered after the Approval Date (and
that would otherwise be a replacement or successor service to a Resale Service in DSPL or RSPL in accordance with clause 64) and that consumes a Wholesale Unit input service that is provided in accordance with the December 2009 Requirements, unless
that new service is subject to a current determination under Part 2 of the Act, and provided that Telecom complies with its obligations under clause 64.5 in relation to the DSPL or RSPL service that the new service would otherwise be a replacement
or successor service for; 

  
 45 

 Example 
 At the end of 2009, Telecom will provide a new retail broadband service that will consume as an input a UBA service that is being supplied to both Service Providers and the Retail Units in accordance with
the December 2009 Requirements (which, among other things, requires supply of the same service). When Telecom provides this retail broadband service to Telecom End-Users, the Wholesale Unit will not be required to resell the retail broadband service
under these Undertakings unless the Commission makes a determination under Part 2 of the Act for resale of that service. Telecom will need to comply with its obligations under clause 64.5 in relation to continued supply of the resale version of the
existing retail Xtra broadband service in certain circumstances. 
  

	 	(iv)	any Resale Service that Telecom is required to provide under clause 45.2(a)(i) which is no longer controlled by Telecom including, for the avoidance of doubt, the
product families called additional/enhanced directory listings, directory assistance, and international directory assistance at the Approval Date; 

 Example 
 Following the sale of the Yellow Pages Group, Telecom no longer
controls the additional/enhanced directory listings, directory assistance or international directory assistant product families. 
  

	 	(v)	the Designated Access Service of interconnection with Telecom’s Fixed PSTN or the Designated Access Service of interconnection with a Fixed PSTN other than
Telecom’s including, for the avoidance of doubt, any national network transport or network transit or other services provided in the usual course of PSTN interconnection arrangements; 

 

	 	(vi)	any Designated Multinetwork Services; or 

  

	 	(vii)	for the avoidance of doubt, any Mobile Services. 

 Example 
 The Wholesale Unit will provide unbundled bitstream access,
unbundled bitstream backhaul and those Resale Services that are listed in DSPL or RSPL (subject to a few limited exceptions). 
  

	45.3	In these Undertakings, NGN means a packet-based fixed network: 

  

	 	(a)	which is able to: 

  

	 	(i)	provide telecommunications services; 

  
 46 

	 	(ii)	make use of multiple broadband and quality of service-enabled transport technologies; and 

 

	 	(b)	in which service-related functions are independent of underlying transport-related technologies. 

 

	45.4	The Wholesale Unit will publish a list of all Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit makes available to Service Providers on its Internet website, and will
update that list as soon as practicable after a new Relevant Wholesale Service becomes available for provision to Service Providers. 

  

	46	Specific responsibilities of the Wholesale Unit in relation to Relevant Wholesale Services  

 

	46.1	The Wholesale Unit will be responsible for the following matters in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services, taking into account any matters that have been determined by
the Commission under Part 2 of the Act: 

  

	 	(a)	service management; 

  

	 	(b)	providing a wholesale sales function (including sales to other Telecom Business Units); 

 

	 	(c)	product management and marketing; 

  

	 	(d)	network performance management, to the extent that the Wholesale Unit controls the relevant assets; 

 

	 	(e)	design and specification of the services and their functionality; 

  

	 	(f)	service-related procurement processes; and 

  

	 	(g)	setting of terms, including prices. 

  

	46.2	For the avoidance of doubt, clause 46.1 does not apply to a Resale Service that is a Relevant Wholesale Service to the extent that the Retail Units are responsible for
these matters when developing and providing the corresponding retail service. 

  
 47 

	47	Wholesale Unit will provide certain Relevant Wholesale Services to an Equivalence of Inputs standard  

 

	47.1	Except as provided in clauses 47.2, 48 and 49, if the Wholesale Unit is required to provide Service Providers with a Relevant Wholesale Service, it will provide that
service on the EOI standard: 

  

	 	(a)	for all Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit is required to provide Service Providers with at the Approval Date, and for UBA Backhaul, in accordance with
the commitments contained in the applicable migration plan (including timeframes) set out in Schedule 1; and 

  

	 	(b)	for all Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with after the Approval Date (other than UBA Backhaul) in
accordance with the binding commitments contained in a migration plan (including timeframes) developed in accordance with clause 47.2 and approved by the Commission. 

 

	47.2	Except as provided in clause 48, if clause 47.1(b) applies, Telecom will propose a migration plan (including timeframes) for approval by the Commission that provides:

  

	 	(a)	that, where the service is covered by a determination issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act or a Standard Terms Determination, the Wholesale Unit will
make the service available to Service Providers (at the highest level of equivalence that is practicable in the circumstances) on the launch date specified in the determination issued by the Commission under section 27 of the Act or Standard Terms
Determination (as applicable) for that service; 

  

	 	(b)	if the Commission considers that the service cannot be provided to the EOI standard from the date that Telecom is first required to provide Service Providers with the
service, when and how the service will be migrated to the EOI standard; and 

  

	 	(c)	if appropriate, when and how Telecom will migrate downstream services to consume the service. 

 

	47.3	A migration plan proposed by Telecom under clause 47.2: 

  

	 	(a)	will normally be expected to require Telecom to provide the service in accordance with the December 2009 Requirements by 31 December 2009, and the EOI standard by
31 December 2011; 

  

	 	(b)	will not include any variation to or departures from the Undertakings. If Telecom considers that a variation to the Undertakings is required as a result of a migration
plan proposed under clause 47.2, then Telecom will endeavour to agree such a variation with the Minister in accordance with sections 69T to 69X of the Act; and 

  
 48 

	 	(c)	may be amended by the Commission before it is approved if: 

  

	 	(i)	following reasonable consultation with Telecom, the Commission does not consider it appropriate to approve the migration plan as proposed by Telecom; and

  

	 	(ii)	following that consultation, the Commission then gives Telecom 20 Working Days notice of its intention to amend (including details of the amendments) and approve the
migration plan and Telecom does not submit an amended plan that is acceptable to the Commission before the end of that 20 Working Day period. 

 Example 
 Telecom has only been able to include EOI migration plans in
Schedule 1 for Relevant Wholesale Services that it: 
  

	 	(a)	is currently required to provide Service Providers with; and 

  

	 	(b)	knows it will soon be required to provide Service Providers with (where it has a reasonable understanding of what the service will consist of).

 If Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with another Relevant Wholesale Service (such as a new
UBA variant) in the future, a new EOI migration plan will need to be developed for this service, and Telecom will need to get this plan approved by the Commission. 
  

	48	Wholesale Unit will provide Resale Services to the Resale Equivalence standard  

 

	48.1	The standard of equivalence that applies to Resale Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services, is the Resale Equivalence standard. The Wholesale Unit will meet the
Resale Equivalence development milestones set out in Schedule 1 and will provide Resale Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services on the Resale Equivalence standard by 31 December 2009. 

 

	48.2	Notwithstanding clause 48.1 the Resale Equivalence standard does not apply to a Resale Service if: 

 

	 	(a)	the Wholesale Unit and the Service Provider have agreed to the application of a different standard; 

 

	 	(b)	subject to clause 48.3, 500 or fewer instances of the Resale Service are provisioned for Service Provider End-Users; or 

 

	 	(c)	subject to clause 48.3, there are no End-Users purchasing the comparable retail service; 

  
 49 

 and in each case, the Commission has been advised of the application of the different
standard and has not objected to it. In these circumstances the relevant different standard will apply. 
  

	48.3	If either clause 48.2(b) or 48.2(c) apply, and the Commission has been advised of the application of the different standard and has not objected to it, the Resale
Service must be provided at a standard that is no worse than the standard of provision as at the Approval Date which, for the avoidance of doubt, will be consistent with clause 5(c) of Schedule 1, part 1, subpart 1 of the Act.

  

	48.4	If Telecom is notified of any failure to meet the Resale Equivalence standard or any other standard of equivalence required by this clause, it will have a reasonable
amount of time (as set by the Commission following consultation with Telecom) to meet that standard provided that: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom takes all reasonable steps during that period to try to achieve compliance; and 

 

	 	(b)	the failure to meet the standard is inadvertent. 

  

	48.5	Telecom will not be in breach of these Undertakings to the extent that clause 48.4 applies. 

 

	49	Different standards of equivalence for newly Regulated Relevant Wholesale Services  

If a Relevant Wholesale Service is Regulated after the Approval Date, and the Minister, following consultation with Telecom, accepts a
recommendation from the Commission that a particular different standard of equivalence to EOI or Resale Equivalence should apply to that service, then: 
  

	 	(a)	that particular different standard of equivalence will apply to that service; 

 

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit will make the recommendation and information about its effect available to the public at all reasonable times on the Wholesale Unit’s Internet
website; and 

  

	 	(c)	if the Wholesale Unit is required to provide Service Providers with that service, it will provide that service on the applicable standard of equivalence in accordance
with a migration plan (including timeframes) approved by the Commission in accordance with clauses 47.2 and 47.3. 

  
 50 

	50	Wholesale Unit will build services ready for Equivalence of Inputs standard  

 

	50.1	The Wholesale Unit will build all new Relevant Wholesale Services (and associated systems) that it is not required to provide Service Providers with at the Approval
Date in such a manner as to ensure that Service Providers can purchase those services from the Wholesale Unit to the EOI standard (or, if applicable, the relevant other standard of equivalence required by clause 48 or 49) immediately or as soon as
practicable thereafter in the event that the Wholesale Unit becomes required to provide Service Providers with the service. 

 Example 
 If the Wholesale Unit decides to build a new Relevant Wholesale
Service (such as a new UBA variant), then the Wholesale Unit must build that service in a manner that will enable it to be supplied to the EOI standard as quickly as possible in the event that the Wholesale Unit becomes required to provide Service
Providers with the service. This will most likely mean that the Wholesale Unit will build that new service in a manner that ensures it is compatible with and makes use of the 12 EOI building blocks described in Schedule 1. 

 

	50.2	Notwithstanding clause 50.1, the Wholesale Unit is not required to build or procure the build of a Relevant Wholesale Service after the Approval Date in such a way that
will allow the service to be provided to the EOI standard where: 

  

	 	(a)	the service is built specifically at the request of a particular Service Provider, and it is reasonably expected that Telecom and other Service Providers will not wish
to use that service. In such circumstances, the service will be built in a manner that will allow it to be provided at the standard required by the relevant Service Provider; or 

 

	 	(b)	the service is one that Telecom reasonably expects that it will not meaningfully consume itself because of the particular characteristics of the service, and therefore
the EOI standard is not appropriate because it cannot be measured or applied in such circumstances. In such circumstances, the Relevant Service will be built in a manner that will allow it to be supplied on fair and reasonable terms in accordance
with the non-discrimination undertaking in clause 56. 

  

	50.3	Without limiting clause 50.2, clause 50.1 is subject to any minor exceptions agreed by the Commission. 

 

	51	Other Relevant Services that Wholesale Unit chooses to provide  

 If the Wholesale Unit chooses to provide a Service Provider with a Relevant Wholesale Service that it is not required to provide Service Providers with, then the Wholesale Unit will provide that service
to the Service Provider on commercial terms in accordance with the non-discrimination undertaking in clause 56. 

  
 51 

	52	Wholesale Unit will act at arm’s-length from the Retail Units  

 

	52.1	In respect of Relevant Wholesale Services, the Wholesale Unit will operate at arm’s-length from the Retail Units. 

 

	52.2	The Wholesale Unit will: 

  

	 	(a)	have relationships, dealings, and transactions with the Retail Units in respect of Relevant Services that do not include elements that parties in their respective
positions would usually omit, and that do not omit elements that parties in their respective positions would usually include, if: 

  

	 	(i)	the parties were acting independently; 

  

	 	(ii)	the parties were acting at arm’s-length; and 

  

	 	(b)	in respect of Relevant Services, comply with the other Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the Wholesale Unit. 

 

	52.3	The purpose of this clause 52.3 is to: 

  

	 	(a)	enable reasonable interaction between the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units in order to enable the Retail Units to develop new retail services that are based on
non-Regulated packet-based bitstream services; and 

  

	 	(b)	facilitate innovation in a way that is most efficient and consistent with the way other Service Providers would develop services that are not Regulated.

 In order to achieve this purpose, the Arm’s-Length Rules in clauses 52.1, 52.2, 59 and 88.5 do not apply to
interactions between the Wholesale Unit and a Retail Unit in respect of a non-Regulated packet-based bitstream service (and its associated functions, including operational support systems) that is a Relevant Wholesale Service as described in clause
45.2(a)(iv) until that Retail Unit offers a service that consumes the non-Regulated packet-based bitstream service on a commercial basis (which excludes bona fide trials undertaken as part of the retail service development). For the avoidance of
doubt, this clause must not be used in a way that undermines a robust operational separation of Telecom. 
  

	52.4	For the avoidance of doubt, clauses 52.1, 52.2, 70.1 and 70.2 will not require the Wholesale Unit to have trading or other purchase arrangements with the Retail Units
for obtaining services, information or inputs from Retail Units that are required for the Wholesale Unit to provide Resale Services. 

  
 52 

	52.5	The Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units under clauses 52.1, 52.2, 70.1 and 70.2 will be applied in a manner that will enable
the Wholesale Unit to: 

  

	 	(a)	obtain the information or advice needed from the Retail Units to provide Resale Services, including information and advice in relation to: 

 

	 	(i)	price changes; 

  

	 	(ii)	service change, grandfathering or withdrawal notifications; 

  

	 	(iii)	technical provision details; 

  

	 	(iv)	terms and conditions, policies, user guides, collateral, business rules or service delivery rules; and 

 

	 	(b)	participate in the development of Retail Unit services to the extent necessary to be able to develop the corresponding Resale Service; and 

 

	 	(c)	have access to the Retail Units’ assets that are required to provide Resale Services. 

 

	53	Separate management and reporting lines for the Wholesale Unit  

  

	53.1	Telecom will ensure that, at all times, one person is appointed to have responsibility for the management of the Wholesale Unit. Where the Wholesale Unit is part of a
Telecom Business Unit this person will be the manager of that Telecom Business Unit. 

  

	53.2	Telecom has discretion to determine the title of the position of the Manager of the Wholesale Unit. 

 

	53.3	The Manager of the Wholesale Unit will: 

  

	 	(a)	not have any responsibility for the ANS Unit or any of the Retail Units (but may also have responsibility for any other Telecom Business Unit);

  

	 	(b)	manage the Wholesale Unit in a way designed to secure compliance with the provisions of these Undertakings that apply to the Wholesale Unit; and

  

	 	(c)	report directly to the CEO. 

  

	54	Employees working for the Wholesale Unit will not work for the Retail Units  

 

	54.1	No Employee working for the Wholesale Unit may work for any of the Retail Units. 

  
 53 

	54.2	Clause 54.1 does not prevent the Wholesale Unit from doing technical or operational work for a Retail Unit where: 

 

	 	(a)	the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Unit have entered into a written agreement for the Wholesale Unit to do that work on commercial terms; 

 

	 	(b)	the agreement and the work covered by the agreement comply with the Arm’s-Length Rules and do not circumvent the intent of these Undertakings; and

  

	 	(c)	Telecom provides a copy of the written agreement to the IOG as soon as practicable after the agreement has been entered into, and after there has been any material
change to the agreement. 

  

	55	Wholesale Unit will formulate own Commercial Policies  

 The Wholesale Unit will formulate its own Commercial Policies in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services. In formulating any Commercial Policy for a Resale Service that is a Relevant Wholesale Service, the
Wholesale Unit may take into account the direct consequences that arise from the Resale Service being based on a corresponding retail service. 
 Example 
 There are a number of direct consequences of the voice access and
calling Resale Service being based on the Retail Unit’s Homeline service: 
  

	 	(a)	the price of the Resale Service is calculated by deducting a fixed wholesale discount from an average of the retail price points for the Homeline service;

  

	 	(b)	the characteristics of the Resale Service, including the inclusion of local calling, are determined by the Homeline service. 

There are Commercial Policies about the voice access and calling Resale Service that are not a direct consequence of the service being
based on the Homeline service. For example, the payment terms are determined by the Wholesale Unit. 
  

	56	Wholesale Unit will not discriminate  

  

	56.1	When doing or omitting to do anything in respect of the provision of a Relevant Wholesale Service, the Wholesale Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors)
will not discriminate between Service Providers and Retail Units or between Service Providers. 

  

	56.2	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	clause 56.1 does not prevent the Wholesale Unit from doing or omitting to do something in respect of the provision of a Relevant Wholesale Service that is different for
different recipients of that service where those differences reflect the different requirements of the recipients; 

  

	 	(b)	clause 56.1 is subject to clause 6; and 

  
 54 

	 	(c)	this clause does not limit clauses 47 to 49. 

  

	57	Wholesale Unit’s trading arrangements with the Retail Units  

  

	57.1	If the Wholesale Unit provides a Relevant Wholesale Service to a Retail Unit, the provision of that service to that Retail Unit will be governed by a written
arrangement that sets out the terms of supply, including price or appropriate transfer charges. 

  

	57.2	The Wholesale Unit will provide a copy of any written arrangement entered into for the purpose of clause 57.1 to the IOG as soon as practicable after the arrangement is
entered into, and after there has been a material change to that arrangement. 

  

	58	Wholesale Unit’s Customer Confidential Information  

  

	58.1	The Wholesale Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information to any other part of Telecom,
unless the Service Provider to which the information relates consents. 

  

	58.2	Notwithstanding clause 58.1, the Wholesale Unit may disclose Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information to another part of Telecom where that disclosure:

  

	 	(a)	is necessary operationally to enable the Wholesale Unit to provide a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(b)	is made in order to transfer an order for a Relevant Service from the Wholesale Unit to the ANS Unit (or vice versa) in accordance with arrangements made to comply with
clause 94; or 

  

	 	(c)	is permitted under clauses 91 or 100. 

  

	58.3	If Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clause 58.2(a) or 58.2(b), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose the
information to another person only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the Wholesale Unit to that other person would be permitted under clause 58.2; or 

 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	58.4	Any person who receives Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information under clause 58.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure of the
information to that other person would be permitted under clause 58.3. For the purposes of this clause 58, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 58.3. 

  
 55 

	58.5	If Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clauses 58.2(a), 58.2(b), 58.3 or 58.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed will
maintain the confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it.

  

	59	Wholesale Unit’s Commercial Information  

  

	59.1	The Wholesale Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors ) will not disclose Wholesale Unit Commercial Information in respect of a Relevant Wholesale Service
to any other part of Telecom unless that information is also made available on an equal basis to all Eligible Service Providers in respect of that Relevant Service. 

 

	59.2	Notwithstanding clause 59.1, the Wholesale Unit may disclose Wholesale Unit Commercial Information to another part of Telecom where that disclosure:

  

	 	(a)	relates to a Relevant Wholesale Service that the Wholesale Unit is not required to provide Service Providers with and that the Wholesale Unit is not providing to a
Service Provider and has not yet decided to provide to Service Providers; 

  

	 	(b)	is necessary operationally to enable the Wholesale Unit to provide a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(c)	is made in order to transfer an order for a Relevant Service from the Wholesale Unit to the ANS Unit (or vice versa) in accordance with arrangements made to comply with
clause 94; or 

  

	 	(d)	is permitted under clauses 90 or 100. 

  

	59.3	If Wholesale Unit Commercial Information is disclosed under clause 59.2(b) or 59.2(c), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose the information to
another person only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the Wholesale Unit to that other person would be permitted under clause 59.2; or 

 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	59.4	Any person who receives Wholesale Unit Commercial Information under clause 59.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure of the information to
that other person would be permitted under clause 59.3. For the purposes of this clause 59, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 59.3. 

 

	59.5	If Wholesale Unit Commercial Information is disclosed under clauses 59.2(b), 59.2(c), 59.3 or 59.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed will maintain the
confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it. 

  
 56 

	60	Wholesale Unit’s incentive arrangements  

  

	60.1	All incentive remuneration for Employees working for the Wholesale Unit will reflect solely the objectives and performance of the Wholesale Unit and, if Telecom wishes,
any other Telecom Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) that manages the provision of wholesale services to Service Providers, and can include the personal performance of the Employees in their roles as Employees working for those units.

  

	60.2	The remuneration for Employees working for the Wholesale Unit will not comprise any incentives that are directly or indirectly linked to Telecom’s overall
performance. 

  

	60.3	Notwithstanding clauses 60.1 and 60.2, the long-term incentive and remuneration schemes for Employees working for the Wholesale Unit may include Telecom shares provided
that: 

  

	 	(a)	the extent to which those schemes comprise Telecom shares is in accordance with the description in Schedule 5 (or any modification notified to the IOG in accordance
with clause 60.3(c)); 

  

	 	(b)	the proportion of Telecom shares is not higher than the proportion of Telecom shares for the equivalent schemes for Employees working for the Retail Units; and

  

	 	(c)	Telecom notifies the IOG and the Commission of any changes to Schedule 5. 

  

	60.4	Notwithstanding clauses 60.1 and 60.2, the Manager of the Wholesale Unit or an Employee who reports directly to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (other than an
Employee who is responsible for Relevant Wholesale Services only) may receive incentive remuneration annually that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group in the relevant year, so long as the value of
that incentive remuneration: 

  

	 	(a)	in the case of the Manager of the Wholesale Unit, is less than 50% of the value of his or her total annual incentive remuneration; 

 

	 	(b)	in the case of the Manager of the Wholesale Unit, is less than 30% of the value of his or her total annual remuneration including base salary and incentive
remuneration; 

  

	 	(c)	in the case of an Employee who reports directly to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (other than an Employee who is responsible for Relevant Services only), is less
than 15% of the value of his or her total annual incentive remuneration; 

  
 57 

	 	(d)	in the case of an Employee who reports directly to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (other than an Employee who is responsible for Relevant Services only), is less
than 10% of the value of his or her total annual remuneration including base salary and incentive remuneration; and 

  

	 	(e)	complies with the incentive remuneration requirement in clause 60.5. 

  

	60.5	Telecom intends to build a dynamic wholesale services business that is focused on the needs of its customers who purchase Relevant Wholesale Services and other
wholesale services, and is a driving force in the industry. Accordingly, for the purpose of clause 60.4, incentive remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group will be less than incentive
remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of the Wholesale Unit and if Telecom wishes, any other Telecom Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) that manages the provision of wholesale services to Service
Providers. 

  

	60.6	Clause 60.1 and 60.2 do not prevent: 

  

	 	(a)	Employees working for the Wholesale Unit from participating in Telecom’s group-wide Employee benefit arrangements that are not directly or indirectly linked to
Telecom’s overall performance; or 

 Example 

Employees working for the Wholesale Unit may purchase discounted health insurance arranged by Telecom and offered to all Telecom
Employees. 
  

	 	(b)	Employees working for the Wholesale Unit who have previously worked for another part of Telecom from retaining any incentive remuneration or entitlement received as a
result of his or her work for the other part of Telecom. 

  

	60.7	For the avoidance of doubt, an Employee who reports directly to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit and who is only responsible for Relevant Wholesale Services must not
receive any incentive remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group. 

  

	60.8	Telecom will ensure that the use of incentive remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group in accordance with
clause 60.4 does not undermine a robust operational separation of Telecom. 

  

	60.9	For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of determining compliance with clauses 60.4 and 60.5: 

 

	 	(a)	the value of any Telecom shares offered to any Employee in accordance with clause 60.3 will be determined at the date of the offer to that Employee; and

  
 58 

	 	(b)	the fact that incentive remuneration offered or received under clause 60.3 is denominated in Telecom shares does not of itself mean that such incentive remuneration is
incentive remuneration that depends on performance measures that relate to the performance of Telecom as a group. 

  

	61	Accommodation for the Wholesale Unit  

  

	61.1	All Employees working for the Wholesale Unit will be located in access-controlled accommodation that is separately secured from the Retail Units.

  

	61.2	Notwithstanding clause 61.1, an Employee working for the Wholesale Unit is not required to be located in access-controlled accommodation that is separately secured from
the Retail Units if: 

  

	 	(a)	the Employee works in a place where the Wholesale Unit does not have a significant number of Employees; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Commission has agreed, on application by Telecom, that: 

  

	 	(i)	it would be impractical or unreasonably expensive to comply with the requirement in clause 61.1 in relation to that Employee; and 

 

	 	(ii)	appropriate alternative procedures are in place in relation to the Employee in order to ensure compliance with the Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the Wholesale
Unit. 

  

	62	Employees working for the Wholesale Unit  

  

	62.1	The Employees referred to in clause 62.2 will be either: 

  

	 	(a)	Employees who work solely for the Wholesale Unit; or 

  

	 	(b)	Employees who work solely for the Wholesale Unit and any other Telecom Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) that manages the provision of wholesale services to
Service Providers. 

  

	62.2	The Employees are: 

  

	 	(a)	all Employees who are directly involved in the management of the planning, design, implementation, and in-life service management of Relevant Wholesale Services except
to the extent that: 

  

	 	(i)	these functions are carried out by a Retail Unit by virtue of the fact that the Resale Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services are based on a corresponding retail
service; and 

  
 59 

	 	(ii)	those persons work for Shared Services; 

  

	 	(b)	all Employees who are directly involved in providing a wholesale sales function in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services except to the extent that those persons work
for the ANS Unit and are involved with the provision of this sales function in order to comply with arrangements made in accordance with clause 94; and 

  

	 	(c)	the managers of the Employees referred to in paragraphs 62.2(a) and (b) (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, Employees working for a Retail Unit, Shared
Services or the ANS Unit), up to and including the Manager of the Wholesale Unit. 

  

	62.3	Clause 62.1 does not prevent the Wholesale Unit from doing technical or operational work for Retail Units in accordance with clause 54.2. 

 

	63	Legal and regulatory Employees working for Wholesale Unit  

  

	63.1	Only the following Employees will be directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the Wholesale Unit in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services:

  

	 	(a)	Employees of Telecom working solely for the Wholesale Unit; 

  

	 	(b)	Employees of Telecom working solely for the Wholesale Unit and any other Telecom Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit and the Retail Units); or

  

	 	(c)	Employees of Telecom working solely for Group Legal Services or Group Regulatory. 

 

	63.2	Group Legal Services and Group Regulatory will operate as follows to the extent that its members are directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the
Wholesale Unit in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services: 

  

	 	(a)	all Employees of Group Legal Services and Group Regulatory who are directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice to the Wholesale Unit in respect of
Relevant Wholesale Services will be primarily accountable to the Manager of the Wholesale Unit for the advice that they provide to the Wholesale Unit; and 

  

	 	(b)	strict Chinese walls will be maintained between Employees directly involved in providing legal or regulatory advice in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services-related
issues to the Wholesale Unit and Employees who provide advice to a Retail Unit on the same or a related issue, including a rule that legal and regulatory staff that advise one of those units on an issue in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services
cannot also advise the other unit on that issue or any related issue. 

  
 60 

	64	Telecom will maintain DSPL and RSPL  

  

	64.1	Telecom will maintain and update DSPL and RSPL in accordance with the terms of the Commission’s Wholesale Determinations as if all of the Commission’s
Wholesale Determinations were still in force, subject to any amendments agreed between the parties to those determinations and subject to Telecom’s right to exclude replacement and successor services in accordance with clause 45.2(b)(iii).

  

	64.2	The requirement in clause 64.1 includes an obligation on Telecom to have DSPL and RSPL audited. 

 

	64.3	To avoid doubt, this clause only requires DSPL and RSPL to be maintained for the purposes of these Undertakings and does not have the effect of bringing back into force
any Commission Wholesale Determination that has expired. 

  

	64.4	Before 31 December 2008, the Wholesale Unit will launch a comprehensive consultation programme with Service Providers on the likely impact of clause 45.2(b)(iii)
and any transitional arrangements Telecom might put in place to manage that impact. 

  

	64.5	If the Wholesale Unit proposes to withdraw or grandfather a Resale Service that will not be replaced or succeeded by another Resale Service because clause 45.2(b)(iii)
applies, Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	give Eligible Service Providers in respect of that Resale Service at least 6 months’ prior notice of the withdrawal or grandfathering of that service;

  

	 	(b)	continue to provide the Resale Service as if it had not been withdrawn or grandfathered for at least 3 months’ after the corresponding retail service is first
withdrawn or grandfathered; and 

  

	 	(c)	if a Service Provider applies to the Commission for determination of the resale of a retail service that would, but for clause 45.2(b)(iii), have been a replacement or
successor service of that Resale Service, or the Commission requests a standard terms proposal from Telecom for resale of that retail service, by the earlier of: 

 

	 	(i)	3 months after notification of the withdrawal or grandfathering of the Resale Service; or 

 

	 	(ii)	31 December 2010; 

  
 61 

 continue to provide the Resale Service until the Commission has made a determination under
section 27 of the Act or a Standard Terms Determination. 
  

	65	FTTP Access Services  

  

	65.1	The Wholesale Unit will provide a FTTP Access Service to the Retail Units and Service Providers in areas where Telecom has deployed an FTTP Access Network Architecture.

  

	65.2	As soon as practicable after the Approval Date, the Wholesale Unit will consult with the Retail Units and Service Providers on the exact nature and design of the FTTP
Access Service and the date on which it will be made available to Service Providers and the Retail Units. 

  

	65.3	The Wholesale Unit will provide the FTTP Access Service on commercial terms in accordance with the non-discrimination undertaking in clause 56.

  

	65.4	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Undertakings requires the Wholesale Unit to provide a FTTP Access Service to a Service Provider if the Service Provider
refuses to provide Telecom with a similar service in any part of New Zealand where the Service Provider is capable of providing Telecom with a service that is materially the same as Telecom’s FTTP Access Service and: 

 

	 	(a)	there are no differences between Telecom and the Service Provider that objectively justify the Service Provider refusing to provide the similar service to Telecom. For
the avoidance of doubt, differences that are a result of the geographic location, scale or scope of the Service Provider’s FTTP Network Access Architecture or the Service Provider will not be considered to objectively justify a Service
Provider’s refusal to provide a similar service; 

  

	 	(b)	Telecom agrees to be provided with the similar service on materially similar terms and conditions; 

 

	 	(c)	Telecom has requested in writing to be provided with the similar service; and 

 

	 	(d)	it is in keeping with these Undertakings. 

  

	65.5	Any FTTP Access Service that Telecom has agreed to provide to a Service Provider at the Approval Date: 

 

	 	(a)	is not the FTTP Access Service for the purpose of clause 65.1; and 

  

	 	(b)	can continue to be offered by Telecom irrespective of any requirements of this clause 65. 

  
 62 

 Example 
 At the Approval Date Telecom will have agreed to provide an FTTP Network Access Service in a few fibre-only subdivisions. 
  

	66	Service IP Interconnection consultation  

  

	66.1	Service IP Interconnection is, in general terms, the exchange of service level traffic between a Service Provider’s NGN and Telecom’s NGN for the purpose of
ensuring service completion for IP-based services. The approach to Service IP Interconnection, including IP peering arrangements, remains the subject of industry discussion in New Zealand and internationally. 

 

	66.2	As soon as practicable after Separation Day, the Wholesale Unit (which has traditionally had a role in facilitating service level interconnection with Telecom’s
Fixed PSTN) will undertake a comprehensive consultation process with Service Providers about, as a minimum, the following matters: 

  

	 	(a)	the approach to Service IP Interconnection between Service Provider’s NGN networks and Telecom’s NGN network for conversational IP voice services which
originate in one party’s network and terminate in another’s, including the development of an IP Interconnection for Voice Service; 

  

	 	(b)	whether it is appropriate for additional elements of Service IP Interconnection for conversational IP voice services to be made a Relevant Wholesale Service and, if so,
how the Arm’s-Length Rules should be applied to that additional Relevant Wholesale Service; 

  

	 	(c)	the process for transitioning from service level Fixed PSTN interconnection for voice services to Service IP Interconnection for voice services including the possible
use of interim service level Fixed PSTN to IP NGN interconnection arrangements; 

  

	 	(d)	the introduction of Service IP Interconnection between Service Provider’s NGN networks and Telecom’s NGN network for the linking of End-Users’ virtual
private networks including the development of an IP Interconnection for Virtual Private Network Service; and 

  

	 	(e)	whether it is appropriate for additional elements of Service IP Interconnection for the linking of End-Users’ virtual private networks to be made a Relevant
Wholesale Service and, if so, how the Arm’s-Length Rules should be applied to that additional Relevant Wholesale Service. 

 This consultation will take into account evolving international standards and international best practice on these matters. 
  

	66.3	The scope of the consultation regarding the interconnection services described in clauses 66.2(a) and (d) will, at a minimum, include: 

 

	 	(a)	service definitions; 

  
 63 

	 	(b)	commercial model; 

  

	 	(c)	technical standards; 

  

	 	(d)	operational standards; and 

  

	 	(e)	timetable for service introduction. 

  

	66.4	The Wholesale Unit will endeavour to get the Telecommunications Carriers Forum (“TCF”) to agree to facilitate the consultation process required by clauses
66.2 and 66.3 and will by 4 April 2008 present a comprehensive Service IP Interconnection Consultation Project Proposal (“Consultation Proposal”) to the TCF Board requesting the establishment of a working party to be the vehicle for
the consultation. The Consultation Proposal will comply with all applicable TCF practices regarding project proposals and the formation and operation of working parties and will specify, at a minimum, the following elements:

  

	 	(a)	the subjects to be consulted on, which will include those required by clauses 66.2 and 66.3; 

 

	 	(b)	that the target deliverables of the Consultation Proposal will be: 

  

	 	(i)	an interim report to the TCF’s Board prior to 31 December 2008; 

  

	 	(ii)	a final report to the TCF’s Board prior to 31 July 2009; and 

  

	 	(c)	that participation will be open to all interested Service Providers; 

  

	 	(d)	that the working party will operate with an independent chair; and 

  

	 	(e)	that the Commission and Ministry of Economic Development will be invited to participate in any manner they deem appropriate. 

 

	66.5	If the TCF agrees to facilitate the consultation process in the manner contemplated by clause 66.4, then following delivery of the interim report referred to in
66.4(b)(i), the Wholesale Unit will, by 1 February 2009, develop and publish on the Wholesale Unit’s Internet website a plan for delivery of the IP Interconnection for Voice Service and IP Interconnection for Virtual Private Network
Service. 

  

	66.6	If as part of the consultation process required by clauses 66.2 and 66.3 the Wholesale Unit and Service Providers agree: 

 

	 	(a)	that it is appropriate for additional elements of Service IP Interconnection for conversational IP voice services or the linking of End-Users’ virtual private
networks to be made a Relevant Wholesale Service; and 

  
 64 

	 	(b)	how the Arm’s-Length Rules should be applied to that additional Relevant Wholesale Service, 

then Telecom will notify the Minister of the things that were agreed and endeavour to agree a variation to the Undertakings to reflect
those things in accordance with sections 69T to 69X of the Act. 
  

	66.7	Following completion of the consultation process required by clauses 66.2 and 66.3 the Wholesale Unit will, by 31 August 2009, develop and publish on the Wholesale
Unit’s Internet website a plan for addressing the matters listed in clause 66.3. 

  

	66.8	Where the Wholesale Unit provides Service IP Interconnection to Service Providers, it will do so on commercial terms that are fair and reasonable in the circumstances.

  

	66.9	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Undertakings requires: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom to provide Service IP Interconnection to a Service Provider if the Service Provider refuses to provide Telecom with a similar service on commercial terms that
are fair and reasonable in the circumstances; or 

  

	 	(b)	a particular industry-wide approach to Service IP Interconnection. 

  

	66.10	The TCF, the Ministry of Economic Development and the Commission can, at their discretion, determine what role they wish to take in the Service IP Interconnection
consultation process to be undertaken by the Wholesale Unit under this clause. 

  

	67	NGN consultation  

 Before
Separation Day, the Wholesale Unit will establish a comprehensive industry-wide NGN consultation programme. 

  
 65 

 PART 6: RETAIL UNITS 

 

	68	Outline of Part 6  

  

	68.1	This Part contains further undertakings that apply specifically to the one or more business units referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(iii) of the Act that must provide one
or more other functions. 

  

	68.2	The undertakings in this Part only apply to a unit or units referred to in section 69D(1)(a)(iii) of the Act that provide a retail function, which are together called
the Retail Units in these Undertakings. 

  

	69	Retail Units need not control any specific assets or provide any specific services  

These Undertakings do not require the Retail Units to: 
  

	 	(a)	control any specific assets; or 

  

	 	(b)	provide any specific services. 

  

	70	Retail Units will act at arm’s-length from Telecom Fixed Network Business Units  

 

	70.1	In respect of Relevant Services, the Retail Units will operate at arm’s-length from each Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit. 

 

	70.2	The Retail Units will: 

  

	 	(a)	have relationships, dealings, and transactions with any Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit in respect of Relevant Services that do not include elements that parties in
their respective positions would usually omit, and that do not omit elements that parties in their respective positions would usually include, if: 

  

	 	(i)	the parties were acting independently; 

  

	 	(ii)	the parties were acting at arm’s-length; and 

  

	 	(b)	in respect of Relevant Services, comply with the other Arm’s-Length Rules that apply to the Retail Units. 

 

	71	Employees working for the Retail Units may not work for certain other units  

 

	71.1	No Employee working for a Retail Unit may work for any Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit. 

  
 66 

	71.2	Clause 71.1 does not prevent the Retail Unit from doing technical or operational work for a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit where: 

 

	 	(a)	the Retail Unit and the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit have entered into a written agreement for the Retail Unit to do that work on commercial terms;

  

	 	(b)	the agreement and the work covered by the agreement comply with the Arm’s-Length Rules and do not circumvent the intent of these Undertakings; and

  

	 	(c)	Telecom provides a copy of the written agreement to the IOG as soon as practicable after the agreement has been entered into, and after there has been any material
change to the agreement. 

  

	72	Retail Units will not influence Commercial Policy of Telecom Fixed Network Business Units  

 

	72.1	The Retail Units and all their Employees, agents and contractors will not influence or attempt to influence Commercial Policy in respect of Relevant Services of any
Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit, except through mechanisms and processes that are also available to all Eligible Service Providers of that Relevant Service on an equal basis. 

 

	72.2	For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of information and advice by the Retail Units (including their Employees, agents and contractors) in relation to retail
services on which Resale Services are based, including: 

  

	 	(a)	price changes; 

  

	 	(b)	service change, grandfathering or withdrawal notifications; 

  

	 	(c)	technical provision details; and 

  

	 	(d)	terms and conditions, policies, user guides, collateral, business rules or service delivery rules; 

is not influencing or an attempt to influence the Commercial Policy of a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit in respect of Resale Services
that are Relevant Wholesale Services. 

  
 67 

 PART 7: TELECOM FIXED NETWORK BUSINESS UNITS 

 

	73	Outline of Part 7  

  

	73.1	This Part contains further undertakings that apply specifically to the Telecom Fixed Network Business Units other than the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit (if any).

  

	73.2	In this Part, Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit means a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit other than the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit. 

 

	74	Employees working for Telecom Fixed Network Business Units may not work for the Retail Units  

 

	74.1	No Employee working for any Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit may work for a Retail Unit. 

 

	74.2	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in clause 74.1 prevents a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit from doing work: 

 

	 	(a)	that is the responsibility of that Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit and is being carried out for the benefit of the Retail Unit; or 

Example 

A Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit may be responsible for: 

 

	 	(a)	some part of the provisioning process for a retail service provided by a Retail Unit; or 

 

	 	(b)	building functionality that a Retail Unit uses to provide a retail service that consumes the Wholesale Unit BUBA input service 

In both cases, Employees working for a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit can provide these services. 

 

	 	(b)	that is technical or operational work for a Retail Unit where: 

  

	 	(i)	the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit and the relevant Retail Unit have entered into a written agreement for the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to do that work:

  

	 	(ii)	the written agreement and the work covered by the agreement do not circumvent the intent of these Undertakings; and 

 

	 	(iii)	Telecom provides a copy of the written agreement to the IOG as soon as practicable after the agreement has been entered into, and after there has been any material
change to the agreement. 

  

	75	Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Customer Confidential Information  

 

	75.1	Each Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose that unit’s Customer Confidential Information to the
Retail Units unless the Service Provider to which the information relates consents. 

  
 68 

	75.2	Notwithstanding clause 75.1, a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit may disclose its unit’s Customer Confidential Information to a Retail Unit where that disclosure
is necessary operationally to enable the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to participate in the provision of a Relevant Service in accordance with these Undertakings. 

 

	75.3	If a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clause 75.2, the person to whom the information is disclosed may
disclose the information to another person in a Retail Unit only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to that other person would be permitted under clause 75.2; or 

 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	75.4	Any person who receives a Telecom Fixed Network Unit’s Customer Confidential Information under clause 75.3 may disclose that information to another person only if
disclosure of the information to that other person would be permitted under clause 75.3. For the purposes of this clause 75, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 75.3. 

 

	75.5	If a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Customer Confidential Information is disclosed under clauses 75.2, 75.3 or 75.4, the person to whom the information is
disclosed will maintain the confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it.

  

	76	Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Commercial Information  

  

	76.1	Each Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit (including its Employees, agents and contractors) will not disclose that unit’s Commercial Information in respect of a
Relevant Service to the Retail Units unless that information is also made available to all Eligible Service Providers on an equal basis. 

  

	76.2	Notwithstanding clause 76.1, a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit may disclose its Commercial Information to a Retail Unit if the information:

  

	 	(a)	relates to a Relevant Service that Telecom is not required to provide Service Providers with and that Telecom is not supplying to a Service Provider and has not yet
decided to provide to Service Providers; or 

  
 69 

	 	(b)	is necessary operationally to enable the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to participate in the provision of a Relevant Service in accordance with these
Undertakings. 

  

	76.3	If a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Commercial Information is disclosed under clause 76.2(b), the person to whom the information is disclosed may disclose
the information to another person in a Retail Unit only if disclosure: 

  

	 	(a)	by the Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit to that other person would be permitted under clause 76.2; or 

 

	 	(b)	is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	76.4	Any person who receives Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit Commercial Information under clause 76.3 may disclose that information to another person only if disclosure
of the information to that other person would be permitted under clause 76.3. For the purposes of this clause 76, that other person will be deemed to have received the information under clause 76.3. 

 

	76.5	If a Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit’s Commercial Information is disclosed under clauses 76.2(b), 76.3 or 76.4, the person to whom the information is disclosed
will maintain the confidentiality of the information and will ensure that the information is destroyed or kept secure so that people who are not entitled to receive that information under these Undertakings are not able to access it.

  
 70 

 PART 8: ENFORCEMENT AND OVERSIGHT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SEPARATION PLAN 

 

	77	Establishment of the Independent Oversight Group  

 Telecom will establish an Independent Oversight Group consisting of 5 members. 
  

	78	Appointment of members of the IOG  

  

	78.1	The Board will appoint the members of the IOG, with the majority of members being independent of Telecom. 

 

	78.2	The Board will appoint one of the independent members of the IOG to be the Chairperson of the IOG. 

 

	78.3	When appointing IOG members under clause 78.1, the Board: 

  

	 	(a)	will not appoint an Employee who works for the ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit, or a Retail Unit; 

 

	 	(b)	will not appoint any person as an independent member who has a material conflict of interest; and 

 

	 	(c)	will consult with the Commission: 

  

	 	(i)	on the appropriate skills mix for the IOG; and 

  

	 	(ii)	before appointing the chairperson and other independent members. 

  

	78.4	For the purpose of deciding whether a person has a material conflict of interest, the Board will have regard to whether the person is: 

 

	 	(a)	an Employee, or has recently been an Employee; 

  

	 	(b)	a director or senior executive of another telecommunications provider; 

  

	 	(c)	a partner or senior executive of any firm, company, or other organisation providing services to Telecom or any other telecommunications provider;

  

	 	(d)	an employee of the Commission; or 

  

	 	(e)	a material shareholder in Telecom or in any other telecommunications provider. 

 

	78.5	The Board can remove members of the IOG. However, before the Board removes a member of the IOG, it will first consult with the Commission. 

  
 71 

	79	Functions of the IOG  

  

	79.1	Telecom will establish terms of reference for the IOG that provide for the IOG to have the following functions in respect of these Undertakings:

  

	 	(a)	those in clause 84 in respect of key performance indicators, and codes of conduct for Employees, independent contractors performing the role of an Employee, the CEO and
the Board and: 

  

	 	(i)	recommending those indicators and codes to the Board, if the final product of the consultation process under that clause is satisfactory to the IOG;

  

	 	(ii)	reviewing performance against those indicators and codes, and recommending changes to those indicators and codes; and 

 

	 	(b)	processing complaints about compliance with these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(c)	requesting information and carrying out any investigations to assess compliance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(d)	requesting the Support Office to carry out any investigations to assess compliance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(e)	reviewing reports prepared in accordance with these Undertakings by the Support Office; 

 

	 	(f)	being kept informed of service-level agreements in respect of Relevant Services set by Telecom and reviewing Telecom’s performance against those agreements;

  

	 	(g)	reviewing the provision of Relevant Services internally to Telecom Business Units in accordance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(h)	reviewing the process of making, considering, advising, and implementing decisions under clause 41 and reviewing whether requests have been dealt with in accordance
with that process; 

  

	 	(i)	reviewing any documentation that these Undertakings require to be supplied to the IOG and investigating whether that documentation shows that there has been a breach of
these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(j)	reporting to the Board as soon as is reasonably practicable after the IOG becomes aware of any of Telecom’s actions or omissions that, in the IOG’s opinion,
may become issues of concern in terms of compliance with these Undertakings; 

  
 72 

	 	(k)	reporting to the Board and the Commission: 

  

	 	(i)	as soon as is reasonably practicable after the IOG becomes aware of any non-trivial breach of these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(ii)	on a regular basis, at times agreed with Telecom, on Telecom’s compliance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(iii)	annually, in an annual review of Telecom’s compliance with these Undertakings; and 

 

	 	(l)	making, subject to clause 86, each of its annual reports, and any other report or document that the IOG chooses to publish, available on an Internet website that is
available to the public at all reasonable times; and 

  

	 	(m)	every other function contemplated for the IOG in these Undertakings. 

  

	79.2	The terms of reference established by Telecom under clause 79.1 will provide for the IOG to have the powers necessary to perform the functions listed in clauses 79.1(a)
to (m). 

  

	80	Funding and support of the IOG  

  

	80.1	Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	fully fund the IOG in its performance of the functions in clause 79; 

  

	 	(b)	pay each member of the IOG who is appointed to a paid position; 

  

	 	(c)	reimburse each member of the IOG for actual and reasonable travelling and other expenses incurred in carrying out his or her office as a member;

  

	 	(d)	organise and pay for professional indemnity insurance for each member of the IOG, if requested by the member; 

 

	 	(e)	prepare any reports that the IOG may reasonably require in relation to Telecom’s compliance with these Undertakings; 

 

	 	(f)	ensure that the IOG has access to the Employees, any independent contractor performing the role of an Employee, and information that the IOG may reasonably request;

  

	 	(g)	ensure, subject to clause 86, that every report prepared by Telecom for the IOG or by the IOG under these Undertakings is made available to the public at all reasonable
times on Telecom’s Internet website if the report relates to: 

  

	 	(i)	a breach of these Undertakings under clause 79.1(k)(i); 

  
 73 

	 	(ii)	codes of conduct for Employees, independent contractors performing the role of an Employee, the CEO and the Board in relation to these Undertakings; or

  

	 	(iii)	key performance indicators that relate to these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(h)	use its best endeavours to provide whatever other assistance the IOG may reasonably require in the performance of its functions. 

 

	81	Establishment of the Support Office  

 Telecom will establish a support office that will assist the IOG in the performance of its functions. 
  

	82	Employment of staff for the Support Office  

 Telecom will employ sufficient staff for the Support Office, and provide other resources as necessary, to: 
  

	 	(a)	enable the Support Office to operate at a level that meets the reasonable requirements of the IOG; and 

 

	 	(b)	ensure that the Support Office is able to operate with a sufficient level of independence from Telecom. 

 

	83	Funding and support for the Support Office  

 Telecom will fully fund the Support Office and use its best endeavours to provide whatever assistance the Support Office may reasonably require in the performance of its functions. 

 

	84	Performance measures and other checks of compliance with Undertakings  

 

	84.1	Telecom will, in consultation with the IOG: 

  

	 	(a)	prepare key performance indicators related to compliance with these Undertakings and progress towards compliance, and Telecom will have those indicators considered by
the IOG; and 

  

	 	(b)	prepare codes of conduct for Employees and independent contractors performing the role of an Employee, the CEO and the Board and have those codes considered by the IOG.

  
 74 

	84.2	Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	provide additional information to the IOG and the Commission to demonstrate compliance with these Undertakings, as reasonably requested by the IOG or the Commission,
including preparing reports or other information related to compliance that are reasonably requested by the IOG or the Commission; and 

  

	 	(b)	use its best endeavours to assist the IOG in conducting an annual review of Telecom’s compliance with these Undertakings. 

 

	84.3	Any information referred to in clause 84.2(a) will be: 

  

	 	(a)	provided in the manner and form required by the IOG and the Commission; 

  

	 	(b)	provided within the timeframe that is specified by the IOG and the Commission; and 

 

	 	(c)	where requested by the IOG, requested in accordance with a process agreed by Telecom and the IOG in order to ensure that requests are directed to the most appropriate
contact person within Telecom who can best facilitate the provision of correct information in a timely manner. 

  

	84.4	Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	every two months, or more regularly at Telecom’s discretion, provide to the IOG and the Commission a confidential progress report on key Undertakings-related work
programme items by status and risk. The report will highlight key Undertakings-related work programme items in respect of which Telecom considers there is a significant risk that it will not be able to achieve compliance. Telecom and the IOG will
agree on the key Undertakings-related work programme items on which Telecom will report. 

  

	85	Audit  

  

	85.1	Telecom will appoint independent external auditors and pay for an independent external audit of the IOG’s annual report. 

 

	85.2	For the purpose of clause 85.1, the appointment of the auditor and the terms of appointment for the auditor are subject to the approval of the Commission, and the terms
of appointment will place the auditor under a duty of care to the Commission. 

  

	85.3	Telecom will, subject to clause 86, make each report of the auditor provided in accordance with clause 85.1 available on an Internet website that is available to the
public at all reasonable times. 

  
 75 

	86	Reports containing confidential or commercially sensitive information  

 Telecom or the IOG may remove from any report that is made available to the public under clauses 79.1(l), 80.1(g) or 85.3 any information that the IOG agrees is confidential or commercially sensitive
information that can be removed, provided that a full version of the report, including that information, is provided to the IOG, the Commission, and the Minister. 
  

	87	Confidentiality  

  

	87.1	Except where specifically stated otherwise, or as required by law, all reports, documents and information provided by Telecom to the IOG, the Commission or the Minister
in relation to these Undertakings are the property of Telecom and must be kept confidential and may only be used by the IOG or Commission for the purpose of performing their proper functions in respect of these Undertakings.

  

	87.2	Telecom and the IOG may agree and implement an information sharing protocol to aid in maintaining the status and confidentiality of information that may be provided to
the IOG. 

  
 76 

 PART 9: PARTICIPATION IN POLICY AND DISCLOSURE OF CERTAIN INFORMATION 

 

	88	General rules applicable to all Employees  

  

	88.1	The Board, CEO and Employees will act in a way that gives effect to these Undertakings. 

 

	88.2	Employees will not, in doing or omitting to do anything in respect of a Relevant Service, discriminate in favour of one Required Telecom Business Unit (or its
customers, End-Users, suppliers, or Employees) at the expense of another Required Telecom Business Unit (or its customers, End-Users, suppliers, or Employees) except as otherwise permitted in these Undertakings. 

 

	88.3	To avoid doubt, clause 88.2 does not prevent: 

  

	 	(a)	an Employee working for a Required Telecom Business Unit from discriminating in favour of that unit; and 

 

	 	(b)	an Employee who does not work for a Required Telecom Business Unit from making recommendations in their role as advisors to the Board or CEO, providing information or
advice to Telecom Business Units (in a manner that complies with clause 89) or making decisions in what the Employee reasonably believes is in the best interests of Telecom as a whole, irrespective of whether it results or could result in different
consequences for different Required Telecom Business Units. 

  

	88.4	No Employee, other than an Employee working for the ANS Unit, will, in respect of Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit provides Service Providers with or,
subject to clause 88.7, Relevant Network Access Services that the ANS Unit has decided to provide Service Providers with but is not currently providing to them (“upcoming ANS Unit services”): 

 

	 	(a)	except through mechanisms and processes that are also available to all Eligible Service Providers in respect of those Relevant Network Access Services on an equal
basis, directly or indirectly participate in the ANS Unit’s formulation or making of: 

  

	 	(i)	the annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans of the ANS Unit to the extent they relate to those Relevant Network Access Services;

  

	 	(ii)	other significant plans of the ANS Unit to the extent they relate to those Relevant Network Access Services; 

 

	 	(iii)	the Commercial Policy of the ANS Unit in respect of those Relevant Network Access Services; or 

  
 77 

	 	(b)	be permitted to have access to ANS Unit Commercial Information in respect of a Relevant Network Access Service unless that information is also made available to all
Eligible Service Providers of the Relevant Network Access Service on an equal basis; or 

  

	 	(c)	be permitted to have access to ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information in relation to a Relevant Network Access Service unless the Service Provider to which the
information relates consents. 

  

	88.5	No Employee, other than an Employee working for the Wholesale Unit, will in respect of Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit provides Service Providers
with or, subject to clause 88.8, Relevant Wholesale Services that the Wholesale Unit has decided to provide Service Providers with but is not currently providing to them (“upcoming Wholesale Unit services”): 

 

	 	(a)	except through mechanisms and processes that are also available to all Eligible Service Providers in respect of those Relevant Wholesale Services on an equal basis,
directly or indirectly participate in the Wholesale Unit’s formulation or making of: 

  

	 	(i)	the annual and long-term corporate plans and technology plans of the Wholesale Unit to the extent they relate to those Relevant Wholesale Services;

  

	 	(ii)	other significant plans of the Wholesale Unit to the extent they relate to those Wholesale Relevant Services; 

 

	 	(iii)	the Commercial Policy of the Wholesale Unit in respect of those Relevant Wholesale Services; or 

 

	 	(b)	be permitted to have access to Wholesale Unit Commercial Information in respect of a Relevant Wholesale Service unless that information is also made available to all
Eligible Service Providers of the Relevant Wholesale Service on an equal basis; or 

  

	 	(c)	be permitted to have access to Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information in relation to a Relevant Wholesale Service unless the Service Provider to which the
information relates consents. 

  

	88.6	For the avoidance of doubt, clauses 88.4(a) and 88.5(a) do not limit Telecom from setting commercial policy of general application across Telecom which it is
appropriate to set centrally. Telecom will provide the IOG with an updated register identifying commercial policy of general application across Telecom that could materially impact on the provision of Relevant Services every 6 months commencing on
1 July 2008, and will make any commercial policy of general application across Telecom available on request to the IOG. 

  
 78 

	88.7	For the purpose of clause 88.4, any Service Provider who the ANS Unit reasonably anticipates will seek access to an upcoming ANS Unit service will be an Eligible
Service Provider for the purpose of that service. 

  

	88.8	For the purpose of clause 88.5, any Service Provider who the Wholesale Unit reasonably anticipates will seek access to an upcoming Wholesale Unit service will be an
Eligible Service Provider for the purpose of that service. 

  

	88.9	This clause 88 is subject to the exceptions set out in these Undertakings including (without limitation): 

 

	 	(a)	clause 7 (which relates to the role of the Board and the CEO); 

  

	 	(b)	clauses 33, 58 and 75.2 (which allows disclosure of ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information in certain circumstances); 

 

	 	(c)	clauses 34, 59 and 76.2 (which allows disclosure of ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit Commercial Information in certain circumstances); 

 

	 	(d)	clause 88.6 (which allows Telecom to set commercial policy of general application across Telecom); and 

 

	 	(e)	clauses 89 to 91 (which allows for Part A Persons to Participate in Policy, for Part B Persons to access Commercial Information, and for Part C Persons to access
Customer Confidential Information in certain circumstances). 

  

	89	Rules for Part A Persons in relation to Participation in Policy  

  

	89.1	Part A Persons may Participate in Policy made or formulated by the ANS Unit by: 

 

	 	(a)	recommending to the Board or the CEO to direct the ANS Unit; or 

  

	 	(b)	providing information (but not advice or instruction) to the ANS Unit in response to a request from the ANS Unit for that information in order to assist the ANS Unit in
making its own decision. 

  

	89.2	Any Participation in Policy under clause 89.1: 

  

	 	(a)	will be no more than is reasonable and necessary to enable the Part A Person to perform their role; 

  
 79 

	 	(b)	will be transparent to the IOG by either: 

  

	 	(i)	if the Board or CEO accepts a recommendation to direct the ANS Unit under clause 89.1(a), the Board or CEO complying with clause 7 (to the extent that clause 7 applies
to that direction); 

  

	 	(ii)	if information provided under clause 89.1(b) is intended or likely to encourage the ANS Unit to take a materially different approach to a significant matter, or
otherwise materially influence the content or shape of the relevant policy, recording that information in writing and making it available to the IOG on request by the IOG; and 

 

	 	(c)	in respect of the Executive, excludes participation by any member of the Executive who manages the Wholesale Unit, a Retail Unit or another Telecom Fixed Network
Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit). For the avoidance of doubt, this means that an Executive Member who manages the Wholesale Unit, a Retail Unit or another Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) cannot Participate in
Policy of the ANS Unit. 

  

	89.3	Part A Persons may Participate in Policy made or formulated by the Wholesale Unit by: 

 

	 	(a)	recommending to the Board or the CEO to direct the Wholesale Unit; or 

  

	 	(b)	providing information (including advice but not instruction) to the Wholesale Unit. 

 

	89.4	Any Participation in Policy under clause 89.3: 

  

	 	(a)	will be no more than is reasonable and necessary to enable the Part A Person to perform their role; 

 

	 	(b)	will be transparent to the IOG by either: 

  

	 	(i)	if the Board or CEO accepts a recommendation to direct the Wholesale Unit under clause 89.3(a), the Board or CEO complying with clause 7 (to the extent that clause 7
applies to that direction); 

  

	 	(ii)	if information provided under clause 89.3(b) is intended or likely to cause the Wholesale Unit to take a materially different approach to a significant matter, or
otherwise materially influence the content or shape of the relevant policy, recording that information in writing and making it available to the IOG on request by the IOG; and 

 

	 	(c)	in respect of the Executive, excludes participation by any member of the Executive who manages the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit. For the avoidance of doubt, this means
that an Executive Member who manages the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit cannot Participate in Policy of the Wholesale Unit. 

  
 80 

	89.5	For the avoidance of doubt, clause 89 does not limit: 

  

	 	(a)	Part A Persons from participating in the business of the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit if that participation is not Participation in Policy; or

  

	 	(b)	the duties or roles of the Manager of the ANS Unit in respect of the ANS Unit, the Manager of the Wholesale Unit in respect of the Wholesale Unit and TCNZ’s
directors, the CEO or the Board in accordance with clause 7. 

  

	90	Rules for Part B Persons in relation to Commercial Information  

  

	90.1	The ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit may disclose Commercial Information of that unit to a Part B Person provided that: 

 

	 	(a)	the Part B Person has a legitimate need for the information; and 

  

	 	(b)	the disclosure is no more than is reasonable and necessary to enable that Part B Person to perform their role. 

 

	90.2	Clause 90.1 is subject to the following limitations: 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit cannot disclose its Commercial Information to members of the Executive who manage the Wholesale Unit, a Retail Unit or another Telecom Fixed Network
Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) but can disclose summaries of ANS Unit Commercial Information to those members of the Executive; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit cannot disclose its Commercial Information to members of the Executive who manage the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit but can disclose summaries of
Wholesale Unit Commercial Information to those members of the Executive. 

  

	90.3	Any summaries of Commercial Information provided to a member of the Executive under Clause 90.2 will: 

 

	 	(a)	contain no more information than is reasonable and necessary to enable the Executive member to perform their role; and 

 

	 	(b)	be in a form that could not reasonably be expected to identify any customers or End-Users of a Service Provider. 

 

	90.4	If information is supplied under clause 90, the person to whom the information is disclosed will be required to maintain, and aid in maintaining, the confidentiality of
the information, and not to disclose the information except as permitted under these Undertakings. 

  
 81 

	90.5	For the avoidance of doubt, Part B Persons may receive any Commercial Information if that information is also made available to all Eligible Service Providers on an
equal basis or as otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	90.6	For the avoidance of doubt, a Part B Person can disclose Commercial Information to other Part B Persons in accordance with this clause 90. 

 

	91	Rules for Part C Persons in relation to Customer Confidential Information  

 

	91.1	The ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit may disclose Customer Confidential Information of that unit to a Part C Person provided that: 

 

	 	(a)	the Part C Person has a legitimate need for the information; and 

  

	 	(b)	the disclosure is no more than is reasonable and necessary to enable that Part C Person to perform their role. 

 

	91.2	Clause 91.1 is subject to the following limitations: 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit cannot disclose its Customer Confidential Information to members of the Executive who manage the Wholesale Unit, a Retail Unit or another Telecom Fixed
Network Business Unit (other than the ANS Unit) but can disclose summaries of ANS Unit Customer Confidential Information to those members of the Executive; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit cannot disclose its Customer Confidential Information to members of the Executive who manage the ANS Unit or a Retail Unit but can disclose summaries
of Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information to those members of the Executive. 

  

	91.3	Any summaries of Customer Confidential Information provided to a member of the Executive under clause 91.2 will: 

 

	 	(a)	contain no more information than is reasonable and necessary to enable the Executive member to perform their role; and 

 

	 	(b)	be in a form that could not reasonably be expected to identify any customers or End-Users of a Service Provider. 

 

	91.4	If information is supplied under clause 91, the person to whom the information is disclosed will be required to maintain, and aid in maintaining, the confidentiality of
the information, and not to disclose the information except as permitted under these Undertakings. 

  

	91.5	For the avoidance of doubt, a Part C Person can disclose Customer Confidential Information to other Part C Persons in accordance with this clause 91.

  
 82 

 PART 10: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

 

	92	Amendments to Part A Persons, Part B Persons and Part C Persons and Shared Services  

 

	92.1	Telecom and the Commission may, by agreement, amend: 

  

	 	(a)	the contents of the lists of persons and functional groups referred to in Schedule 2; and 

 

	 	(b)	the definition of the roles of any of those persons or functional groups. 

  

	92.2	If amendments are made under clause 92.1, Telecom will make the amended information available on its Internet website that is available to the public at all reasonable
times. 

  

	93	Certification by managers of Part A Persons, Part B Persons and Part C Persons that Undertakings complied with  

The most appropriate senior manager (who must be a member of the Executive or a direct report of a member of the Executive) of each of the
persons and functional groups referred to in Schedule 2 (but excluding the Board and the CEO) will certify to the Board annually that, to the best of their knowledge after making reasonable inquiry, they and the Employees working for their groups
have complied with these Undertakings (except for any breaches that have been reported to the IOG and the Commission). 
  

	94	Consultation with Service Providers about which unit they prefer to deal with  

 

	94.1	As soon as practicable, Telecom will use its best endeavours to consult with all Service Providers who are Eligible Service Providers in respect of any Relevant Service
about whether they would prefer to deal only with the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit in respect of all of the Relevant Services that the Service Provider purchases from Telecom and, if so, which unit. 

 

	94.2	If following consultation under clause 94.1, a significant number of Eligible Service Providers would prefer, Telecom will implement arrangements so that:

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit, as the case may be, can take orders for Relevant Services and any other required information from Service Providers on behalf of the
other unit and communicate with the Service Provider regarding the delivery of the order; 

  

	 	(b)	a Service Provider can choose to deal with only 1 unit for purchases of all Relevant Services where it predominantly purchases services from that unit and where, as a
matter of convenience, it wishes to place all of its orders for Relevant Services with that unit; and 

  
 83 

	 	(c)	if a Service Provider chooses to deal with only 1 unit, the Service Provider experiences no material disadvantage in terms of price, service, or quality as a result of
that choice. 

  

	94.3	If following consultation under clause 94.1 a significant number of Eligible Service Providers do not prefer the option of dealing with only 1 unit, then the default
option will be that: 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit will provide a wholesale sales function for Relevant Network Access Services; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit will provide a wholesale sales function for Relevant Wholesale Services. 

 

	94.4	If Telecom implements arrangements as described in clause 94.2(a): 

  

	 	(a)	the ANS Unit will still provide a wholesale sales function for Relevant Network Access Services; 

 

	 	(b)	the Wholesale Unit will still provide a wholesale sales function for Relevant Wholesale Services; and 

 

	 	(c)	a Service Provider who does not choose the option of dealing with only 1 unit as described in clause 94.2(b) may continue to separately deal with the ANS Unit to order
Relevant Network Access Services and the Wholesale Unit to order Relevant Wholesale Services. 

  

	95	Force majeure  

  

	95.1	A “force majeure event” is any: 

  

	 	(a)	act of God, fire, earthquake, storm or flood; 

  

	 	(b)	strike, lockout, work stoppage or other labour hindrance; 

  

	 	(c)	explosion, collision or nuclear accident; 

  

	 	(d)	sabotage, riot, civil disturbance, insurrection, epidemic, national emergency (whether in fact or law) or act of war (whether declared or not);

  

	 	(e)	the failure of any equipment, materials, services or supplies provided to Telecom by any other person; 

 

	 	(f)	unavoidable accident; or 

  

	 	(g)	other event beyond the reasonable control of Telecom; but 

  
 84 

 does not include: 

 

	 	(h)	loss of supply of any essential services where such loss of supply is caused by Telecom’s action or negligence; 

 

	 	(i)	any event which Telecom could have prevented or overcome by the exercise of reasonable diligence and at reasonable cost; or 

 

	 	(j)	any lack of funds for any reason. 

  

	95.2	If Telecom fails, or believes it might fail, to meet an obligation under these Undertakings because of a force majeure event, it will: 

 

	 	(a)	give notice to the IOG and the Commission of the event and the likely effect of the event as soon as is reasonably practicable after it becomes aware of the event;

  

	 	(b)	in the case of an anticipated failure, continue to meet the obligation for as long as possible; and 

 

	 	(c)	following the failure, do all it reasonably can to meet the obligation as soon as is practicable. 

 

	95.3	Telecom will not be in breach of these Undertakings if it fails to meet an obligation under these Undertakings to the extent that, and for as long as, such failure is
the result of a force majeure event. 

  

	96	Telecom will establish arrangements to ensure compliance  

  

	96.1	TCNZ will: 

  

	 	(a)	establish arrangements to ensure that it and each of its Subsidiaries, and all of their officers, Employees, agents, and contractors, comply with these Undertakings,
and with any documents or procedures that are required by, or necessary to give effect to, these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(b)	provide evidence to the IOG of the steps that they have taken to comply with clause 96.1(a). 

 

	96.2	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in these Undertakings requires Telecom to obtain the agreement of, or endeavour to procure, any contractor to act in the best
interests of Telecom or any part of Telecom except to the extent that the contractor is acting as an agent of Telecom. 

  
 85 

	97	Undertakings do not limit outsourcing  

  

	97.1	Nothing in these Undertakings limits Telecom’s ability to contract with any other person to operate any of Telecom’s assets or to perform any of
Telecom’s functions or to carry out any activities in respect of Relevant Services that would otherwise be carried out by Telecom, provided that: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom will obtain the agreement of that other person necessary to ensure that the terms of the outsourcing subjects that other person to the same obligations as would
be imposed on an Employee working for the Telecom Business Unit whose business is being outsourced; and 

  

	 	(b)	Telecom retains the ability to ensure that the way in which those assets are operated, functions are performed, or activities are carried out will not undermine a
robust operational separation of Telecom. 

  

	97.2	For the avoidance of doubt: 

  

	 	(a)	these Undertakings do not prevent Telecom from using the same contractor or person to supply outsourced services to more than one Telecom Business Unit; and

  

	 	(b)	clause 97.1 does not require Telecom to impose obligations on contractors that are fundamentally inconsistent with the nature of a contractor’s outsourced
business, such as an obligation for individual persons to solely work for a Telecom Business Unit and have separate accommodation; 

 provided always that the terms of the outsourcing must require compliance with the rules under these Undertakings relating to the disclosure of Customer Confidential Information and Commercial
Information. 
 Example 
 Telecom may outsource any of the functions referred to in clause 38 provided that it does so in a way that is consistent with the Arm’s-Length Rules. 

 

	98	Shared assets and systems  

To avoid doubt, any Required Telecom Business Unit may share assets and systems with any other Telecom Business Unit, provided that the
terms on which those assets or systems are shared comply with the requirements of these Undertakings. 
  

	99	Conditions on use of Shared Services  

  

	99.1	Any Required Telecom Business Unit can use Shared Services to carry out work that the unit is required to do under or in connection with these Undertakings.

  

	99.2	If a Required Telecom Business Unit uses Shared Services to carry out any work that the unit is required to do under or in connection with these Undertakings, the unit
will have arrangements in place to ensure that the terms on which it uses Shared Services complies with these Undertakings including ensuring that, when Shared Services does work for that Required Telecom Business Unit it is bound by the same rules
under these Undertakings relating to the disclosure of Customer Confidential Information and Commercial Information as that unit. 

  
 86 

	100	Access Planners  

  

	100.1	For the purpose of this clause: 

  

	 	(a)	Access Planners means the small group of Employees working for the ANS Unit (at all times less than 20 persons unless the IOG agrees in writing otherwise) who
perform the Access Planner Function; and 

  

	 	(b)	Access Planner Function means applying the Telecom fixed network group policies and investment tactics prepared by Group Technology in order to make day-to-day
decisions, and co-ordinate day-to-day work, in relation to deployment or rearrangement of Telecom equipment in and connected to the Access Network for the purpose of ensuring the efficient and effective operation of the Telecom fixed network as a
whole where: 

  

	 	(i)	those decisions are consistent with the ANS annual and long-term technology plans (or equivalent documents) and the applicable Telecom fixed network group policies and
investment tactics; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the capital cost of the deployment or rearrangement of Telecom equipment subject to any decision (in terms of capital costs incurred or saved as a result of that
deployment or arrangement) is not greater than $250,000 (or any greater amount agreed by the Commission). 

  

	100.2	To the minimum extent necessary to properly perform the Access Planner Function, Access Planners may in carrying out their function across the Telecom Fixed Network
Business Units, access and use Commercial Information and Customer Confidential Information of, and balance the network interests of, those units. 

  

	100.3	In performing the Access Planner Function, Access Planners will not be considered to be influencing the Commercial Policy of the Wholesale Unit.

  

	100.4	If Access Planners receive Wholesale Unit Commercial Information or Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information, they will be required to maintain the
confidentiality of the information and may only disclose the information to another person if disclosure is otherwise permitted by these Undertakings. 

  

	100.5	The minor relaxations to the Arm’s-Length Rules for Access Planners under this clause are required to ensure that decisions within the scope of the Access Planner
Function regarding the development of Telecom’s fixed network can be made in a co-ordinated manner to enable the efficient and effective operation of the Telecom fixed network as a whole. 

  
 87 

	101	Advisors  

 Telecom will
ensure that its selection and appointment of advisors does not undermine a robust operational separation of Telecom. 
  

	102	Certification by Board, CEO, and managers of Required Telecom Business Units that Undertakings complied with  

 

	102.1	The Board will certify annually (by all directors signing personally or by another director appointed as his or her agent for this purpose) on behalf of TCNZ that, to
the best of the directors’ knowledge after making reasonable inquiry, TCNZ and all its Subsidiaries have complied with these Undertakings (except for any breaches that have been reported to the IOG and the Commission). 

 

	102.2	Telecom will ensure that the following people certify annually to the Board that, to the best of their knowledge after making reasonable inquiry, they have complied
with these Undertakings (except for any breaches that have been reported to the IOG and the Commission): 

  

	 	(a)	the CEO; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit, the Manager of the Wholesale Unit, the managers of the Retail Units, and the manager of any other Telecom Fixed Network Business Unit.

  

	103	Whistleblowing  

 Telecom
will establish a system to: 
  

	 	(a)	facilitate the disclosure and investigation of breaches of these Undertakings; and 

 

	 	(b)	enable Employees to report matters to the IOG, and to protect Employees who do so. 

 

	104	Statement of assets of ANS Unit as at 1 July 2008  

  

	104.1	Telecom will prepare a statement of the assets controlled by the ANS Unit as at 1 July 2008. 

 

	104.2	The statement prepared under clause 104.1 will: 

  

	 	(a)	be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice; 

  
 88 

	 	(b)	be prepared in accordance with the same accounting policies as the accounts of Telecom; and 

 

	 	(c)	reconcile with the accounts of Telecom. 

  

	104.3	Telecom will appoint, and pay for, an independent external audit of the statement of assets prepared under clause 104.1. 

 

	104.4	No later than 1 October 2008, Telecom will provide the IOG, the Commission, and the Minister with: 

 

	 	(a)	copies of the statement of assets and the independent External Auditor’s report; and 

 

	 	(b)	full information setting out the methodologies used to prepare the statement of assets, which will include descriptions of any models used, and all assumptions and
estimates that are necessary to provide assurance as to the robustness of the calculations made in preparing the statement, including identifying the owner of the assets. 

 

	104.5	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this clause affects Part 2B of the Act. 

 

	105	Inadvertent failure to comply with Arm’s-Length Rules and requirement for certain Employees to work for the ANS and Wholesale Units before 31 December 2008
 

  

	105.1	This clause applies during the period beginning on the Separation Day and ending on 31 December 2008. 

 

	105.2	After being notified of any failure to comply with any of the Arm’s-Length Rules, or any requirement that a particular Employee working for the ANS Unit or the
Wholesale Unit is required to comply with, Telecom will be allowed reasonable time to comply provided that: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom has agreed with the Commission what a reasonable time would be in the circumstances; 

 

	 	(b)	Telecom takes all reasonable steps during that period to try to achieve compliance; and 

 

	 	(c)	the failure to comply was inadvertent. 

  

	105.3	If the requirements of clause 105.2 are met, Telecom will not be in breach of these Undertakings in relation to the failure to comply notified under clause 105.2.

  
 89 

	106	Failure to comply with these Undertakings  

 Telecom will not be in breach of these Undertakings in circumstances where Telecom fails to meet a requirement of these Undertakings and the failure to comply is trivial or de minimis. 

 

	107	Employees working for Telecom  

  

	107.1	Nothing in these Undertakings prevents an Employee working for one part of Telecom from ceasing work for that part and working for another part of Telecom, as long as
clause 107.2 is complied with. 

  

	107.2	Telecom will: 

  

	 	(a)	ensure that any Employee who ceases to work for one part of Telecom and works for another part of Telecom remains bound by the requirements relating to disclosure of
any Customer Confidential Information or Commercial Information to the extent that information is only known to them because he or she previously worked for another part of Telecom; and 

 

	 	(b)	not use clause 107.1 as a means of undermining a robust operational separation of Telecom.  

 

	108	Compliance with the law  

Nothing in these Undertakings limits any obligation of Telecom, the Board, the CEO, an Employee, a Telecom agent or a Telecom contractor
to comply with any law that is binding on, or applies to, that person or Telecom, or prevents such compliance. 
  

	109	Enforceability of these Undertakings  

  

	109.1	These Undertakings are not enforceable by any person other than in accordance with sections 69Q to 69S of the Act. 

 

	109.2	For the avoidance of doubt this clause does not limit the effect of section 69N of the Act. 

 

	110	TSO  

 Nothing in these
Undertakings limits Telecom’s obligations under any TSO Instrument. 
  

	111	Review of Undertakings and Telecom’s performance  

  

	111.1	After 31 December 2009, Telecom may ask the Commission to undertake a review of, and provide a report to the Minister, copied to Telecom, on, Telecom’s
performance under these Undertakings, and the workability of these Undertakings. 

  
 90 

	111.2	After 31 December 2011, Telecom may ask the Commission to undertake a review of, and provide a report to the Minister, copied to Telecom, on, Telecom’s
performance in relation to its governance, information sharing, and policy participation reporting obligations under these Undertakings, including a recommendation on whether the governance, information sharing, and policy participation reporting
obligations should be reduced. 

  

	112	Migration plans  

 Telecom
will meet its obligations in the migration plans in Schedule 1, in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 1. 

  
 91 

 SCHEDULE 1 – TRANSITION TO EQUIVALENCE 

PART A: BINDING COMMITMENTS 
  

	1	GENERAL DEFINITIONS  

  

	1.1	In this Schedule 1, unless the context requires otherwise: 

 Basic UBA or BUBA means the unbundled bitstream access service called the Basic UBA Service in the UBA STD and: 

 

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UBA STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled bitstream access service that Telecom becomes required to provide under the UBA STD as a result of a review, clarification or
amendment to the UBA STD; 

 B2B Gateway means an automated machine to machine interface between a Telecom
Business Unit (that provides a Relevant Service) and Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units that enables the Telecom Business Unit to exchange data in relation to Relevant Service transactions (for example, ordering, provisioning and
fault management transactions) in the same way with Service Providers and the other Telecom Business Units; 
 BUBA with POTS
means BUBA where there is an active analogue telephone service on the same copper pair as the BUBA service (but does not include that analogue telephone service); 
 BUBA without POTS means BUBA where there is not an active analogue telephone service on the same copper pair as the BUBA service; 

Contingent, in relation to a milestone, means that Telecom is not required to achieve the milestone, or take any action directed at
achieving the milestone (including, without limitation, reporting on the milestone under paragraph 4.1), unless the milestone is converted to an Enforceable milestone in accordance with paragraph 4.3; 

Core FMO Capability Requirements means in relation to a particular Relevant Service that the following EOI capability building
blocks are completed in the FMO Environment for the Wholesale Unit for the Relevant Service: 
  

	 	(a)	Channels EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(b)	Customer Information Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  
 92 

	 	(c)	Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(d)	Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 

	 	(e)	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 

	 	(f)	Product Management EOI Building Block Completed; and 

  

	 	(g)	Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 Customer Difficult Personal Circumstances means circumstances personal to a particular customer in which a responsible telecommunications service provider would not force a customer to change their
service experience (for example where the customer is classified as a new customer because of a divorce or a death in the family or where other relevant hardships or personal business circumstances apply); 

December 2009 Requirements means, in relation to a particular Relevant Service: 

 

	 	(a)	the following requirements: 

  

	 	(i)	Telecom Business Units and Service Providers are provided with the same service on the same terms (including price); 

 

	 	(ii)	Telecom Business Units and Service Providers are able to use the same: 

  

	 	(A)	B2B Gateway; or 

  

	 	(B)	Online Portal that meets the reasonable needs of those Service Providers or other Telecom Business Units who do not require or are not capable of using the B2B Gateway;

 in the same way for ordering, provisioning, and fault management of the service; 

 

	 	(iii)	Telecom Business Units use only the B2B Gateway or Online Portal referred to in (ii) above for ordering, provisioning and fault management of the service;

  

	 	(iv)	Telecom Business Units and Service Providers receive the same service level reporting for the service; and 

  
 93 

	 	(b)	The following EOI capability building blocks are completed for the ANS Unit or the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) for the Relevant Service: 

 

	 	(i)	Product Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(ii)	Channels EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(iii)	Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 

	 	(iv)	Customer Information Management EOI Building Block Completed; and 

  

	 	(v)	Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed. 

 Detailed Design Document means, in relation to EOI Inventory Management Systems for a particular Telecom Business Unit, the document which contains the information required to commence the build of
the EOI Inventory Management Systems for that Telecom Business Unit; 
 Detailed Service Desk Design Document means, in
relation to EOI Service Desk Systems for a particular Telecom Business Unit, the document which contains the information required to commence the build of EOI Service Desk Systems in the FMO Environment for that Telecom Business Unit; 

DSTN Services means any Telecom service delivered over the DSTN network platform at the Approval Date, including the services
called Digital Voice Access Services (DVA), Low Speed Digital Data Services (LSDDS), High Speed Digital Data Services (HSDDS) using DSTN, Multistream Services and Digital Voice Services (DVS); 

Enforceable, in relation to a milestone, means that Telecom is required under these Undertakings to achieve the milestone;

 Enhanced UBA or EUBA means the unbundled bitstream access services called the Enhanced UBA Services in the UBA
STD and: 
  

	 	(a)	includes those services as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UBA STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled bitstream access service that Telecom becomes required to provide under the UBA STD as a result of a review, clarification or
amendment to the UBA STD; 

 EOI Inventory Management Systems has the meaning given to that term in
paragraph 2.4(a); 

  
 94 

 EOI Service Desk Systems means the systems required to Complete the Service
Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block; 
 Existing PSTN Lines means “x” number of
Telecom fixed access lines where “x” equals: 
  

	 	(a)	the total number of Telecom fixed access lines existing on the Approval Date for which there is a provisioned fixed PSTN line circuit as at the Approval Date, if this
number is agreed between Telecom and the Minister on or before 30 June 2008; and if not 

  

	 	(b)	1,800,000; 

 EUBA Coverage
Milestone means any milestone in the PSTN migration plan that refers to: 
  

	 	(a)	the availability of EUBA without POTS on a percentage of Existing PSTN Lines; or 

 

	 	(b)	a number of distribution cabinets having been installed or equipped with ADSL2 and or equivalent DSL capability; 

EUBA with POTS means EUBA where there is an active analogue telephone service on the same copper pair as the EUBA service (but does
not include that analogue telephone service); 
 EUBA without POTS means EUBA where there is not an active analogue
telephone service on the same copper pair as the EUBA service; 
 Fixed Voice Customer Lines means any Telecom fixed
access line being supplied with a Retail Unit service designed to be a primary line voice service; 
 Frame Relay means,
in Telecom’s network, a set of interfaces and protocols supported by the data networks to provide Frame Relay Services and access connections to data services like the One Office Services and Unbundled Partial Circuits; 

Frame Relay Services means any Telecom service described as a frame relay service as at the Approval Date and including those
services as they may evolve over time; 
 Future Mode of Operation Environment or FMO Environment means, in relation to a
particular Relevant Service, an environment in which the Wholesale Unit is predominantly using new systems (i.e. systems that were first been introduced into the systems stack used by the Wholesale Unit after 31 March 2008) to provide customer
information management, B2B Gateway, Self Service Portal, order management (sales order management), order management (service order management) and service management (service desk) for the purpose of meeting the Core FMO Capability Requirements
and moving toward achieving EOI; 

  
 95 

 High Speed Network Service or HSNS means the Wholesale Unit’s service of
that name (which is a Layer 2 Ethernet access tail service delivering non contended bandwidth over Telecom’s fibre optic network and is described in the Wholesale Unit’s Wholesale Services Price List) as it may evolve over time;

 Inventory Data means in relation to a particular Relevant Service, the data used to describe the physical
characteristics, quantity and location of assets in a way that facilitates the use of these assets in the supply of the Relevant Service; 
 IP Trunking Service means an IP based service that provides connectivity between a private VOIP network and the public telephone network; 

ISDN means Integrated Services Digital Network, and is a set of adjunct capabilities to Telecom’s PSTN; 

ISDN Services means any service provided primarily by means of Telecom’s fixed PSTN and its associated support systems and
provided over ISDN telephone lines, including Primary Rate Access (PRA) and Basic Rate Access (BRA) lines; 
 Non Code Access
or NCA means a service that allows end-customers connected to Telecom’s fixed PSTN to make toll calls using their preferred toll call Service Provider without having to first dial a prefix which identifies the Service Provider;

 Non Standard Connection means any instance of a Retail Broadband Service that, for technical reasons, reasons related
to customer experience or a customer’s personal circumstances, is inappropriate for migration to a Retail Broadband Service that consumes BUBA or EUBA. For the avoidance of doubt Non Standard Connections are expected to represent only a small
proportion of total connections and include: 
  

	 	(a)	any connection or type of connection where migration could: 

  

	 	(i)	present major technical issues; or 

  

	 	(ii)	materially impair the functionality of the service; or 

  

	 	(iii)	adversely impact customer experience including triggering a requirement for a customer to undertake material investment or system changes; 

in a manner that cannot be resolved using efforts that are reasonable having regard to the number of customers affected and the likely
cost of resolving the issue. 

  
 96 

 One Office Services means any Telecom managed data service described as being in the
one office service family as at the Approval Date; 
 Online Portal means a manual web-based interface between a Telecom
Business Unit (that is providing a Relevant Service) and Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units that enables the Telecom Business Unit to exchange data in relation to Relevant Service transactions (for example, ordering, provisioning and
fault management transactions) in the same way with Service Providers and the other Telecom Business Units; 
 Other Legacy
Data Services means the Telecom services called (as at the Approval Date) Dedicated Internet Access, DSTN Services, X25, Corporate Internet Data (CID), IP Net, Megalink, Metro IP, Metro LAN Extension, LanLink, Netway Integrated Access, High
Speed Digital Data (using ATM), Analogue Data and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM); 
 Outlier Broadband Products means
the Telecom services called (as at the Approval Date) Remote Office, School Zone Starter and Eftpos Service; 
 (Over ATM)
in relation to a service, means that the instances of that service are supplied using DSL technology employing ATM network interfaces; 
 (Over Ethernet) in relation to a service, means that the instances of that service are supplied using DSL technology employing Ethernet network interfaces; 

Product Plans of Intent means a provisional delivery schedule for future services or variations of existing services released by a
Telecom Business Unit for the purpose of facilitating industry consultation; 
 Product Plans of Record means a committed
delivery schedule for future services or variations of existing services (that includes details of committed service scopes and launch dates) released by a Telecom Business Unit for the purpose of allowing Service Providers and other Telecom
Business Units to commit to their own product roadmaps and other marketing activities; 
 PSTN Services means any Telecom
service provided predominantly by means of Telecom’s fixed PSTN and its associated support systems existing at the Approval Date; 
 Retail Broadband Services means any DSL-based broadband Internet access service provided by Retail Units but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Outlier Broadband Products or their replacements;

 Stop Innovation means that, for a given service, no new material enhancements will be made to the functionality of the
service unless that new functionality is required to operationally maintain the service; 

  
 97 

 Stop Sell to New Customers means that, for a given service, the service will not be
available to customers who do not currently receive the service. Moves, adds and changes (MACs) will still be permitted for existing customers of that service; 
 Telecom PSTN Services means any Telecom service provided by the Retail Units to end-customers predominantly by means of Telecom’s fixed PSTN and its associated support systems existing at the
Approval Date. 
 Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3 means the Telecom line density zones known as Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 3a and Zone
3b and generally used by Telecom to describe those urban density areas of New Zealand served by telephone exchanges with a total line count of greater than 500 lines, and which at 30 June 2008 together include not less than 80% of total
Existing PSTN Lines. Before the Approval Date, Telecom will provide to the Minister a list of the cities and towns whose urban population areas are included in these zones. Telecom will provide to the Minister full details of the definitive
geographic areas covered by these zones (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not change over time), on or before 30 June 2008. Following consultation with the Minister and the Commission Telecom will also by 30 June 2008 provide to the
Minister full details of the precise method for classifying all customer service addresses within these zones. This method must ensure that as at 30 June 2008 not less than 80% of total Existing PSTN Lines are in these zones; 

Tracking, in relation to a milestone, means that: 
  

	 	(a)	Telecom intends to achieve the milestone, and is required to measure and report on the milestone under paragraph 4; but 

 

	 	(b)	it will not be a breach of these Undertakings if Telecom does not achieve the milestone; 

2010 Requirements means in relation to a particular Relevant Service that the following EOI capability building blocks are
completed using either systems that were used by the Wholesale Unit before 31 March 2008 (augmented as required) or the FMO Environment for the Wholesale Unit for the Relevant Service: 

 

	 	(h)	Channels EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(i)	Customer Information Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(j)	Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed; 

  

	 	(k)	Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 

	 	(l)	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

  
 98 

	 	(m)	Product Management EOI Building Block Completed; and 

  

	 	(n)	Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed; 

 UBA Backhaul means the unbundled bitstream access backhaul service that Telecom is required to provide Service Providers with under the UBA Backhaul STD; and 

 

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UBA Backhaul STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled bitstream access backhaul service that Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with under the UBA Backhaul STD as a
result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UBA Backhaul STD; 

 UBA Backhaul Standard Terms
Determination or UBA Backhaul STD means the Commission’s first Standard Terms Determination regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled bitstream access backhaul; 

UBA Standard Terms Determination or UBA STD means the Commission’s Standard Terms Determination dated 12 December
2007 regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled bitstream access; 
 UCLL means the unbundled copper local loop
network service that Telecom is required to provide Service Providers with under the UCLL STD; and 
  

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled copper local loop network service that Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with under the UCLL STD as a result of a
review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL STD; 

 UCLL Access Equipment means DSLAMs or equivalent
equipment that are predominantly used by Telecom for the purpose of providing access to, and interconnection with, UCLL or UCLL Backhaul including any necessary supporting equipment; 

UCLL Backhaul means the unbundled copper local loop network backhaul service that Telecom is required to provide Service Providers
with under the UCLL Backhaul STD; and 
  

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL Backhaul STD; but 

  
 99 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled copper local loop network backhaul service that Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with under the UCLL Backhaul
STD as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL Backhaul STD; 

 UCLL Backhaul Standard
Terms Determination or UCLL Backhaul STD means the Commission’s first Standard Terms Determination regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled copper local loop network backhaul; 

UCLL Co-Location means the unbundled copper local loop network co-location service that Telecom is required to provide Service
Providers with under the UCLL Co-Location STD; and 
  

	 	(a)	includes that service as varied as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL Co-Location STD; but 

 

	 	(b)	does not include any new unbundled copper local loop network co-location service that Telecom becomes required to provide Service Providers with under the UCLL
Co-Location STD as a result of a review, clarification or amendment to the UCLL Co-Location STD; 

 UCLL
Co-Location Standard Terms Determination or UCLL Co-Location STD means the Commission’s Standard Terms Determination dated 7 November 2007 regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled copper local loop network
co-location; 
 UCLL Standard Terms Determination or UCLL STD means the Commission’s Standard Terms
Determination dated 7 November 2007 regarding the Designated Access Service of unbundled copper local loop network; 

Unbundled Network Service or UNS means the Wholesale Unit’s service of that name (which is a Layer 2 access tail
service provided over a copper network, based on DSL technology and is described in the Wholesale Unit’s Wholesale Services Price List) as it may evolve over time; 
 Unbundled Partial Circuits or UPC means the Wholesale Unit’s service of that name (which is a Layer 2 access tail service provided over a copper network, based on Frame Relay technology
and is described in the Wholesale Unit’s Wholesale Services Price List) as it may evolve over time; 
 Withdraw Service
means that, for a given service, the service is no longer available to customers. 

  
 100

	2	COMPLETION OF EOI BUILDING BLOCKS DEFINITIONS  

 In this Schedule 1, unless the context requires otherwise: 
  

	2.1	Billing Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	the same processes and systems are used when raising a bill for another Telecom Business Unit or Service Provider for the Relevant Service; 

 

	 	(b)	the processes and systems in (a) ensure that the Telecom Business Unit bills Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units for the Relevant Service in the
billing cycle of the Service Provider or the other Telecom Business Unit following the supply of the Relevant Service; and 

  

	 	(c)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has notified the Commission in writing that the conditions in (a) and (b) above
are met; 

 and Complete the Billing Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning;

  

	2.2	Channels EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	the data standards that Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units will need to use to interface with the B2B Gateway and Online Portal have been published on
the Internet website of the Telecom Business Unit; 

  

	 	(b)	the B2B Gateway and Online Portal have been completed and tested and are ready for piloting; 

 

	 	(c)	for each of the B2B Gateway and Online Portal, a single process for staff of Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units to become authenticated is published;

  

	 	(d)	a pilot for each of the B2B Gateway and Online Portal has been conducted with at least one Service Provider in each pilot, and each pilot has demonstrated that a
participant in the pilot can successfully order the Relevant Service and raise trouble tickets in relation to that Relevant Service; 

  

	 	(e)	Service Providers can and other Telecom Business Units must use the B2B Gateway or the Online Portal to place orders for the Relevant Service and raise trouble tickets
in relation to the Relevant Service; and 

  
 101

	 	(f)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has notified all Eligible Service Providers and the other Telecom Business Units in
writing of the requirement in (e) above; 

 and Complete the Channels EOI Building Block has the
corresponding meaning; 
  

	2.3	Customer Information Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit:

  

	 	(a)	the same systems and processes are used by the Telecom Business Unit to capture, query and use data relating to Service Providers (and their customers) and other
Telecom Business Units (and their customers) to which the Telecom Business Unit supplies the Relevant Service; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the condition in (a) above is met;

 and Complete the Customer Information Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning;

  

	2.4	Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit that: 

 

	 	(a)	processes and systems have been developed or adapted such that the Telecom Business Unit uses the same systems and processes to capture the Inventory Data that is
necessary to enable the Telecom Business Unit to fulfil, assure and bill the Relevant Service for Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units (“EOI Inventory Management Systems”); and 

 

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the EOI Inventory Management Systems have
been tested and are ready for the Inventory Data to be copied from Telecom’s inventory management systems existing at the Approval Date; 

 and Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning; 
  

	2.5	Migration to Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed means in relation to a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit:

  

	 	(a)	that at any time all necessary Inventory Data relating to the Relevant Service is stored in the EOI Inventory Management Systems; 

  
 102

	 	(b)	that when fulfilling, assuring and billing the Relevant Service the relevant Telecom Business Unit only accesses Inventory Data from the EOI Inventory Management
Systems; and 

  

	 	(c)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the conditions in (a) and
(b) above are met; 

 and Complete the Migration to Inventory Management EOI Building Block has the
corresponding meaning; 
  

	2.6	Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed means in relation to a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom
Business Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	a single process requiring the same end-customer data to be provided is used by Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units to order the Relevant Service from
the Telecom Business Unit; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has notified Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units in writing of the requirement
in (a) above; 

 and Complete the Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building
Block has the corresponding meaning; 
  

	2.7	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed means in relation to a particular Relevant Service and a particular
Telecom Business Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	processes and policies are in place that prioritise and schedule the fulfilment of orders (“Order Scheduling Function”) from a Service Provider or another
Telecom Business Unit for the Relevant Service in a way that does not take account of whether the order is from a Service Provider or another Telecom Business Unit; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the Order Scheduling Function prioritises
and schedules orders for the Relevant Service in a way that does not take account of whether the order is from a Service Provider or another Telecom Business Unit; 

and Complete the Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning;

  
 103

	2.8	Product Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	the product catalogue of services in relation to the Relevant Service is visible to Service Providers and Telecom Business Units through the Online Portal or the
Internet website of the Telecom Business Unit; 

  

	 	(b)	the product catalogue contains definitive information on the specification, price, order mechanisms, availability, geographic coverage and service level options (if
any) in relation to the Relevant Service; 

  

	 	(c)	the Product Plans of Intent and Product Plans of Record (if any) for the Relevant Service are visible to Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units through the
Online Portal or the Internet website of the Telecom Business Unit; and 

  

	 	(d)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the conditions (a), (b) and
(c) above are met; 

 and Complete the Product Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding
meaning; 
  

	2.9	Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed means that, in relation to a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom
Business Unit: 

  

	 	(a)	Service Providers can and other Telecom Business Units must use the same processes to raise, track and escalate faults in relation to the Relevant Service;

  

	 	(b)	Service Providers can and other Telecom Business Units must use the B2B Gateway or Online Portal to raise and track faults in relation to the Relevant Service; and

  

	 	(c)	Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units are notified of service or network faults affecting the Relevant Service using the same process, timeframes and
levels of information in relation to the Relevant Service (recognising that required information may be specific to a fault or Service Provider or other Telecom Business Unit); 

and Complete the Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block has the corresponding meaning; 

 

	2.10	Workforce Management EOI Building Block Completed means for a particular Relevant Service and a particular Telecom Business Unit: 

 

	 	(a)	that a single process exists for dispatching field force personnel to provision orders from Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units for that Relevant
Service; 

  
 104

	 	(b)	the single process referred to in (a) is initiated only in accordance with the requirement in paragraph 2.7 above that the Order Scheduling Function prioritises
and schedules orders from a Service Provider or another Telecom Business Unit for the Relevant Service in a way that does not take account of whether the order is from a Service Provider or another Telecom Business Unit; 

 

	 	(c)	the processes by which Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units enquire about, monitor and are notified of completion of field force requests in relation to
the Relevant Service are the same; and 

  

	 	(d)	the Manager of the ANS Unit or the Manager of the Wholesale Unit (as relevant) has certified to the Commission in writing that the conditions in (a), (b) and
(c) above are met; 

 and Complete the Workforce Management EOI Building Block has the corresponding
meaning; 
  

	2.11	Completed on an Opt-In Basis means, in relation to a building block, that the systems, processes and requirements that are a condition of that building block
being completed are available to Service Providers and Telecom Business Units, but Service Providers and Telecom Business Units are not yet required to use those systems and processes or meet those requirements. 

 

	3	INTERPRETATION  

  

	3.1	The commentary in Part B of this Schedule is not binding on Telecom. Part B is non-binding explanatory material that describes how Telecom proposes to complete the
migration of certain Relevant Services to the EOI standard, the practical issues involved and why it is done in the way Telecom proposes. It does not limit the binding requirements in Part A of this Schedule in any way, and cannot be used to aid in
the interpretation of the binding requirements in Part A. 

  

	3.2	References in this Schedule to a service being available means the service being available subject to normal provisioning process requirements that are consistent with
usual industry good practice. 

  

	3.3	Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Schedule to the same means exactly the same, subject to: 

 

	 	(a)	trivial differences; 

  

	 	(b)	differences relating to; 

  

	 	(i)	credit requirements and vetting procedures; 

  
 105

	 	(ii)	payment procedures; 

  

	 	(iii)	matters of national and crime-related security, physical security, security required to protect the operational integrity of the network, or any other security
requirements agreed by Telecom and the Commission; 

  

	 	(iv)	provisions relating to the termination of supply; 

  

	 	(v)	provisions relating to dispute resolution (to the extent necessary because Telecom is one company); 

 

	 	(vi)	requirements for a safe working environment; and 

  

	 	(c)	differences that are agreed by Telecom and the Commission in writing; 

  

	 	(d)	differences that are requested by a Service Provider in writing and agreed to by Telecom; 

 

	 	(e)	differences that are specified elsewhere in these Undertakings; and 

  

	 	(f)	differences relating to terms required by a residual terms determination under subpart 2A of Part 2 of the Act. 

 

	3.4	References in this schedule to a vendor or service supply contract signed for development means that the vendor or service supply contract for the design phase
using the chosen technology has been signed or is in the final stages of negotiation before signing. 

  

	3.5	References in this Schedule to: 

  

	 	(a)	Basic UBA or BUBA means both BUBA without POTS and BUBA with POTS unless stated otherwise; and 

 

	 	(b)	Enhanced UBA or EUBA means both EUBA with POTS and EUBA without POTS unless stated otherwise. 

 

	3.6	Where terms are defined in the main body of these Undertakings those definitions apply to this Schedule 1. 

 

	3.7	When interpreting this Schedule 1, the interpretation provisions in clause 2 of the main body of these Undertakings apply. 

  
 106

	4	MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING OF MILESTONES  

  

	4.1	Telecom will provide the IOG and the Commission with quarterly reports which report on Telecom’s progress in achieving the milestones set out in this Schedule,
including details of; 

  

	 	(a)	whether Telecom considers it has achieved any milestone due to be achieved in the quarterly period preceding the report; 

 

	 	(b)	whether Telecom expects to achieve any milestone due to be achieved in the quarterly period following the report; 

 

	 	(c)	if Telecom has not achieved any milestone due to be achieved in the quarterly period preceding the report, or does not expect to achieve any milestone due to be
achieved in the quarterly period following the report: 

  

	 	(i)	the circumstances giving rise to Telecom’s inability to achieve the milestone; and 

 

	 	(ii)	any steps that Telecom intends to take to remedy the non-achievement of the milestone or to reduce the likelihood of not achieving the milestone (as the case may be).

  

	4.2	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in clause 4.1 or in any report provided by Telecom under clause 4.1 limits or affects Telecom’s obligations under these
Undertakings in relation to the milestones set out in this Schedule. 

 Contingent milestones 

 

	4.3	If Telecom submits acceptable alternative commitments to the Minister on or before 31 March 2011 then the Contingent milestones will no longer form part of these
Undertakings and will have no effect. If: 

  

	 	(a)	Telecom does not submit proposed alternative commitments to the Contingent milestones to the Minister for approval on or before 31 March 2011; or

  

	 	(b)	the alternative commitments submitted by Telecom are unacceptable and, following negotiation, Telecom and the Minister are unable to arrive on acceptable alternative
commitments; 

 then the Minister may give notice in writing to Telecom that the Contingent milestones specified in
these Undertakings will become Enforceable milestones, required to be completed to a revised timetable which shall ensure delivery of the Core FMO Capability Requirements for the supply of all new orders of BUBA and EUBA services no more than 18
months after Telecom receives notification of the Minister’s decision. The Minister may require a review of the revised timetable by an expert appointed by the Minister in consultation with Telecom and, if necessary, require Telecom to revise
its timeframe to one recommended by the independent expert. 

  
 107

	5	UCLL MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	5.1	Telecom will migrate UCLL to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 UCLL migration milestone obligation
	  	
Date by which milestone
obligation must be achieved
	  	
Status of milestone
obligation

			
	UCLL available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UCLL STD).	  	The date(s) specified by the UCLL STD	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of the B2B Gateway required for the ANS Unit to Complete the Channels EOI Building
Block.	  	31 March 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of a single process requiring the same end-customer data to be provided for Service Providers and
other Telecom Business Units to order Relevant Network Access Services from the ANS Unit to enable the ANS Unit to Complete the Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block.	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development or adaptation of processes and systems that have capability to capture the Inventory Data that
enables the ANS Unit to fulfil, assure and bill Relevant Network Access Services to enable the ANS Unit to Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block.	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of the process by which Service Providers and Telecom Business Units enquire about, monitor and
are notified of completion of field force requests to enable the ANS Unit to Complete the Workforce Management EOI Building Block.	  	30 September 2008	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 108

					
	 UCLL migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by
which milestone
obligation must be achieved
	  	
Status of milestone
obligation

			
	 UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units (on the same financial terms and conditions as the UCLL STD) as an input in the supply of
all:
  

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services;

 

•        BUBA without POTS services (Over Ethernet and Over ATM);
and
  

•        EUBA without POTS services.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	ANS Unit informs Service Providers and Telecom Business Units of the data format that will be required to raise service desk trouble tickets when Service Management (Service Desk
Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed.	  	31 December 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Detailed Design Document v 1.0 for the ANS Unit EOI Inventory Management Systems finalised and approved by the Manager of the ANS Unit.	  	31 December 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Detailed Design Document v 2.0 for the ANS Unit EOI Inventory Management Systems finalised and approved by the Manager of the ANS Unit	  	31 March 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Pilots of B2B Gateway and Online Portal in relation to UCLL services commenced with at least one Service Provider in each pilot.	  	31 March 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	The EOI capability building blocks listed in paragraph (b) of the definition of December 2009 Requirements are Completed on an Opt-in Basis for the ANS Unit for the supply of
all UCLL services.	  	30 June 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all UCLL services.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of all Frame Relay Services (where delivered over copper lines).	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 109

					
	 UCLL migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed for the ANS Unit for supply of all UCLL services.	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of all:

 

•        BUBA without POTS services (Over Ethernet and Over ATM);
and
  

•        EUBA without POTS services.
	  	30 June 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed for the ANS Unit for UCLL services ordered after this date.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Billing Management EOI Building Block Completed for the ANS Unit for UCLL services ordered after this date.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Migration of UCLL Inventory Data to EOI Inventory Management Systems (developed to Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block for the ANS Unit for UCLL) has
commenced.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of UPC services (where delivered over copper lines) ordered after this date.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input into the supply of all UNS (Over Ethernet) services.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Workforce Management EOI Building Block Completed for the ANS Unit for UCLL services ordered after this date.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Migration to Inventory Management EOI Building Block Completed in relation to all UCLL services.	  	30 June 2011	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for the supply of all UCLL services.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 110

					
	 UCLL migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by
which milestone
obligation must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	UCLL is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of all UPC services (where delivered over copper lines).	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 111

	6	UCLL BACKHAUL MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	6.1	Telecom will migrate UCLL Backhaul to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 UCLL Backhaul migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	UCLL Backhaul available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UCLL Backhaul STD).	  	The date(s) specified by the UCLL Backhaul STD	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The EOI capability building blocks listed in paragraph (b) of the definition of December 2009 Requirements are Completed on an Opt-in Basis for the ANS Unit for all UCLL
Backhaul services.	  	30 June 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all UCLL Backhaul services.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UCLL Backhaul is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of any EUBA and BUBA (Over Ethernet) service where access to Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network
is required to provide the service.	  	30 June 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed for ANS Unit for UCLL Backhaul services ordered after this date.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	UCLL Backhaul is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of any UNS (Over Ethernet) service where access to Telecom’s Regional Backhaul Network is required
to provide the service.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Workforce Management EOI Building Block Completed for ANS Unit for UCLL Backhaul services ordered after this date.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for the supply of all UCLL Backhaul services.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 112

	7	UCLL CO-LOCATION MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	7.1	Telecom will migrate UCLL Co-location to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 UCLL Co-location migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	UCLL Co-location available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UCLL Co-Location STD).	  	The date(s) specified in the UCLL Co-Location STD	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for all UCLL Co-location services provided to a Telecom Business Unit for UCLL Access Equipment installed in a Telecom local exchange between the Approval Date and
31 December 2008.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for all new UCLL Co-location services provided after this date to Service Providers and Telecom Business Units.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EOI standard applies to all UCLL Co-location services provided to a Telecom Business Unit for UCLL Access Equipment installed in a particular Telecom local exchange before the
Approval Date.	  	 Later of:
 - 31 December
2008;
 or
 - When a Service Provider
first obtains UCLL Co-location in the particular exchange
	  	Enforceable Milestone

 Note: See paragraph 17.7 regarding the application of the EOI standard to UCLL Co-location services. 

  
 113

	8	BUBA AND EUBA MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	8.1	Telecom will migrate BUBA and EUBA to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 BUBA migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	BUBA and EUBA available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UBA STD).	  	The date(s) specified in the UBA STD	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of the B2B Gateway to enable the Wholesale Unit to Complete the Channels EOI Building
Block.	  	31 March 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of a single process that requires the same end-customer data to be provided for Service Providers
and other Telecom Business Units to order Relevant Wholesale Services (other than Resale Services) from the Wholesale Unit to enable the Wholesale Unit to Complete the Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only).	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development or adaptation of processes and systems that have the capability to capture the Inventory Data that
enables the Wholesale Unit to fulfil, assure and bill Relevant Wholesale Services (other than Resale Services) to enable the Wholesale Unit to Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block.	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Wholesale Unit informs Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units of the data format that will be required to raise service desk trouble tickets when the Service Management
(Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Business requirements completed for the Wholesale Unit EOI Inventory Management Systems.	  	31 January 2009	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 114

					
	 BUBA migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	Detailed Service Desk Design Document v.1.0 for the Wholesale Unit EOI Service Desk Systems finalised and approved by the Manager of the Wholesale Unit.	  	31 March 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Detailed Design Document v.1.0 for the Wholesale Unit EOI Inventory Management Systems finalised and approved by the Manager of the Wholesale Unit.	  	30 April 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	The core capability required to Complete the Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block in the FMO Environment has been built and is ready for testing by
the Wholesale Unit.	  	30 June 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	End-customer trials underway for a new Retail Broadband Service that consumes BUBA and/or EUBA as an input.	  	30 June 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all BUBA and EUBA services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The Wholesale Unit has launched and is using the Services Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed in the FMO Environment for the Wholesale
Unit.	  	30 September 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	BUBA and/or EUBA is consumed by Telecom Business Units as an input in the supply of Retail Broadband Services that are provided to new customers after this date (except where
Customer Difficult Personal Circumstances apply).	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 2010 Requirements met for the supply of all new orders of BUBA and EUBA services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	30 June 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 115

					
			
	Billing Management EOI Building Block Completed for Wholesale Unit for orders received after this date for all BUBA and EUBA services.	  	31 December 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	90% of Retail Broadband Service customers (who were purchasing a Retail Broadband Service as at 31 December 2009 and who are still purchasing a Retail Broadband Service)
migrated to new Retail Broadband Services that consume BUBA or EUBA as an input, excluding Non Standard Connections that Telecom has notified to the IOG and the Commission.	  	31 July 2012	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Migration of BUBA and EUBA Inventory Data to EOI Inventory Management Systems (developed to enable the Wholesale Unit to Complete the Inventory Management EOI Building Block for
BUBA services and EUBA services) has commenced.	  	31 December 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Core FMO Capability Requirements met for the supply of all new orders of BUBA and EUBA services.	  	To be determined in accordance with paragraph 4.3	  	Contingent Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for supply of all BUBA and EUBA services (excluding migration of Retail Broadband Service customers).	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	100% of Retail Broadband Service customers migrated to new Retail Broadband Services that consume BUBA or EUBA as an input, excluding Non Standard Connections that Telecom has
notified to the IOG and the Commission.	  	31 December 2012	  	Enforceable Milestone

 Note: See paragraph 17.8 regarding the application of the EOI standard to BUBA with POTS and EUBA with POTS. 

  
 116

	9	UBA BACKHAUL MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	9.1	Telecom will migrate UBA Backhaul to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 UBA Backhaul migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	UBA Backhaul available to Service Providers (in accordance with any soft launch or other launch requirements specified in the UBA Backhaul STD).	  	The dates specified in UBA Backhaul STD.	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Wholesale Unit informs Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units of the data format that will be required to raise service desk trouble tickets when the Service Management
(Service Desk Component Only) EOI Building Block Completed.	  	31 December 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all UBA Backhaul services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Completed definition do not apply.
	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UBA Backhaul service is consumed by Telecom Retail Units as an input in the supply of all Retail Broadband Services that use EUBA or BUBA (Over Ethernet) as an input where a
determined Wholesale Unit backhaul service is required by the Retail Units.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 2010 Requirements met for supply of all new orders of UBA Backhaul services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Workforce Management EOI Building Block Completed for Wholesale Unit for UBA Backhaul services.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Core FMO Capability Requirements met for supply of all new orders of UBA Backhaul services	  	To be determined in accordance with paragraph 4.3	  	Contingent Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for supply of all UBA Backhaul services.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 117

	10	HSNS, UNS (OVER ETHERNET) AND UPC MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	10.1	Telecom will migrate HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet) and UPC to the EOI standard in accordance with the following migration plan: 

 

					
	 HSNS, UNS and UPC migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	UNS (Over ATM) and UPC available to Service Providers.	  	Approval Date	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	UNS (Over Ethernet) available to Telecom Business Units and Service Providers.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 December 2009 Requirements met for the supply of all:
  

•        HSNS services; and

 

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 New orders for UPC received after this date supplied on the December 2009 Requirements.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	30 September 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	If a customer was able to receive UNS (Over ATM) at a specific location on the Approval Date, they can receive UNS (Over Ethernet) at that location.	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Wholesale Unit Stop Sell to New Customers for UNS (Over ATM).	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 Billing Management EOI Building Block Completed for Wholesale Unit for orders received after this date for:

 

•        HSNS services;

 

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services; and

 

•        UPC services.
	  	31 December 2010	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 118

					
	 HSNS, UNS and UPC migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	 2010 Requirements met for the supply of all new orders of:

 

•        HSNS services;

 

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services; and

 

•        UPC services.

 
 For the purposes of this milestone, sub-paragraphs (b) and (d) of the
Channels EOI Building Block Complete definition do not apply.
	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Core FMO Capability Requirements met for the supply of all new orders of:

 

•        HSNS services;

 

•        UNS (Over Ethernet) services; and

 

•        UPC services.
	  	To be determined in accordance with paragraph 4.3	  	Contingent Milestone
			
	EOI standard met for the supply of all HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet) and UPC services.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	UNS (Over ATM) Withdraw Service (except where there is significant customer impact in withdrawing this service).	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 119

	11	RESALE SERVICES MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	11.1	Telecom will make the following service delivery improvements in relation to Resale Services that are Wholesale Relevant Services: 

 

					
	 Resale Services milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	 Broadband Wiring Only Orders
  

Systems and processes are in place such that when a broadband service related field force work order from a Service Provider is changed at the request of
the end-customer, Service Providers are advised of the changes or additions when the work order has been completed (instead of when the bill is generated for the Service Provider).
	  	31 March 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 NCA provisioning
  

Service Providers are able to submit NCA orders online.
  

Service Providers are able to submit NCA orders concurrently with a request for a fixed PSTN line circuit and/or broadband service for the same
end-customer.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Visibility of existing orders on a customer line

 
 When an order from a Service Provider in relation to a Resale Service is rejected
because an order already exists in relation to that fixed access line, the Service Provider is provided with the same information as the Telecom Business Units have access to, in similar timeframes, about why the order is rejected and when the open
service order will close.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Unmet broadband demand
  

Systems and processes are available and used to capture service requests from Service Providers and Telecom Business Units relating to broadband in a
location where the network capacity to provide the service does not exist.
  

Policies are in place which require that decisions to install broadband services will not take into account whether such service requests are made by
Service Providers or Telecom Business Units.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 120

					
	 Resale Services milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	 Visibility of Line Status
  

Systems are available to Service Providers that allow Service Providers to check whether or not a line is “intact” within a similar timeframe as
Telecom Business Units are able to check whether or not a line is “intact”.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Access to service company schedules
  

Service Providers are able to view the work schedule of service companies, and book service requests in a similar timeframe as Telecom Business
Units.
	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 PSTN number reservation
  

Service Providers are able to review available PSTN numbers and select or reserve an available PSTN number for their end-customer in a similar timeframe
as Telecom Business Units.
	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 121

	12	PSTN MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	12.1	Rather than redesigning PSTN Services to consume UCLL, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan: 

 

					
	 Voice Service migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	Subject to paragraph 3.4, vendor or service supply contract signed for development of the core capability required for the Retail Units to deliver a voice service which is designed
to be a primary line voice service that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an
input.	  	1 July 2008	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	A Retail Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service and that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or
better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input is ready for service in an internal Telecom trial and can be demonstrated.	  	31 March 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	A Retail Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service and that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or
better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input is ready for service in an external trial and can be demonstrated.	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as
EUBA) is available to 50% of Existing PSTN Lines.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 122

					
	 Voice Service migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	A Retail Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service and that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or
better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input is available for purchase by customers of the Retail Units.	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	More than 1500 distribution cabinets have been installed or equipped with ADSL2+ or equivalent DSL capability (e.g. VDSL capability) in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3, with DSLAMs
installed and operational. At least 99% of lines served off these cabinets and within those zones will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point.	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	More than 2200 distribution cabinets have been installed or equipped with ADSL2+ or equivalent DSL capability (e.g. VDSL capability) in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3, with DSLAMs
installed and operational. At least 99% of lines served off these cabinets and within those zones will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	More than 2800 distribution cabinets have been installed or equipped with ADSL2+ or equivalent DSL capability (e.g. VDSL capability) in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3, with DSLAMs
installed and operational. At least 99% of lines served off these cabinets and within those zones will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point.	  	30 June 2011	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	Telecom will provide a report to the Minister on progress towards the completion of the programme of work set out at paragraph 12.6.	  	31 March 2011	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 123

					
	 Voice Service migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Wholesale Service with equivalent or better real-time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as
EUBA) is available to 80% of Existing PSTN Lines.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	More than 3500 distribution cabinets have been installed or equipped with ADSL2+ or equivalent DSL capability (e.g. VDSL capability) in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3, with DSLAMs
installed and operational. At least 99% of lines within those zones will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Telecom will provide an additional binding PSTN migration plan to the Minister, IOG and Commission which must include:

 

•        additional Tracking Milestones for the period of
1 January 2013 to 31 December 2015 which demonstrate a migration path that is manifestly consistent with achievement by Telecom of the 2015 and 2020 Enforceable Milestones set out below; and
	  	30 June 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 •        a description of the technical solution or solutions Telecom has deployed
to facilitate this migration, and evidence that demonstrates these solutions and any associated systems have been designed to be capable of supporting a migration of the size and speed set out in the migration plan; and
	  		  	

  
 124

					
	 Voice Service migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which milestone
obligation must be
achieved
	  	 Status of milestone
obligation

			
	 •        a description of the arrangements Telecom has taken or will take to
facilitate Service Providers purchasing Resale Services to migrate those services off the PSTN Services at a pace that is consistent with the 2015 and 2020 Enforceable Milestones set out below.
	  		  	
			
	 More than 15% of Fixed Voice Customer Lines in Telecom Zones 1, 2 and 3 as at 31 December 2012 are being supplied with a Retail
Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service and that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant Service supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input.

 
 Telecom will have its compliance with this Enforceable Milestone audited by an
External Auditor on request from the IOG or Commission.
  
 (Refer example
below)
	  	31 December 2012	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The number of Telecom fixed access lines using Telecom PSTN Services will be less than 40% of Existing PSTN Lines. All other Telecom fixed access lines that are supplied with a
Retail Unit voice service which is designed to be a primary line voice service will have been migrated onto a retail service that uses a Relevant Service as an input which meets the EOI requirements in these Undertakings.	  	31 December 2015	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	All Telecom customers migrated off PSTN Services and Telecom has ceased selling PSTN Services to customers.	  	31 December 2020	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 125

 Example 
 To meet the 2012 Enforceable Milestone, Telecom must get 15% of its own retail customer lines in the relevant zones on to a new voice service that consumes an EOI input. Telecom lines that are being used
by Service Providers to provide end-customer services (for example by the Service Provider having unbundled access to the line via the UCLL service or by the Service Provider receiving the EUBA without POTS service or a resold Homeline service from
the Wholesale Unit) will not be counted when determining if this 15% target has been met. 
  

	12.2	On or before 30 June in each of the years 2009 and 2010 Telecom will also provide a report to the Minister, the IOG and the Commission setting out Telecom’s
progress towards meeting the 2012, 2015 and 2020 Enforceable Milestones set out in this PSTN Migration Plan, including: 

  

	 	•	 	 the number of Existing PSTN Lines migrated off the PSTN Services as at 31 May that year, and a forecast of the number of Existing PSTN Lines
Telecom reasonably expects to have migrated off the PSTN Services by 31 May the following year; 

  

	 	•	 	 Telecom’s progress in defining the technical solution or solutions it will adopt to achieve the migration targets referenced in the 2012, 2015 and
2020 Enforceable Milestones set out in this PSTN Migration Plan. 

 The IOG may report publicly each year at a
summary level on the content of these reports. 
  

	12.3	As set out in the PSTN Migration Plan, the Enforceable milestones that Telecom must achieve by 31 December 2011 will mean that 99% of lines in Telecom Zones 1, 2
and 3 (being at least 80% of Existing PSTN Lines) will be engineered to have a maximum line loss of 60db measured at 1024kbps at the external termination point. 

 

	12.4	Telecom expects that as a consequence of achieving the Enforceable milestones in the PSTN Migration Plan as at 31 December 2011 there will be a significant
increase in broadband performance within the Local Access Network and, in particular, the engineering design rules applied to the Local Access Network as part of those Enforceable milestones will mean that: 

 

	 	(a)	84% of all Existing PSTN Lines will be technically capable of 10 Mbps or better within the Local Access Network; and 

 

	 	(b)	89% of all Existing PSTN Lines will be technically capable of 5 Mbps or better within the Local Access Network; 

where technically capable means in respect of (a) and (b) above that the Local Access Network component of the Existing PSTN
Lines is estimated to be capable of this performance based upon cable attenuation data, engineering design rules, and equipment type. These measures do not take local environmental influences such as customer premises wiring or interference effects
into account, and therefore may not reflect actual customer experience. 

  
 126

	12.5	Paragraphs 12.3 and 12.4 do not add to or affect the Enforceable milestones in the PSTN Migration Plan. Paragraph 12.4 is not enforceable and failure by Telecom to
achieve the outcomes described in paragraphs 12.4 (a) and (b) above will have no consequence under these Undertakings. 

  

	12.6	Telecom will implement a programme of work aimed at demonstrating the capability of a primary line voice service that uses EUBA without POTS (or an alternative Relevant
Wholesale Service with equivalent or better real time performance to EUBA and supplied at the same or higher standard of equivalence as EUBA) as an input that supports key low speed data services. This programme of work will include:

  

	 	(a)	undertaking work to address and/or identify options for resolving issues raised with Telecom’s primary line voice service by participants in trials completed prior
to this provision being added to these Undertakings; 

  

	 	(b)	consultation with relevant industry stakeholders to attempt to resolve: 

  

	 	(i)	interoperability issues with VoIP services and low speed data services; and 

 

	 	(ii)	house wiring standards for VoIP services; and 

 as well as obtaining information from the relevant industry stakeholders the purpose of the consultation will be to begin to inform them of potential issues. 

 

	 	(c)	Preparation of a report identifying the range and nature of likely low data speed interoperability issues and exploring potential short and longer term solutions to
these issues. 

  
 127

	13	ISDN MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	13.1	Rather than redesigning existing ISDN Services to consume UCLL, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan: 

 

					
	 ISDN migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	Telecom will meet the Resale Equivalence standard for the resale of ISDN Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Telecom will offer an IP Trunking Service that consumes HSNS as an input.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 Telecom will offer an IP Trunking Service that:
  

•      consumes UNS as an input where it is feasible to use UNS inputs;
and
  

•      otherwise consumes UPC as an input.
	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Telecom will offer an IP Trunking Service that consumes HSNS, UNS or UPC as an input.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Telecom will Withdraw Service for all ISDN Services.	  	31 December 2020	  	Enforceable Milestone

  

	13.2	Telecom will act in a way that is consistent with a strategy to ultimately migrate ISDN Service customers to EOI input based services and cease selling ISDN Services.
As such, where Telecom has developed and is offering alternative services to ISDN Services (that consume inputs that will be supplied to the EOI standard by 2011) and these alternative services meet the customer’s needs, these alternative
services will be offered to the customer. 

  
 128

	14	OUTLIER BROADBAND SERVICES MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	14.1	Rather than redesigning existing Outlier Broadband Services to consume EOI inputs, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan for these services:

  

					
	 Outlier migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	All orders for Outlier Broadband Services received after this date will be provisioned using Outlier Broadband Services that are based on a Telecom Retail Broadband Service that
consumes BUBA or EUBA delivered to the December 2009 Requirements standard as an input.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	All orders for Outlier Broadband Services received after this date will be provisioned using Outlier Broadband Services that are based on a Telecom Retail Broadband Service that
consumes BUBA or EUBA delivered to the EOI standard as an input.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 129

	15	ONE OFFICE MIGRATION PLAN 

  

	15.1	Rather than redesigning One Office Services to consume EOI inputs, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan: 

 

					
	 One Office migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	The Retail Units will Stop Innovation for One Office Services.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	A Retail Unit will make available to customers a new business grade managed network layer data service (New Data Service) that consumes HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet), UPC or another
Wholesale Unit input service that is supplied on a basis that meets the December 2009 Requirements.	  	30 September 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The Retail Units will Stop Sell to New Customers for One Office Services. For the avoidance of doubt after this date when an existing One Office contract expires, the customer will
have the opportunity to extend that contract.	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	At least 500 New Data Service data tails are being provided to Retail Unit customers.	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The New Data Service will consume HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet), UPC or another Wholesale Unit input service that is supplied to the EOI standard.	  	31 December 2011	  	Enforceable Milestone

  

	15.2	Telecom will act in a way that is consistent with a strategy to ultimately migrate One Office Service customers to EOI input based business grade managed data services
and decommission the One Office Services. 

  
 130

	16	OTHER LEGACY DATA SERVICES MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	16.1	Rather than redesigning Other Legacy Data Services to consume EOI inputs, Telecom commits to the following alternative migration plan: 

 

					
	 Other Legacy Data milestone obligation
	  	
Date by which
milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 The Retail Units will Stop Innovation and Stop Sell to New Customers for all of the following services:

 

•      DSTN Services;

 

•      X25; and

 

•      Netway Integrated Access.
	  	31 December 2007	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 The Retail Units will Stop Innovation for all of the following services:

 

•      Analogue Data services;

 

•      ATM;

 

•      Corporate Internet Data;

 

•      Dedicated Internet Access;

 

•      High Speed Digital Data (using ATM);

 
 •      IP
Net;
  

•      Lanlink;

 

•      Megalink; and

 

•      MetroLAN Extension.
	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	The Retail Units will Withdraw Service for DSTN Services.	  	31 December 2008	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	 The Retail Units will Withdraw Service for all of the following services:

 

•      X25; and

 

•      Netway Integrated Access.
	  	30 June 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  
 131

					
	 Other Legacy Data milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

			
	 The Retail Units will Stop Sell to New Customers for all of the following services:

 

•      Analogue Data services;

 

•      ATM;

 

•      Corporate Internet Data;

 

•      Dedicated Internet Access;

 

•      High Speed Digital Data (using ATM);

 
 •      IP
Net;
  

•      Lanlink;

 

•      Megalink; and

 

•      MetroLAN Extension.
	  	31 December 2009	  	Enforceable Milestone

  

	16.2	Telecom will act in a way that is consistent with a strategy to ultimately migrate all Other Legacy Data Services customers to EOI input based services and decommission
the relevant legacy data platforms. 

  
 132

	17	GENERAL EQUIVALENCE MIGRATION OBLIGATIONS  

 Highest level of equivalence as soon as practicable 
  

	17.1	If a material change in circumstances makes it practicable to improve or accelerate a Tracking milestone or an Enforceable milestone in a migration plan in this
Schedule for a Relevant Service, Telecom will propose to the Commission a variation to that migration plan to give effect to that improvement or acceleration including any consequential changes to other parts of the migration plan. Any such changes
to the migration plan shall only become effective with the consent of the Commission. 

 Use of alternative
equivalence based inputs 
  

	17.2	Where in this Schedule Telecom commits to consume a specified input service in the provision of another service, Telecom may choose to consume an alternative input
service provided the alternative is being supplied to Telecom Business Units and Service Providers on the same or a better standard of equivalence as that for the specified input service. Where Telecom chooses to consume an alternative input,
Telecom will report to the IOG on the change, the reasons for the change, and provide an explanation to confirm that the alternative is being supplied to Telecom Business Units and Service Providers on the same or a better standard of equivalence as
that for the specified input service. 

 Consequence of breach of Legacy migration plan 

 

	17.3	If Telecom is in material default in achieving an Enforceable milestone in a migration plan in paragraphs 12 to 16 (inclusive) then, as soon as practicable after
becoming aware of that default, Telecom will give the Minister written notice of the default. 

  

	17.4	If: 

  

	 	(a)	the Minister receives a notice from Telecom under clause 17.3; or 

  

	 	(b)	in the Minister’s opinion, Telecom is in material default in achieving an Enforceable milestone in a migration plan in paragraphs 12 to 16 (inclusive),

 the Minister may give written notice to Telecom requiring Telecom to remedy the default (“Remedy
Notice”). 
  

	17.5	If Telecom receives a Remedy Notice and Telecom is in material default in achieving an Enforceable milestone in a migration plan in paragraphs 12 to 16 (inclusive) and
Telecom does not remedy that default to the Minister’s satisfaction within 60 working days of receipt of the Remedy Notice, the Minister may give Telecom written notice voiding the relevant migration plan (“Voiding Notice”) and
Telecom’s obligations in respect of the services covered by that migration plan shall then be deemed to be to start consuming EOI inputs in the provision of those services as soon as practicable after receipt of the Voiding Notice.

  
 133

	17.6	Nothing in paragraph 17.5 excuses Telecom from any failure to meet an Enforceable milestone or from the legal consequences of such failure. 

UCLL Co-location for existing UCLL Access Equipment 

 

	17.7	Where the EOI standard applies to the provision of UCLL Co-location, the UCLL Co-location services provided to Telecom Business Units and the terms and conditions for
such UCLL Co-location services can, for UCLL Access Equipment that was first installed in exchanges prior to the Approval Date, be different from the UCLL Co-location services provided to, and the terms and conditions for, Service Providers to the
extent necessary to ensure that Telecom is not required to relocate or make any alterations to that equipment. 

Differences in the systems and processes for BUBA with POTS and EUBA with POTS 

 

	17.8	In relation to the application of the EOI standard to BUBA with POTS or EUBA with POTS, differences in the systems and processes (including operational support
processes) used by Telecom for the delivery of the service to itself and to Service Providers (“Delivery Processes”) will be permitted where: 

  

	 	(a)	because Telecom is providing both the EUBA service or BUBA service and the active analogue telephone service to the same party (i.e. both to itself or both to a Service
Provider) part of the Delivery Process for the unbundled bitstream access service (for example, the investigation of faults) overlaps with, and cannot practicably be separated from, the Delivery Process for the active analogue telephone service
(which will not meet the EOI standard) and as a result the process used is different from the EOI Delivery Process for the unbundled bitstream access service; and 

 

	 	(b)	the differences from the EOI Delivery Process for the unbundled bitstream access service are of a minor nature and do not materially impact on the quality of the
unbundled bitstream access service; 

  

	17.9	Within 6 months of the application of the EOI standard to BUBA with POTS and EUBA with POTS, Telecom will complete an audit of the Delivery Process for these services
in order to identify the specific circumstances where there is a delivery process overlap as described in paragraph 17.8(a) above and make this transparent to the IOG, the Commission and Service Providers. 

  
 134

 Consent Delays 

 

	17.10	If, despite the exercise of reasonable diligence by Telecom, an application (or series of applications) for approvals or other consents required by law to undertake the
cabinet development, fibre roll out and associated work required to meet a EUBA Coverage Milestone in the PSTN migration plan is declined or granted subject to conditions (“Consent Problem”), and, despite Telecom having taken reasonable
steps to mitigate the effects of that Consent Problem, the Consent Problem will materially delay or has materially delayed Telecom’s overall ability to meet that EUBA Coverage Milestone then: 

 

	 	(a)	as soon as practicable, but no later than 20 Working Days before the date on which the EUBA Coverage Milestone is due to be met, Telecom may request the Commission to
extend the date by which Telecom will be required to meet that EUBA Coverage Milestone by the period of that delay or such other period as the Commission thinks is reasonable in the circumstances; and 

 

	 	(b)	subject to paragraphs 17.11 and 17.18, the Commission may grant such an extension if it considers the extension to be appropriate. 

 

	17.11	The Commission is not required to consider a request from Telecom to extend the date by which Telecom will be required to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone as a result of
a Consent Problem in accordance with paragraph 17.10 unless, at the time Telecom makes a request under paragraph 17.10(a) or as soon as reasonably practicable after: 

 

	 	(a)	Telecom consults with the Commission regarding the details of and reasons for the Consent Problem, the steps being taken by Telecom to mitigate the effects of that
Consent Problem, the delay that will be caused or the delay already caused by the Consent Problem and the milestone due date extension proposed by Telecom; and 

 

	 	(b)	Telecom provides the Commission with a report from an independent expert (whose appointment was agreed to by the Commission) on whether or not, in his or her opinion:

  

	 	(i)	the Consent Problem has occurred; 

  

	 	(ii)	Telecom exercised reasonable diligence to prevent the Consent Problem occurring; 

 

	 	(iii)	Telecom has taken reasonable steps to mitigate the effects of the Consent Problem; 

 

	 	(iv)	Telecom’s overall ability to meet the EUBA Coverage Milestone will be or has been materially delayed as a result of the Consent Problem; and

  

	 	(v)	the extension to the due date for the EUBA Coverage Milestone proposed by Telecom is appropriate in the circumstances. 

  
 135

	17.12	Telecom will provide the Commission with any other information that the Commission reasonably requires to consider Telecom’s request for an extension under clause
17.10. 

  

	17.13	If the Commission extends the date by which Telecom is required to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone, then Telecom will publish a revised PSTN migration plan that
includes the new due date for the EUBA Coverage Milestone on its Internet website. 

 New Cabinetisation
Requirements 
  

	17.14	If the Commission issues a determination in relation to the unbundled copper local loop Designated Access Service after the Approval Date and that determination
requires Telecom to provide Service Providers with access to Telecom’s distribution cabinets in a new manner or in accordance with a new process (“New Cabinetisation Requirements”) and, despite Telecom having taken reasonable steps to
mitigate the effects of those requirements this will materially delay or has materially delayed Telecom’s overall ability to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone in the PSTN migration plan then: 

 

	 	(a)	as soon as practicable, but no later than 20 Working Days before the date on which the EUBA Coverage Milestone is due to be met, Telecom may request the Commission to
extend the date by which Telecom will be required to meet that EUBA Coverage Milestone by the period of that delay or such other period as the Commission thinks is reasonable in the circumstances; and 

 

	 	(b)	Subject to paragraphs 17.15 and 17.18, the Commission may grant such an extension if it considers the extension to be appropriate. 

 

	17.15	The Commission is not required to consider a request from Telecom to extend the date by which Telecom will be required to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone as a result of
New Cabinetisation Requirements in accordance with paragraph 17.14 unless; 

  

	 	(a)	where the Commission has provided Telecom with adequate opportunity to comment on the New Cabinetisation Requirements of the determination before issuing the
determination, Telecom has advised the Commission of the impact of the requirements prior to the determination being issued; 

  

	 	(b)	at the time Telecom makes a request under paragraph 17.14(a) or as soon as reasonably practicable after Telecom consults with the Commission regarding the details of
the delay that will be caused or the delay already caused by the New Cabinetisation Requirements and the milestone due date extension proposed by Telecom; and 

  
 136

	 	(c)	at the time Telecom makes a request under paragraph 17.14(a) or as soon as reasonably practicable after Telecom provides the Commission with a report from an
independent expert (whose appointment was agreed to by the Commission) on whether or not, in his or her opinion: 

  

	 	(i)	Telecom has taken reasonable steps to mitigate the effects of the New Cabinetisation Requirements; 

 

	 	(ii)	Telecom’s overall ability to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone will be or has been materially delayed as a result of the New Cabinetisation Requirements; and

  

	 	(iii)	the extension to the due date for the EUBA Coverage Milestone proposed by Telecom is appropriate in the circumstances. 

 

	17.16	Telecom will provide the Commission with any other information that the Commission reasonably requires to consider Telecom’s request for an extension under clause
17.14. 

  

	17.17	If the Commission extends the date by which Telecom will be required to meet an EUBA Coverage Milestone, then Telecom will publish a revised PSTN migration plan that
includes the new due date for the EUBA Coverage Milestone on its Internet website. 

  

	17.18	The date by which an Enforceable milestone in the PSTN migration plan has to be achieved cannot be extended by the Commission under paragraphs 17.10 or 17.14 (whether
as the result of one or more Consent Problems or a combination of Consent Problems and New Cabinetisation Requirements) by more than 12 months from the original date set out in these Undertakings. 

 

	17.19	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in paragraphs 17.10 to 17.16 above limit the operation of clause 95 in the main body of these Undertakings.

  

	17.20	For the avoidance of doubt nothing in paragraphs 17.10 to 17.16 above allows Telecom to request any change to any milestone in the PSTN migration plan that is not an
EUBA Coverage Milestone. 

 Resale Services 

 

	17.21	In relation to Resale Services that are Relevant Wholesale Services, the Wholesale Unit will: 

 

	 	(a)	provide a process for Service Providers to raise issues regarding the application of the Resale Equivalence standard to the services; 

 

	 	(b)	discuss any issues raised with the relevant Service Provider, to fully understand the nature of the issue and its impact; 

 

	 	(c)	where the issue identifies a failure to meet the Resale Equivalence standard, within 20 working days put in place a plan to remedy that failure and provide details of
that plan to the relevant Service Provider; and 

  
 137

	 	(d)	report all issues raised, and the resolution of the issues, to the IOG. 

  

	 	(e)	For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in paragraph 17.21 limits the obligations of the Wholesale Unit to supply Resale Services at the Resale Equivalence standard in
accordance with clause 48 in the main body of these Undertakings. 

  
 138

 SCHEDULE 1 – TRANSITION TO EQUIVALENCE 

PART B: NON-BINDING EXPLANATION 
  

	18	INTRODUCTION  

  

	18.1	This part first provides an explanation of the 12 EOI “building blocks” that Telecom must complete to transition Relevant Services to the EOI standard. These
building blocks refer to capabilities and functionalities that will be familiar to industry participants. The explanation in this part is intended to give a lay reader a high level understanding of the comprehensive changes Telecom will be making
over the next four years, and how some of the key tracking and Enforceable milestones will be measured. 

  

	18.2	This is followed by sections that give a commercial context to some of the migration plans in Part A. Not all migration plans are discussed, as for some the timetable
is self explanatory. However for others there is an important commercial context influencing the way the migration plan has been structured, and this is discussed below. 

 

	18.3	Finally, to address some queries raised during the consultation phase, additional explanation is given regarding the roll-out of the Ethernet platform and the plans for
the eventual decommissioning of the legacy ATM network platform. 

  

	18.4	This Part B is not binding on Telecom. 

  

	19	EOI BUILDING BLOCKS  

  

	19.1	To explain the scale of the task over the next four years to achieve EOI for those Relevant Services that Telecom is required to provide to the EOI standard, and to
give transparency to what drives the timetable in each migration plan, Telecom has identified (using industry definitions) 12 foundation capabilities (the “building blocks”). Telecom needs to complete and integrate these building blocks
over the next four years to meet the separation and equivalence requirements in the Undertakings. 

  
 139

	19.2	The 12 EOI “building blocks” are illustrated below: 

 

 
  

	19.3	To complete each of the 12 building blocks requires substantially new systems in one or more Telecom Business Units. This is because the systems need to execute some
functions that were not required in the old ‘vertically integrated’ Telecom model, or the existing systems cannot be adapted to meet the new Undertakings requirements. 

 

	19.4	The Wholesale Unit can use mainly enhanced existing systems to complete the building blocks that are required to meet the December 2009 Requirements and 2010
Requirements. For the Wholesale Relevant Services that are moving to EOI, most of these enhanced existing systems will be replaced when the Wholesale Unit moves to the FMO Environment and completes the building blocks that form part of the Core FMO
Capability Requirements. 

  

	19.5	A summary of each of the 12 building blocks, why each building block is required, and what is required to complete and integrate them, is set out below.

 Building Blocks that form part of the milestones in Part A 

 

	19.6	The milestones set out in Part A refer to eight of the building blocks. In addition, there are 4 other building blocks that Telecom must complete to meet the EOI
standard by 2011. 

  
 140

 Product Management 

Overview 
  

	19.7	Under operational separation Telecom needs to be able to build services, and service components, that can be used by both Service Providers and Telecom Business Units,
and that can be adapted to meet specific Service Provider and Telecom Business Unit requirements without having to rebuild the entire end-to-end product. 

  

	19.8	Also, product information relating to existing and future Relevant Services that the ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit supply must be shared with other Telecom Business Units
and Service Providers on an equivalent basis. To this end: 

  

	 	(a)	product catalogues for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit will be the definitive public domain sources for current information regarding the Relevant Services offered
by those units for both other Telecom Business Units and Service Providers; 

  

	 	(b)	future Relevant Service developments for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit are captured in the two types of product roadmap: a preliminary version used for the basis
of consultation (Product Plan of Intent) and a committed version upon which other Telecom Business Units and Service Providers can base their own product roadmaps (Product Plan of Record). 

Interdependencies 
  

	19.9	The Product Management EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for each Relevant Service that must meet the EOI standard
to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only), the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

 

	19.10	The Product Management building block must be completed in order for Service Providers and Telecom Business Units to select Relevant Services and place orders from an
online product catalogue. Therefore, interdependency exists between the Product Management, Channels and Order Management EOI building blocks. 

  

	19.11	If some of the systems that will underpin the Product Management EOI building block are not completed on time, it may be possible to put in place ‘manual
work-arounds’ that allow the relevant Telecom Business Unit to still meet the December 2009 Requirements and the EOI standard. 

  

	19.12	The primary impact on Service Providers and Telecom Business Units of such a delay/scope reduction is likely to be lower functionality to search for service
information, reduced ability to offer commercial service variants and reduced ability to build bespoke offers to meet Service Providers’ and Telecom Business Units’ needs. 

  
 141

	19.13	Such a manual work-around would not result in a lower level of equivalence, although there would be some impact on the service experience for all customers.

 Channels: B2B Gateway and Online Portal 

Overview 
  

	19.14	The B2B Gateway and Online Portal will provide the ability for Service Providers, the Wholesale Unit (where applicable) and Retail Units to efficiently transact with
the Telecom Business Unit that is supplying the Relevant Service using the same interface standards. 

  

	19.15	The capability for Service Providers to transact with the Wholesale Unit (for certain services) is currently provided through the Online Order and Tracking system
(OO&T). While this system can be used to accommodate the initial additional volumes that the Retail Units are likely to process through the Wholesale Unit for Relevant Wholesale Services, it will not scale to meet post “base migration”
retail volumes and will not deliver the improved customer experience Service Providers and Telecom Business Units are seeking. Therefore it needs to be replaced. The Wholesale Unit will initially use mainly enhanced existing systems (including
OO&T) to complete this building block. New channel systems will be used by the Wholesale Unit when it meets the Core FMO Capability Requirements. 

 Interdependencies 
  

	19.16	The Channels EOI building block provides the interface with Service Providers and Telecom Business Units, so must be in place for capabilities such as ability to order,
raise faults or view reports to be presented to Service Providers or Telecom Business Units. 

  

	19.17	As such, the Channels EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services that must be provided to the EOI
standard to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only), the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

Customer Information Management (CIM) 
 Overview 
  

	19.18	The ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit and Retail Units require ready access to key information regarding their customers. This includes organisational details for automated
processes, and contact information for sales and account management activities. 

  

	19.19	Critically, each business unit must be able to manage its customers independently in accordance with the information sharing restrictions in the Undertakings.

  
 142

	19.20	To provide a robust solution for the information sharing restrictions and the EOI requirements of the Undertakings Telecom needs to: 

 

	 	(a)	design, build and implement a segmented Customer Information Management EOI building block database environment for the Retail Units, Wholesale Unit and ANS Unit;

  

	 	(b)	implement identity management in the Customer Information Management EOI building block and create an identity administration portal with role based security access;

  

	 	(c)	integrate the Customer Information Management EOI building block with the B2B Gateway, Online Portal and various other systems. 

Interdependencies 
  

	19.21	The Customer Information Management EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services that must be
provided to the EOI standard to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only), the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

Workforce Management  
 Overview 
  

	19.22	The ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit, Retail Units and Service Providers need to be able to enquire, monitor and be notified of completion of work in relation to a particular
Relevant Service. 

  

	19.23	The ANS Unit will be responsible for a consolidated Workforce Management capability. Users of the workforce services will be able to view the workforce schedules and
book service personnel via EOI interfaces (B2B Gateway and Self Service Portal). 

  

	19.24	A new capability platform and significant process redesign is required to deliver equivalent access to workforce services for both Telecom Business Units and Service
Providers. 

 Interdependencies 

 

	19.25	The Workforce Management EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for Relevant Services that must meet the EOI standard to
meet that EOI standard. 

  

	19.26	Workforce Management is tightly linked to three other EOI building blocks: Service Management, Inventory Management and Order Management. Only when all of these
building blocks have been completed and integrated can the EOI standard be reached. 

  
 143

	19.27	The integration activity across these 4 building blocks will provide an increased level of automation and efficiency and deal with any residual non-equivalence issues
across the back office functions in relation to Relevant Services that must meet the EOI standard. 

Inventory Management  
 Overview 
  

	19.28	Telecom inventory is currently managed using more than 20 different systems – a situation that has evolved over the last 15 years as Telecom has responded
incrementally to new business needs. 

  

	19.29	In contrast, to meet the operational separation commitments, Telecom will need to hold the inventory data on a set of consolidated platforms with secured access by user
group. 

  

	19.30	Telecom needs to transition existing platforms and design, build and implement new Inventory Management capabilities, and integrate these platforms with the Service
Management, Order Management and Workforce Management EOI building blocks. 

  

	19.31	Once the new Inventory Management EOI building block is complete, the existing data, which is held on the various systems in a variety of formats, must be copied over
to the new platform. Completing this building block, integrating this with other building blocks and copying over the existing data while offering continuous service to Telecom Business Units, Service Providers and end-customers is a significant
task, and one of the major dependencies for achievement of the EOI standard by 31 December 2011. 

Interdependencies 
  

	19.32	The Order Management processes rely on an accurate network inventory. 

  

	19.33	The Service Management processes require accurate inventory to be able to diagnose faults and relate network events to individual services and the customers affected.

  

	19.34	The Workforce Management processes rely on accurate inventory information to dispatch appropriately skilled and equipped staff to correctly fulfil orders or resolve
faults. 

  

	19.35	The Supply Chain and Logistics processes need to assign existing, and order additional, inventory in order to manage the service experienced by customers, meet market
demand and the cost effective build out of the network. 

  

	19.36	As such, the Inventory Management EOI building block must be completed, and integration completed with other building blocks (as outlined above) for the Wholesale Unit
to meet the 2010 Requirements and the Core FMO Capability Requirements and the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit to meet the EOI standard. 

  
 144

 Order Management (Sales and Service Order Management) 

 Overview 
  

	19.37	Separation into the ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit and Retail Units requires disconnection of the activities involved in Order Management into two different components:

  

	 	(a)	the Sales Order Management component that relates to the ‘front office’ functions including (but not limited to) capturing customer data and configuring the
offer/proposal/quote to the Telecom Business Unit or Service Provider, and end-customer in question; 

  

	 	(b)	the Service Order Management component that relates to the ‘back office’ functions including (but not limited to) order decomposition, pre-qualification and
hand-off to relevant provisioning systems, jeopardy management and exception handling. 

  

	19.38	Sales Order Management will differ significantly between the different Telecom Business Units, as it must reflect the different customer types and relationships.
Current systems cannot be adopted to meet these different requirements. 

  

	19.39	Similarly, the current Service Order Management capability is also completed by systems that cannot be separated to enable equivalent and secure access by Service
Providers. 

  

	19.40	As a result, Telecom needs to design, build and implement new Sales and Service Order Management capabilities. This requires migration of customer, product and
databases from legacy systems to the new systems, and extensive integration of new systems. 

Interdependencies – Sales Order Management 
  

	19.41	The Order Management (Sales Order Management Component Only) EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for Relevant Services
that must meet the EOI standard to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only), the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

 

	19.42	Further, the Sales Order Management component must be completed for the Order Management Service Order Management component functionality to be fully enabled (which has
further downstream dependencies, as outlined below). 

 Interdependencies – Service Order Management

  

	19.43	The Order Management (Service Order Management Component Only) EOI building block must be completed for the Wholesale Unit to meet the 2010 Requirements and the Core
FMO Capability Requirements for the Relevant Services that must meet the EOI standard and the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services that must meet the EOI standard to meet the EOI standard. 

  
 145

	19.44	This component is closely linked to the Billing, Workforce Management, Supply Chain & Logistics and Inventory Management EOI building blocks. As such, none of
these other building blocks will be able to carry out their full intended functions unless the Service Order Management component has been completed. 

 Service Management  
 Overview

  

	19.45	Telecom’s commitment to an outstanding customer experience and compliance with the Commission’s regulated service level terms means a significant investment
in its Service Management capability. This will involve linking Telecom’s service and support systems with those of Service Providers, the ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit and Retail Units for the day-to-day management of customer experience and
service obligations. 

  

	19.46	The purpose of the Service Management EOI building block is to ensure that agreed service levels are met for all Relevant Services provided and, where faults occur,
that Service Providers and Telecom Business Units have equal visibility of information and can deal with faults in the same manner. 

  

	19.47	This building block provides an “end to end” view of a Relevant Service, and includes all functions, processes, resources and information necessary for the
management and operation of that service, and is considered as 3 components: 

  

	 	(a)	Service Desk is the front office component of Service Management. This will be completed separately for each of the ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units.
This allows each units’ respective customers to raise, track and escalate trouble tickets (in response to faults); 

  

	 	(b)	Fault Resolution is a back-office component of Service Management, and provides the processes for prioritisation and scheduling of fault resolution activities;

  

	 	(c)	SLA & Performance Management is also a back office component of Service Management. This provides the proactive management of network capacity and ensures that
service availability and performance are aligned to defined SLAs. 

 Interdependencies – Service Desk

  

	19.48	The Service Management (Service Desk Component Only) EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services
that must be provided to the EOI standard to meet the December 2009 Requirements, the 2010 Requirements, the Core FMO Capability Requirements (for the Wholesale Unit only) and the EOI standard. 

  
 146

 Interdependencies – SLA & Performance Management and Fault Resolution

  

	19.49	As both SLA & Performance Management and Fault Resolution components interface with similar back-end systems, the interdependencies are described together.

  

	19.50	Both the SLA & Performance Management and Fault Resolution components must be for completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit to meet the EOI standard.

  

	19.51	The systems defined by these components will need to be integrated with the necessary supporting EOI building block capabilities such as Inventory Management, Supply
Chain and Logistics, Workforce Management, Order Management and Customer Information Management. 

Billing Management  
 Overview 
  

	19.52	Telecom needs the ability to calculate and present for payment a range of usage-based, one-off and re-occurring billing functions to its customers.

  

	19.53	To implement the operational separation requirements, the billing functions need to be extended to support billing capabilities for the Retail Units, the Wholesale Unit
and the ANS Unit that enable reconciliation of orders and invoices for those different business units. 

Interdependencies 
  

	19.54	New or revised billing capabilities are planned for all Telecom Business Units. Replacing billing platforms requires integration with a number of other EOI building
block capabilities such as Inventory Management, Order Management, and Channels, along with the migration of existing customer databases on to new platforms. 

 

	19.55	The Billing Management EOI building block must be completed for the ANS Unit and the Wholesale Unit in order for the Relevant Services that must be provided on an EOI
basis to meet the EOI standard. 

 Additional Building Blocks 

 

	19.56	In addition to the building blocks that form part of the milestones in Part A, Telecom must complete the following 4 other building blocks in order to be able to meet
the EOI standard. 

 Sales Management  

Overview 
  

	19.57	In the context of meeting the EOI standard, Sales Management is required to enable the separate Telecom Business Units to maintain individual relationships with
customers, including providing information about products, systems and operational changes, account management activities around processing orders, invoices and reconciliation, service escalation and rebates and payments. 

  
 147

	19.58	The nature of the sales interactions differ between the ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit and Retail Units, and as such require different technologies to meet the individual
business unit requirements. 

 Interdependencies 

 

	19.59	The Sales Management EOI Building block is tightly linked with the Customer Information Management EOI Building block. The Sales Management EOI Building Block will be
vital in ensuring the currency and completeness of data contained within the Customer Information Management systems. Although the Sales Management EOI Building Block is not a pre-requisite for meeting the December 2009 Requirements, it is
Telecom’s intent that this be delivered in advance of this date for operational efficiency and customer experience reasons. 

 Supply Chain and Logistics  
 Overview

  

	19.60	The ANS Unit, Wholesale Unit and Retail Units need to be able to manage the supply of physical stock items (e.g. home gateways, mobile phones, accessories, CPE, network
components). 

  

	19.61	Although these Supply Chain functions are not directly related to Relevant Services, they do support EOI and separation by enabling Telecom Business Units to adhere to
internal trading arrangements around stock and logistics. 

 Interdependencies 

 

	19.62	As outlined earlier, the Supply Chain and Logistics EOI building block is tightly linked with a number of other building blocks that fulfil back office functions, most
notably Inventory Management. 

  

	19.63	This building block must be integrated with the Inventory Management, Service Management and Workforce Management EOI building blocks to meet the EOI standard.

 Enterprise Management  

Overview 
  

	19.64	Enterprise Management capability supports both transaction and asset management, which Telecom needs to implement to meet the requirements of the Undertakings. This
requires enhancement of Telecom’s core financial system and the supporting financial and organisational systems. 

 Interdependencies 
  

	19.65	The Enterprise Management EOI Building Block predominantly stands alone, although it will draw inputs from the Customer Information Management, Billing Management EOI
Building Blocks. 

  
 148

 Business Intelligence and Reporting 

Overview 
  

	19.66	Separation, and enabling Telecom Business Units to act at arm’s-length in respect of Relevant Services in accordance with the Undertakings, requires enhancement of
Business Intelligence and Reporting systems. 

  

	19.67	Operational separation increases the reporting obligations on Telecom. The ANS Unit, the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units need to report separately in certain
instances and more extensively than current systems allow. As a result, Telecom needs to implement a new business intelligence capability. 

 Interdependencies 
  

	19.68	The Business Intelligence and Reporting EOI building block will require a number of inputs from other building blocks to perform its intended functions: predominantly
(but not limited to) Service Management, Billing Management, Customer Information Management EOI building blocks. 

  

	20	BUBA AND EUBA MIGRATION PLAN  

  

	20.1	BUBA and EUBA are wholesale services that allow Service Providers and the Retail Units to build and sell retail broadband products. BUBA and EUBA services are supplied
by the Wholesale Unit. 

  

	20.2	The BUBA without POTS and EUBA without POTS services will allow Service Providers and Retail Units to offer a broadband service to an end-customer without an analogue
telephony service on the same access line. 

  

	20.3	In addition, the Wholesale Unit will offer BUBA with POTS and EUBA with POTS services, which allow Service Providers and the Retail Units to offer broadband services as
a bundle with an analogue telephony service, delivered over the same access line. 

  

	20.4	The BUBA and the EUBA services differ in that the EUBA services allow the Service Provider or the Retail Units to also offer services based on a defined
“realtime” class of service performance. 

  

	20.5	BUBA services are delivered over two separate infrastructures: ATM and Ethernet. BUBA (Over Ethernet) is currently being rolled out over new Ethernet based DSLAMs
(ISAMs), whereas BUBA (Over ATM) is based on older ATM based DSLAMs (ASAMs). BUBA (Over ATM) will be replaced over time as this equipment reaches end of life. Importantly, however, both BUBA (Over Ethernet) and BUBA (Over ATM) will meet the same
equivalence standards at the three key equivalence milestones (2009, 2010 and 2011). 

  
 149

	20.6	From 31 December 2009, the Retail Units will consume BUBA and/or EUBA in the delivery of Retail Broadband Services provided to new customers (except where
extenuating circumstances apply). To do this the Retail Units need to develop: 

  

	 	(a)	the network technology associated with a retail ISP (such as authentication and traffic management), with appropriate interfaces to the Wholesale Unit BUBA or EUBA
input service; 

  

	 	(b)	the sales order and service management capabilities to order, provision and pass faults across to the Wholesale Unit via the B2B Gateway provided as part of the
December 2009 Requirements; and 

  

	 	(c)	the billing and payment management capability to make payments to the Wholesale Unit for BUBA and EUBA inputs and bill end-customers. 

 

	20.7	This is a significant re-engineering of the business of the Retail Units. 

  

	20.8	The migration of the Retail Units’ existing broadband customer base to a new service based on the BUBA and/or EUBA inputs is a separate, and complex task. The
migration will be done in two phases, to meet two milestones. 

  

	20.9	The first milestone is 90% of the Retail Broadband Services customers (existing as at 31 December 2009) migrated by 31 December 2010. For this part of the
customer base, it is possible to migrate the service taken by the customer to BUBA and/or EUBA without needing to contact or involve the customer. This is not without complications, however. The circumstances of customers will differ, and Telecom
will need to map each customer scenario and settle the way in which migration will be done. 

  

	20.10	Clearly, the most important objective is to minimise the impact on customers. For this reason, this phase of the migration will be completed in a series of stages. For
each customer scenario the migration will be piloted with selected Telecom staff and issues resolved. The pilot will then be extended to selected customers, and again any unforeseen issues will be resolved. Migration is then implemented in a series
of small batches of customers until all the customers for that migration scenario have been migrated to a service using the BUBA or EUBA input. This will be repeated for each customer scenario over the course of 2010 until 90% of the Retail
Units’ broadband customers have been migrated. 

  

	20.11	The second milestone is migration of the remaining 10% of the Retail Units’ Retail Broadband Services customers by 31 December 2011. For these remaining
customers (approximately 70,000 in number) Telecom has yet to determine a migration approach that does not impact on customers. Each migration may require a technician to contact the customer and reconfigure the existing modem (either over the phone
or at the home) or exchange the existing modem for a new modem. This second migration will affect some customers, and Telecom needs to take all practical mitigation steps to minimise any disruption this may cause. Clearly this will be a time and
resource intensive exercise. 

  
 150

	21	HSNS, UNS (OVER ETHERNET) AND UPC  

  

	21.1	HSNS, UNS and UPC are intermediate input services that allow Service Providers and the Retail Units to build and offer business-grade data services. While not required
to do so by the terms of the Minister’s determination, Telecom will provide HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet) and UPC services to the EOI standard in accordance with the migration plan in Part A of this Schedule. 

 

	21.2	These services constitute a comprehensive suite of business grade intermediate data tails over both fibre and copper. Using these services, Service Providers and the
Retail Units can build their own Wide Area Network (WAN) and Point-to-Point data services. Future Retail Unit WAN and Point-to-Point data services will consume these inputs. 

HSNS 
  

	21.3	HSNS is a commercial fibre access based intermediate input service provided by the Wholesale Unit to Service Providers and the Retail Units. 

UNS and UPC 
  

	21.4	UNS and UPC are both commercial copper access based intermediate input services provided by the Wholesale Unit to Service Providers and the Retail Units.

  

	21.5	UNS and UPC differ in respect to access technology. UNS is a DSL service, whereas UPC is based on Frame Relay. 

UNS 
  

	21.6	UNS will be offered in two variants. Telecom currently provides UNS based on ATM based infrastructure (referred to as UNS (Over ATM)). A replacement UNS service is
being rolled out over new Ethernet based infrastructure and is referred to as UNS (Over Ethernet). 

  

	21.7	UNS (Over ATM) is a legacy service that will not meet the EOI standard. Instead, from 31 December 2009 it will no longer be offered to new customers and will be
withdrawn from service by 31 December 2011. As Telecom rolls out UNS (Over Ethernet), customers will be migrated from UNS (Over ATM) to UNS (Over Ethernet). UNS (Over Ethernet) will be supplied in accordance with the December 2009 Requirements
by 30 September 2009, the 2010 Requirements by December 2010, the Core FMO Capability Requirements by 31 December 2010, and to the EOI standard by 31 December 2011. 

 

	21.8	Telecom considers UNS (Over Ethernet) to be a superior offer for Service Providers to UNS (Over ATM) as it generally offers higher bandwidth and allows Service
Providers to use the same network interface for both HSNS and UNS, so has lower operating cost for Service Providers. For these reasons, Telecom has made a commercial decision to withdraw UNS (over ATM) and anticipates the migration from UNS (ATM)
to UNS (Ethernet) (and therefore to an EOI service) will be driven by customer demand, and be complete by 31 December 2011. 

  
 151

 UPC 
  

	21.9	UPC will continue to fulfil a particular geographic niche beyond 2011, offering the input service needed for copper based business data services outside of the UNS
(Over Ethernet) footprint. Although volumes will remain low (there are currently under 2000 tails), this requirement will persist because some business end-customers (particularly those in rural areas) receive managed data services over long copper
local loops. Frame Relay is better suited to carrying data over long copper loops, and this service should not be withdrawn before a suitable (and cost effective) alternative is rolled out. 

 

	21.10	As volumes and most importantly, the moves, adds and changes (MACs), for UPC are low, Telecom is able to develop processes that allow it to ultimately meet the EOI
standard. It is this combination of long on-going life, low volumes and viability of a manual process that allows Telecom to make an exception in providing this legacy service at the EOI standard. 

 

	22	ROLL OUT OF ETHERNET PLATFORM  

  

	22.1	This section provides additional explanation regarding Telecom’s intention to extend the footprint of its Ethernet based infrastructure and migrate services off
the ATM based infrastructure. 

  

	22.2	ATM is the basis of Telecom’s legacy data transport network and is the basis of Telecom’s earlier DSL technologies. Telecom currently offers a range of
ATM-based services across this network, although these services will be replaced by Ethernet-based services over time as the NGN is rolled-out and customers migrated. Similarly, new DSL equipment which is Ethernet-based is being deployed to support
new services and higher bandwidths. 

  

	22.3	Generally speaking, the business cases for Service Providers to migrate from ATM to Ethernet-based services are compelling, as the Ethernet-based products often offer
higher performance and the Ethernet-based equipment is both far cheaper than the corresponding ATM equipment and can be used for multiple Ethernet-based services (e.g. the same Ethernet handover links can be used by Service Providers for EUBA, UNS
(Over Ethernet) and HSNS). 

  

	22.4	The migration business case is perhaps even more compelling for Telecom, as the Ethernet footprint will extend to cover over 80% of the New Zealand population by the
end of 2011. Continued expansion of the UNS (Over Ethernet) footprint will ultimately allow Telecom to drive cost and complexity out of its business by decommissioning the ATM core. As the ATM core network is decommissioned, all ATM-based services
will be withdrawn. 

  

	22.5	It is in Telecom’s interests for customers to migrate to NGN services such that it can close down (and therefore remove the cost and complexity of managing) legacy
data platforms (e.g. the ATM and DSTN platform). 

  
 152

	22.6	However, there are some customer requirements that cannot be met by NGN services, due to either footprint or functionality. This situation clearly needs to be resolved
before legacy data platforms can be closed. 

  

	22.7	UPC, which is an ATM-based service, is currently used to serve customers in outlying areas. The access technology for UPC is often Frame Relay over copper lines, served
by equipment located in Telecom exchange buildings. Although DSLAMs may be present in the same exchanges, it may be the case that customers’ needs are best met through UPC as (in simplistic terms) Frame Relay is a better underlying technology
than DSL for offering data services over long copper loops. 

  

	22.8	In order to decommission the ATM network, these UPC tails will ultimately need to be replaced. There are potential technology options to this problem today (e.g.
cabinetisation to shorten the long loops). However, at the time when the business case for the decommissioning of the ATM is considered there may be others that offer better customer outcomes and/or are more economic. As such, no specific
undertaking is made at this time as to the approach that will be taken. 

  

	22.9	In cases where existing customer needs cannot be met by NGN services (e.g. because the legacy services are intimately integrated with customers’ business critical
systems) then Telecom will consult customers to set decommissioning plans that give customers the time and support to remove dependency on such products. 

  

	23	PSTN  

  

	23.1	Telecom’s PSTN epitomises the issue raised by legacy services in the move to operational separation and the EOI standard. To convert the PSTN Services so that they
consume EOI inputs would take up a large proportion of Telecom’s skilled technical staff and resources. The effect would be to delay the migration plans for UCLL, BUBA, EUBA and Resale Services as well as the deployment of other next generation
services and infrastructure – to look backward rather than look forward. 

  

	23.2	As an alternative to rebuilding PSTN services Telecom is making comprehensive forward looking commitments at both the wholesale and retail level.

  

	23.3	At the wholesale level, Telecom is committing to making available a voice capable broadband input service to be provided by the Wholesale Unit on an EOI basis on 80% of
Existing PSTN Lines by the end of 2011. Where this Wholesale Unit EOI voice capable broadband input is available, Telecom Retail and all other service providers will be able to use this to provide new retail voice services. 

  
 153

	23.4	While the actual performance of broadband services is determined by a number of factors – including for example factors beyond Telecom’s control such as the
quality of a customer’s house wiring or modem – this roll-out of the Wholesale Unit EUBA or equivalent service will also significantly enhance the performance of the broadband access network within the 80% EUBA coverage area. This area
includes not only the major centres, but the urban areas of towns right across New Zealand, including the townships of places such as Methven, Reefton and Waikouaiti in the South, and Edgecumbe, Ngatea and Foxton Beach in the North.

  

	23.5	At the retail level by the end of 2009, Telecom will have developed, tested and launched a Retail Unit primary line voice service that consumes EOI inputs (either EUBA
without POTS or an equivalent input). Telecom then commits to a series of aggressive customer migration targets. 

  

	23.6	A central challenge for Telecom is that complete migration off the PSTN requires changes by other Service Providers as well as changes by Telecom. For this reason the
first two customer migration targets relate to Telecom’s retail customer base in 2010 and 2012 

  

	23.7	An important step is Telecom providing a further binding migration plan in 2011 for the period 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2015. This will not only address
the services sold by Retail Units, but also the steps Telecom is taking to facilitate Service Providers purchasing Resale Services to migrate those services off the PSTN Services. 

 

	23.8	In planning for this customer migration, Telecom has two realistic PSTN customer migration options, presenting a trade-off between short term up-take and long term
flexibility and service delivery. 

  

	23.9	The preferred option, and the option Telecom is committed to, is voice over broadband. The central feature of this option is the delivery of voice services over a
broadband access connection, along with other IP-based services. A broadband gateway device is installed in the home to connect the analogue telephone. 

  

	23.10	This approach has a number of major attractions. The single broadband connection supports a much wider range of services than just voice and broadband Internet,
potentially including TV, video-on-demand, remote working, home monitoring and security applications. Changes to services are implemented mainly by installing new software in the network and the customer buying any necessary digital equipment.

  

	23.11	The principal challenges are the need for physical change at the customer’s premises, and the underlying network technology is complex and not yet mature.

  
 154

	23.12	Overall, then, the Voice over Broadband approach: 

  

	 	(a)	will have a lower take up initially, as fewer customers will value the new services sufficiently to make the changes in the home, but this will increase as further
services become available and the complexity decreases; 

  

	 	(b)	is not an appropriate model for forcing a migration of customers, as changes need to happen at the customer’s premises; 

 

	 	(c)	is the preferred model for the longer term, for both customers and Telecom. It increases the range of services that can be delivered, simplifies service delivery, and
increases customer flexibility. 

  

	23.13	The alternative option is PSTN Emulation. The central feature of this option is use of VOIP to emulate a PSTN connection. No change is required in the customer’s
premises, but the analogue connection supported today by the PSTN is converted to VOIP within the network. 

  

	23.14	The clear advantage of this approach is that the physical connection at the customer premises does not change. 

 

	23.15	There are a number of disadvantages, however. This approach significantly complicates service delivery long term, for both broadband and voice services. The range of
voice services currently available to customers (e.g. Smartphone Services) differ or services operate differently (e.g. short dial codes for the configuring the service may differ). Importantly, this configuration would require a new EOI ready
Wholesale Unit input product, and the technology to build such a product is not currently available. 

  

	23.16	This approach also requires two physical ports per customer at the DSLAM (where the analogue connection terminates). This potentially increases capital and operating
costs in managing multiple service delivery models. 

  

	23.17	Telecom’s PSTN customer migration plan is based on the Voice over Broadband Option as the preferred approach based on customer opt-in, but acknowledges this will
not be sufficient to achieve desired rates of customer migration and it will be necessary to also deploy PSTN Emulation and forcibly migrate customers to this. Other options will also be considered, but any option will ultimately be based on an EOI
input service. 

  

	24	ISDN  

  

	24.1	ISDN is a legacy service that supports two business end-services. In the vast majority of cases, ISDN is used to provide connectivity between PBX (Public Branch
Exchange) equipment that sits on a customer’s premises and the Telecom PSTN network. In addition, ISDN is used to provide connectivity for video conferencing solutions. 

  
 155

	24.2	Telecom has limited spare ISDN capacity and has been focused for some time on addressing this situation by developing an IP trunking product (IP Enterprise Connect, or
IPEC) which will consume wholesale inputs (such as HSNS, UNS or UPC). 

  

	24.3	The technical capability and feasibility pilot of IPEC is planned for December 2008, and a series of commitments around the availability of this service and the
consumption of equivalence based inputs in the provision of the service are set out in the migration plan in Part A of this Schedule. 

  

	24.4	While it is in Telecom’s interests to migrate customers to IPEC as it becomes available, Telecom does not plan to force ISDN Services customers to migrate off
these services. Rather, the pace of the migration will be dictated by customers. 

  

	24.5	The key reason why Telecom is not forcing migration on customers is that many business customers have significant investment in PBX equipment that is completely
dependent on the current ISDN standard and functionality. 

  

	24.6	While many of the new PBXs launched to the market in the last two or three years can be upgraded to run an IP trunk interface, the majority of PBX users today (Telecom
estimates up to 70% of the market) have equipment that cannot be upgraded. 

  

	24.7	Further, while most of the newer PBXs can theoretically be upgraded to run an IP trunk interface, experience from overseas is that there are significant challenges in
preserving all of the end-customer features when migrating to an IP trunk. This has been most in evidence when different types of equipment from multiple vendors are involved (as different protocols or interpretations of standards have been
variously employed). As such, some customers with even the new PBXs will be reluctant to migrate. 

  

	24.8	Similarly, newer video conferencing equipment is IP-based, and does not require ISDN connectivity, so this already niche demand will further diminish over time.
However, a forced migration off ISDN would render existing (and costly) video conferencing equipment immediately obsolete. 

  

	24.9	Given PBXs have an average product life of seven years, and video conferencing equipment may have similar or longer product life, Telecom anticipates that it will take
up to 13 years to fully migrate the customer base. 

  

	25	ONE OFFICE  

  

	25.1	Unlike the Retail Broadband Services it is not feasible to re-engineer One Office to consume Wholesale Unit EOI inputs. 

  
 156

	25.2	One Office Services are complex services designed for customers with multiple sites. Each customer site includes a Telecom-owned router that is pre-configured to the
existing versions of One Office Services (well over 10,000 sites in total). 

  

	25.3	In order to re-engineer One Office Services to consume HSNS, UNS and UPC, it would be necessary to cease the service to every single site and replace or reconfigure the
routers manually (at the customer premises) before re-providing the re-engineered One Office Services. This would be very resource intensive and materially disrupt the operations of many of New Zealand’s largest public and private sector
organisations. 

  

	25.4	Instead Telecom is committing to stopping innovation of the One Office Services to new customers by 31 December 2008 and stopping sales to new customers of this
family of services by 31 December 2009. 

  

	25.5	By the same date (30 September 2009), Telecom is also committing to launching a new managed network layer (or “Layer 3”) data service that will be available
to new and existing customers. This service (the “New Data Service”) will consume wholesale HSNS, UNS (Over Ethernet) and UPC equivalence based inputs from its inception. Where possible, the New Data Service will be built using HSNS or UNS
(Over Ethernet) inputs. In areas where HSNS and UNS (Over Ethernet) are not available, the New Data Service will be built using UPC. Over time and as technology develops, other wholesale inputs provided on an equivalent basis may be used.

  

	25.6	To demonstrate commitment to developing the New Data Service in such a way that it is fit-for-purpose and competitive, Telecom is committed to having provided at least
500 data tails by 31 December 2010. 

  

	25.7	Telecom is not proposing to force a migration of customers from the One Office Services. Doing so would risk significant disruption to large proportions of the public
and private sector. 

  

	25.8	Some of New Zealand’s largest businesses and users of telecommunications services are critically dependent on the One Office Services. For example, the banking and
government sectors are heavily reliant on One Office Services. Migration poses significant risks for these customers – any failure would go straight to the integrity of their internal systems, and their ability to operate.

  

	25.9	For this reason migration will require a significant commitment of time and resources from both the customer and Telecom. Migration for the customer is not as simple as
requesting a new service – because the One Office Services is business critical for the customer, the customer must be involved in the development and implementation of the new solution. As the New Data Service will give the customer additional
functionality, terms and service level agreements will also need to be reviewed for each customer. 

  
 157

	25.10	The Wholesale Unit is committed to providing a comprehensive suite of intermediate services that allow Service Providers and the Retail Units to build superior services
to the existing One Office suite. In these competitive markets, customers will have the choice of migrating their services when it makes strategic sense for them to do so, and they will have the choice of a number of credible suppliers.

  

	25.11	As a result of Telecom’s undertakings regarding UNS, HSNS and UPC, One Office Services customers will be able to choose to migrate to enhanced new services and
migrate away from One Office Services in a way that both takes advantage of the new technology, and manages the risks to their business systems. 

  

	26	UCLL CO-LOCATION  

  

	26.1	UCLL Co-Location is a generic service that enables Service Providers and other Telecom Business Units to rent space in exchanges and install the necessary equipment to
use the UCLL service. 

  

	26.2	Telecom has given an assurance to the Telecommunication Carriers Forum that any new Wholesale Unit DSLAMS installed after the date of the UCLL Co-location STD will be
installed in the same rooms in the exchange and under the same terms as for all other Service Providers, and thus be in compliance with the UCLL Co-location STD. The primary steps involved in achieving EOI for UCLL Co-location are:

  

	 	(a)	changing the processes for the ordering of footprint space, billing, and information provision from the ANS Unit so that other Telecom Business Units and Service
Providers are using the same systems and processes for the installation of equipment in the future; 

  

	 	(b)	completing audits of the exchange footprint space that is occupied by the Telecom equipment of other Telecom Business Units that accesses the UCLL or UCLL Backhaul
services; 

  

	 	(c)	the ANS Unit charging other Telecom Business Units for all relevant installed equipment on the same basis as other Service Providers (including charges for power, air
conditioning, and other components of this service set out in the Commission’s Standard Terms Determination). 

  

	26.3	By 30 June 2008, other Telecom Business Units will pay the ANS Unit for UCLL Co-location at all exchanges on the basis of an estimated exchange footprint. Any
financial imbalance arising from differences between the estimated and measured footprint will be addressed retrospectively, when an exchange is audited in accordance with the process outlined below. 

  
 158

	26.4	By 31 December 2008, the EOI standard will apply to all new equipment (that accesses the UCLL or UCLL Backhaul services) that other Telecom Business Units install
at a Telecom local exchange after the Approval Date. 

  

	26.5	In relation to Wholesale Unit and Retail Unit equipment existing at the Approval Date an audit will be progressed on the basis that when a Service Provider is provided
with UCLL Co-location service from a particular exchange an audit of the Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units’ access equipment will be done at the same time. The Wholesale Unit and the Retail Units will therefore start consuming the UCLL
Co-location service to the EOI standard using a measured footprint from that particular exchange at the same time as the first Service Provider. 

  

	27	RESALE  

  

	27.1	Resale is a form of access where a Service Provider takes a wholesale version of a Telecom retail service, and sells it under the Service Provider’s own brand. The
Service Provider is not buying a network input from Telecom, but a complete retail service to resell. 

  

	27.2	These Undertakings set a specific standard for Telecom to meet for resale services, being the Resale Equivalence standard. Telecom has consulted with the industry and
identified the core systems and process improvements that need to be made in order to meet the Resale Equivalence standard. 

  

	27.3	Telecom has committed to make these core improvements in Part A. Some of these changes will be made by 31 December 2008, and the remainder will be made before
31 December 2009. 

  

	27.4	In paragraph 17.15 Telecom has also committed to a process to address any Resale Equivalence issues that arise in the future. 

  
 159

 SCHEDULE 2 – SHARED SERVICES, PART A PERSONS, PART B PERSONS, AND PART C PERSONS 

The contents of this Schedule may be revised from time to time in accordance with clause 92. 

Part 1 

Shared Services 
 Shared
Services means the following teams or functional groups within Telecom, comprising some or all of the teams that supply operational and support services to more than one part of Telecom, without influencing the Commercial Policy of the ANS Unit or
the Wholesale Unit: 
 Shared Capability means the team consisting of skilled technology practitioners who support
business as usual and change programmes utilising in-house staff, occasional direct contractors, and talent from Telecom’s partners and suppliers. In respect of a particular programme of work, Shared Capability is responsible for documenting
detailed requirements of the programme, designing, developing and building technology solutions that deliver the programme requirements, project management and administration, testing and quality auditing, and management of resources. 

Shared Services and Finance means the team responsible for: 

 

	 	(a)	supply chain – including managing the commercial relationships with Telecom’s infrastructure and corporate vendors, and management of network spares;

  

	 	(b)	billing services – including monthly billing of customers, monthly bill payment collection and processing, managing billing disputes, managing systems parameter
tables, current and future billing capability; 

  

	 	(c)	revenue – including ensuring the accuracy and integrity of revenue and related volumes reported in Telecom’s financial systems, development of revenue
assurance strategy and frameworks, ensuring billing integrity, reconciliation processes, and assisting with regulatory and statutory requirements; 

  

	 	(d)	provisioning – including co-ordination of the activation of managed and unmanaged voice and data services to Service Providers and End-Users, including feasibility
assessment for new connections, customer network audits and managed cut-overs for all product types; 

  

	 	(e)	property – including managing all corporate property for Telecom nationally including leases on buildings, power, capital funding to establish new sites, staff
facilities, furniture and physical security, installation of power and data cabling to work stations; 

  
 160

	 	(f)	information resources – including managing Telecom’s information management policy framework and all related standards and guidelines, managing enterprise
information architecture for unstructured information, intranet management, and library services; 

  

	 	(g)	credit and risk – including managing the collection process for Telecom, and minimising Telecom’s exposure to loss through fraud, bankruptcies, receivership
and liquidations; 

  

	 	(h)	shared Financial and Support Services – including supporting provisioning of month-end accounting and financial support services around planning analysis,
performance reporting, purchasing, payments, payroll and Employee expenses; 

 Technology Operations means
the team responsible for IS operations, field services, service delivery, technology services, sales and operations planning, operations strategy, network operations, portfolio management, operational risk services, and service co-ordination. This
includes providing governance and leadership for Telecom’s technology design and operational processes, service design and readiness, service resource management, operation and management of IT assets across Telecom, management of the national
operations centre, maintenance, restoration and build of Telecom’s network; 
 Programme Delivery means the team that
co-ordinates delivery of work programmes, including managing programme delivery and associated processes. 

  
 161

 Part 2 
 Part A Persons, Part B Persons, and Part C Persons 
  

							
	 	  	 PART A
	  	 PART B
	  	 PART C

	 Person or functional group

(including successors)
	  	
Can Participate in Policy of ANS Unit
or Wholesale Unit so long as 
it is in
accordance with clause 89
	  	
Can receive Commercial Information
of ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit so
long as 
it is in accordance with
clause 90
	  	
Can receive Customer Confidential
Information of ANS Unit or
Wholesale Unit so 
long as it is in
accordance with clause 91

				
	Board	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	CEO	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Executive	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Finance	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	 Group Legal Services

(subject to clause 63)
	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	 Group Regulatory

(subject to clause 63)
	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Technology	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	

  
 162

							
	 	  	 PART A
	  	 PART B
	  	 PART C

	 Person or functional group

(including successors)
	  	
Can Participate in Policy of ANS Unit
or Wholesale Unit so long as 
it is in
accordance with clause 89
	  	
Can receive Commercial Information
of ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit so
long as 
it is in accordance with
clause 90
	  	
Can receive Customer Confidential
Information of ANS Unit or
Wholesale Unit so 
long as it is in
accordance with clause 91

				
	Group Strategy and Development	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	
				
	Group Company Secretary Office	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Company Secretary	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Public Affairs	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Group Audit and Risk	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Crisis Management Team	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Shared Services	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	External Auditors	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Human Resources	  		  	Yes	  	

  
 163

							
	 	  	 PART A
	  	 PART B
	  	 PART C

	 Person or functional group

(including successors)
	  	
Can Participate in Policy of ANS Unit
or Wholesale Unit so long as 
it is in
accordance with clause 89
	  	
Can receive Commercial Information
of ANS Unit or Wholesale Unit so
long as 
it is in accordance with
clause 90
	  	
Can receive Customer Confidential
Information of ANS Unit or
Wholesale Unit so 
long as it is in
accordance with clause 91

				
	UIP Office	  		  	Yes	  	
				
	IOG and Support Office	  		  	Yes	  	Yes
				
	Required Telecom Business Unit Compliance Investigators	  		  	Yes	  	Yes

  
 164

 SCHEDULE 3 – TIER SITES 
 The Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 sites referred to in these Undertakings are those Telecom sites that are identified as Tier 1, Tier 2, or Tier 3 in the following tables, using Telecom’s classification
nomenclature. Tier 0 sites are not relevant, and are not included in these tables. 
 The contents of this schedule may be updated to reflect
changes in Telecom’s network from time to time, provided that any such changes are consistent with Telecom’s then current network architecture classification rules and those changes are agreed by Telecom and the Commission in writing.

 Table 1 
 Tier 1 and Tier 2 sites 
  

							
	Region	  	Tier 1	  	Tier 2	  	 
	Auckland Region	  		  		  	
		  		  	KC	  	Kerikeri
		  		  	WR	  	Whangarei
		  	MDR	  		  	Mayoral Drive
		  		  	TBY	  	Torbay
		  	GLF	  		  	Glenfield
		  		  	HSN	  	Henderson
		  		  	MAB	  	Mt Albert
		  		  	RUE	  	Remuera
		  		  	HCK	  	Howick
		  		  	POP	  	Papatoetoe
		  	PAK	  		  	Papakura
		  	HN	  		  	Hamilton
		  	TG	  		  	Tauranga
		  		  	RO	  	Rotorua
	Wellington Region	  		  		  	
		  		  	NU	  	New Plymouth
		  		  	NA	  	Napier
		  		  	PM	  	Palmerston North
		  	LVN	  		  	Levin
		  	WN	  		  	Wellington
		  		  	PRO	  	Porirua
		  		  	NAE	  	Naenae
	South Region	  		  		  	
		  		  	NN	  	Nelson
		  		  	GM	  	Greymouth
		  	CH	  		  	Christchurch
		  	RIC	  		  	Riccarton
		  		  	TU	  	Timaru
		  		  	DN	  	Dunedin
		  		  	IN	  	Invercargill
		  		  	CMW	  	Cromwell

  
 165

 Table 2 
 Tier 3 Sites 
  

	
	Tier 3
	
	Alexandra (AL)
	Amberley (AY)
	Ashburton (AR)
	Balclutha (BL)
	Blenheim (BM)
	Cheviot (CT)
	Coromandel (CL)
	Culverden (CVD)
	Dannevirke (DV)
	Darfield (DRF)
	Dargaville (DRL)
	Fairlie (FK)
	Featherston (FN)
	Franz Josef Glacier (FJG)
	Gisborne (GS)
	Gore (GG)
	Halfmoon Bay (HMB)
	Hastings (HBN)
	Hawera (HW)
	Helensville (HL)
	Hokitika (HK)
	Kaikoura (KK)
	Kaitaia (KTA)
	Kurow (KOW)
	Little River (LRV)
	Lumsden (LMS)
	Masterton (MS)
	Matamata (MAM)
	Mount Maunganui (MMN)
	Motueka (MU)
	Oamaru (OU)
	Ohakune (OKN)
	Pahiatua (PHA)
	Palmerston (PL)
	Paraparaumu (PRM)
	Queenstown (QST)
	Ranfurly (RNF)
	Rangiora (RR)
	Red Beach (RDB)
	Reefton (RN)
	Rolleston (ROL)

  
 166

 St Arnaud (SA) 
 Taihape (TPE) 
 Tairua (TAR) 
 Taumarunui (TMN) 
 Taupo (TPO) 
 Te Anau (TNU) 
 Te Kauwhata (TUW) 
 Te Kuiti (TKT) 
 Temuka (TK) 
 Thames (TH) 
 Tokomaru Bay (TKY) 
 Tuatapere (TTE) 
 Turangi (TGI) 
 Twizel (TWL) 
 Upper Hutt (UP) 
 Waipukurau (WY) 
 Wairoa (WA) 
 Wanaka (WNK) 
 Wanganui (WG) 
 Warkworth (WW) 
 Wellsford (WFD) 
 Westport (WP) 
 Whakatane (WHK) 

  
 167

 SCHEDULE 4 – MANAGER OF THE ANS UNIT’S DELEGATED AUTHORITY 

As provided in clause 28.3 of these Undertakings, the delegated authorities of the Manager of the ANS Unit at the Approval Date are: 

 

	(a)	$5 million for an investment initiative included in relevant Board approved plan. A business case is required for any investment unless it is already covered by the
pre-specified business as usual capital expenditure plan; 

  

	(b)	$3 million for a new investment initiative not included in relevant Board approved plan (but able to be carried out within the overall capex spend allowed by the ANS
Business Plan); 

  

	(c)	Nil for corporate investments (i.e. buying or selling an interest in another business entity); 

 

	(d)	Unlimited for allocation of business as usual operating expense budgets. Individual transaction limits still apply for new transactions but this allows the Manager of
the ANS Unit to authorise very large payments under existing contracts (such as the Transfield and Downers patch contracts and power contracts); 

  

	(e)	$10 million for external customer contracts (based on value of the contract); 

 

	(f)	$5 million for new purchase contracts (based on value of the contract); 

  

	(g)	$5 million for property acquisitions/disposals; 

  

	(h)	$5 million for price changes (provided overall revenue matches figure in relevant Board approved plan); 

 

	(i)	$500k for revenue credits/write offs; 

  

	(j)	$Nil for settlement of legal disputes; and 

  

	(k)	$5 million for accepting risk by not taking mitigation action. 

  
 168

 SCHEDULE 5 – WHOLESALE UNIT EMPLOYEE EQUITY SCHEME 

Telecom may choose to offer Telecom equity to an Employee working for the Wholesale Unit as part of the long-term incentive component of the
Employee’s remuneration package. If Telecom chooses to offer Telecom equity to an Employee working for the Wholesale Unit, the equity will be offered in accordance with the following requirements: 

 

	(a)	the total maximum value of the Telecom equity offered in a financial year will be 20% of the Employee’s total remuneration. For the avoidance of doubt, the value
of the shares will be determined at the date of the offer using the value Telecom uses to calculate the equity grant; and 

  

	(b)	the equity will be provided in the form of restricted shares or share options. The date at which the shares become unrestricted, or on which share options can be
exercised, will be determined at the time of the offer, but will usually be 3 years after the date of offer. Performance and/or employment criteria must be met in order for the restricted shares or the share options to be exercisable.

  
 169

 SCHEDULE 6 – TELECOM SHARED INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

Part A 
  

					
	 Shared Information System migration milestone obligation
	  	 Date by which

milestone obligation
 must be achieved
	  	 Status of milestone

obligation

	 The following systems will be upgraded to comply with clause 9.3(e)(iii) by 31 December 2009:

 

•      PROBE

 

•      TRIAD

 

•      Singl.eview

 

•      CTMS

 

•      SDG Vantive

 

•      DOCS Online

 

•      Project Central

 

•      Telecom Exchange

 

•      Integrated Front Office

 

•      Petunia 2 and 3

 

•      Actuate Reporting

 

•      Proviso

 

•      Geographic Access Pricing

 

•      NetMAP

 

•      PDMC

 

•      AIN

 

•      GeneCIS

 

•      BCMS

 

•      People Management Process

 

•      BillView Online

 

•      CARS

 

•      Computerland Peoplesoft

 

•      Red Gen-i Peoplesoft
	  	31 December 2009	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 170

					
	 The following systems will be upgraded to comply with clause 9.3(e)(iii) by 30 June 2010

 

•      AXIOSS/FSS

 

•      SOAP

 

•      BUBBLE

 
 •      On
Demand
  

•      TIPS

 

•      Service Assistant

 

•      SAP Business Warehouse

 

•      SAP R3 Cost Centre Reporting

 

•      TM1

 

•      CAMS/Digital workflow

 

•      BORG
	  	30 June 2010	  	Tracking Milestone
			
	 The following systems will be upgraded to comply with clause 9.3(e)(iii) by 30 September 2010

 

•      ICMS

 

•      TCDATA

 

•      Wireline

 

•      Open Up Time

 

•      Network Dimensioning System

 

•      ONDP

 

•      Safecopy

 

•      FTP Server
	  	30 September 2010	  	Tracking Milestone

  
 171

					
	Subject to clauses 9.3(e)(iv), by 30 September 2010 (with the exception of FAIMS), Telecom’s shared information systems are upgraded in accordance with the commitments
contained in the migration plan in Part A of Schedule 6 to prevent ANS Unit and Wholesale Unit Customer Confidential Information being accessed by Employees in the ordinary course of business, except as expressly permitted by clauses 33, 58, 88.4
and 88.5	  	30 September 2010 (with the exception of FAIMS)	  	Enforceable Milestone
			
	Telecom will ensure FAIMS complies with the obligation in clause 9.3(e)(iii)	  	31 December 2010	  	Enforceable Milestone

 Part B 

The following systems and their sub-systems or modules will be deemed compliant with clause 9.3(e)(iii) as set out in clause 9.3(e)(iv): 

 

	 	•	 	 NetEvents 

  

	 	•	 	 SED 

  

	 	•	 	 NetREc 

  

	 	•	 	 NetConfig 

  

	 	•	 	 NetBuild 

  

	 	•	 	 Spanlines/Transman 

  

	 	•	 	 NetSOC 

  

	 	•	 	 WMS 

  

	 	•	 	 TLRD 

  

	 	•	 	 NetReport 

  

	 	•	 	 NTS 

  

	 	•	 	 NFWMS 

  

	 	•	 	 OTIS 

  

	 	•	 	 And any other systems as may be agreed between Telecom and the Minister. 

  
 172

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00194-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00194-of-00352.parquet"}]]